10-K

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

x	ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF
	THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
	For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2011 or
¨	TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF
	THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
	For the transition period from ___________________to__________________

Commission file number 1-4604

HEICO CORPORATION

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Florida	65-0341002
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
3000 Taft Street, Hollywood, Florida	33021
(Address of principal executive offices)	(Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (954) 987-4000

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class	Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock, $.01 par value per share	New York Stock Exchange
Class A Common Stock, $.01 par value per share	New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

Rights to Purchase Series B Junior Participating Preferred Stock

Rights to Purchase Series C Junior Participating Preferred Stock

(Title of class)

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes x No o

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.  Yes o No x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes x No o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes  x No o

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer x    Accelerated filer o    Non−accelerated filer o   Smaller reporting company o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).  Yes o No x

The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by nonaffiliates of the registrant was $1,563,691,000 based on the closing price of HEICO Common Stock and Class A Common Stock as of April 30, 2011 as reported by the New York Stock Exchange.

The number of shares outstanding of each of the registrant’s classes of common stock as of December 16, 2011:

Common Stock, $.01 par value	17,054,339 shares
Class A Common Stock, $.01 par value	25,034,862 shares

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the registrant’s definitive proxy statement for the 2012 Annual Meeting of Shareholders are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

HEICO CORPORATION

INDEX TO ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K

			Page
PART I
	Item 1.	Business	1
	Executive Officers of the Registrant		10
	Item 1A.	Risk Factors	11
	Item 1B.	Unresolved Staff Comments	17
	Item 2.	Properties	18
	Item 3.	Legal Proceedings	18
	Item 4.	(Removed and Reserved)	18
PART II
	Item 5.	Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities	19
	Item 6.	Selected Financial Data	23
	Item 7.	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	25
	Item 7A.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk	40
	Item 8.	Financial Statements and Supplementary Data	41
	Item 9.	Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure	79
	Item 9A.	Controls and Procedures	79
	Item 9B.	Other Information	81
PART III
	Item 10.	Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance	82
	Item 11.	Executive Compensation	82
	Item 12.	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters	82
	Item 13.	Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence	82
	Item 14.	Principal Accountant Fees and Services	82
PART IV
	Item 15.	Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules	83
SIGNATURES			88

PART I

Item 1.              BUSINESS

The Company

HEICO Corporation through its subsidiaries (collectively, “HEICO,” “we,” “us,” “our” or the “Company”) believes it is the world’s largest manufacturer of Federal Aviation Administration (“FAA”)-approved jet engine and aircraft component replacement parts, other than the original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”) and their subcontractors.  HEICO also believes it is a leading manufacturer of various types of electronic equipment for the aviation, defense, space, industrial, medical, telecommunication and electronic industries.

The Company was originally organized in 1957 as a holding company known as HEICO Corporation.  As part of a reorganization completed in 1993, the original holding company (formerly known as HEICO Corporation) was renamed as HEICO Aerospace Corporation and a new holding corporation known as HEICO Corporation was created.  The reorganization did not result in any change in the business of the Company, its consolidated assets or liabilities or the relative interests of its shareholders.

Our business is comprised of two operating segments:

The Flight Support Group.  Our Flight Support Group (“FSG”), consisting of HEICO Aerospace Holdings Corp. (“HEICO Aerospace”) and its subsidiaries, accounted for 70%, 67% and 73% of our net sales in fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.  The Flight Support Group uses proprietary technology to design and manufacture jet engine and aircraft component replacement parts for sale at lower prices than those manufactured by OEMs.  These parts are approved by the FAA and are the functional equivalent of parts sold by OEMs.  In addition, the Flight Support Group repairs, overhauls and distributes jet engine and aircraft components, avionics and instruments for domestic and foreign commercial air carriers and aircraft repair companies as well as military and business aircraft operators; and manufactures thermal insulation products and other component parts primarily for aerospace, defense and commercial applications.

The Electronic Technologies Group.  Our Electronic Technologies Group (“ETG”), consisting of HEICO Electronic Technologies Corp. and its subsidiaries, accounted for 30%, 33% and 27% of our net sales in fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.  Through our Electronic Technologies Group, which derived approximately 56% of its sales in fiscal 2011 from the sale of products and services to U.S. and foreign military agencies, prime defense contractors and both commercial and defense satellite and spacecraft manufacturers, we design, manufacture and sell various types of electronic, microwave and electro-optical products, including infrared simulation and test equipment, laser rangefinder receivers, electrical power supplies, back-up power supplies, power conversion products, underwater locator beacons, electromagnetic interference and radio frequency interference shielding, high power capacitor charging power supplies, amplifiers, traveling wave tube amplifiers, photodetectors, amplifier modules, microwave power modules, three-dimensional microelectronic and stacked memory products, flash lamp drivers, laser diode drivers, arc lamp power supplies, custom power supply designs, cable assemblies, high voltage power supplies, high voltage interconnection devices and wire, high voltage energy generators, high frequency power delivery systems and high-speed interface products that link devices such as telemetry receivers, digital cameras, high resolution scanners, simulation systems and test systems to almost any computer.

1

HEICO has continuously operated in the aerospace industry for more than 50 years.  Since assuming control in 1990, our current management has achieved significant sales and profit growth through a broadened line of product offerings, an expanded customer base, increased research and development expenditures and the completion of a number of acquisitions.  As a result of internal growth and acquisitions, our net sales from continuing operations have grown from $26.2 million in fiscal 1990 to $764.9 million in fiscal 2011, a compound annual growth rate of approximately 17%.  During the same period, we improved our net income from $2.0 million to $72.8 million, representing a compound annual growth rate of approximately 19%.

Disciplined Acquisition Strategy

Acquisitions have been an important element of our growth strategy over the past twenty-one years, supplementing our organic growth.  Since 1990, we have completed more than 40 acquisitions complementing the niche segments within which we operate of the aviation, defense, space, medical, telecommunication and electronic industries.  We typically target acquisition opportunities that allow us to broaden our product offerings, services and technologies while expanding our customer base and geographic presence.  Even though we have historically pursued an active acquisition policy, our disciplined acquisition strategy involves limiting acquisition candidates to businesses that we believe will continue to grow, offer strong earnings and cash flow potential, and are available at fair prices.

Flight Support Group

The Flight Support Group, headquartered in Hollywood, Florida, serves a broad spectrum of the aviation industry, including (i) commercial airlines and air cargo carriers; (ii) repair and overhaul facilities; (iii) OEMs; and (iv) U.S. and foreign governments.

The Flight Support Group competes with the leading industry OEMs and, to a lesser extent, with a number of smaller, independent parts distributors.  Historically, the three principal jet engine OEMs, General Electric (including CFM International), Pratt & Whitney and Rolls Royce, have been the sole source of substantially all jet engine replacement parts for their jet engines.  Other OEMs have been the sole source of replacement parts for their aircraft component parts.  While we believe that we currently supply less than 2% of the market for jet engine and aircraft component replacement parts, we have in recent years been adding new products to our line at a rate of approximately 300 to 500 Parts Manufacturer Approvals (“PMA” or “PMAs”) per year.  We currently offer to our customers over 6,000 parts for which PMAs have been received from the FAA.

Jet engine and aircraft component replacement parts can be categorized by their ongoing ability to be repaired and returned to service.  The general categories in which we participate are as follows: (i) rotable; (ii) repairable; and (iii) expendable.  A rotable is a part which is removed periodically as dictated by an operator’s maintenance procedures or on an as needed basis and is typically repaired or overhauled and re-used an indefinite number of times.  An important subset of rotables is “life limited” parts.  A life limited rotable has a designated number of allowable flight hours and/or cycles (one take-off and landing generally constitutes one cycle) after which it is rendered unusable.  A repairable is similar to a rotable except that it can only be repaired a limited number of times before it must be discarded.  An expendable is generally a part which is used and not thereafter repaired for further use.

Jet engine and aircraft component replacement parts are classified within the industry as (i) factory-new; (ii) new surplus; (iii) overhauled; (iv) repairable; and (v) as removed.  A factory-new or new surplus part is one that has never been installed or used.  Factory-new parts are purchased from FAA-approved manufacturers (such as HEICO or OEMs) or their authorized distributors.  New surplus parts are purchased from excess stock of airlines, repair facilities or other redistributors.  An overhauled part is

2

one that has been completely repaired and inspected by a licensed repair facility such as ours.  An aircraft spare part is classified as “repairable” if it can be repaired by a licensed repair facility under applicable regulations.  A part may also be classified as “repairable” if it can be removed by the operator from an aircraft or jet engine while operating under an approved maintenance program and is airworthy and meets any manufacturer or time and cycle restrictions applicable to the part.  A “factory-new,” “new surplus” or “overhauled” part designation indicates that the part can be immediately utilized on an aircraft.  A part in “as removed” or “repairable” condition requires inspection and possibly functional testing, repair or overhaul by a licensed facility prior to being returned to service in an aircraft.

Factory-New Jet Engine and Aircraft Component Replacement Parts.  The Flight Support Group engages in the research and development, design, manufacture and sale of FAA-approved replacement parts that are sold to domestic and foreign commercial air carriers and aircraft repair and overhaul companies.  Our principal competitors are aircraft engine and aircraft component manufacturers.  The Flight Support Group’s factory-new replacement parts include various jet engine and aircraft component replacement parts.  A key element of our growth strategy is the continued design and development of an increasing number of PMA replacement parts in order to further penetrate our existing customer base and obtain new customers.  We select the jet engine and aircraft component replacement parts to design and manufacture through a selection process which analyzes industry information to determine which replacement parts are suitable candidates.

Repair and Overhaul Services.  The Flight Support Group provides repair and overhaul services on selected jet engine and aircraft component parts, as well as on avionics, instruments, composites and flight surfaces of commercial aircraft operated by domestic and foreign commercial airlines.  The Flight Support Group also provides repair and overhaul services including avionics and navigation systems as well as subcomponents and other instruments utilized on military aircraft operated by the United States government and foreign military agencies and for aircraft repair and overhaul companies.  Our repair and overhaul operations require a high level of expertise, advanced technology and sophisticated equipment.  Services include the repair, refurbishment and overhaul of numerous accessories and parts mounted on gas turbine engines and airframes.  Components overhauled include fuel pumps, generators, fuel controls, pneumatic valves, starters and actuators, turbo compressors and constant speed drives, hydraulic pumps, valves and actuators, composite flight controls, electro-mechanical equipment and auxiliary power unit accessories.  Some of the repair and overhaul services provided by the Flight Support Group are proprietary repairs approved by an FAA-qualified designated engineering representative (“DER”).  Such FAA-approved repairs (DER-approved repairs) typically create cost savings or provide engineering flexibility.  The Flight Support Group also provides commercial airlines, regional operators, asset management companies and Maintenance, Repair and Overhaul (“MRO”) providers with high quality and cost effective niche accessory component exchange services as an alternative to OEMs’ spares services.

Distribution.  The Flight Support Group distributes FAA-approved parts including hydraulic, pneumatic, mechanical and electro-mechanical components for the commercial, regional and general aviation markets.  The Flight Support Group also is a leading supplier, distributor, and integrator of military aircraft parts and support services primarily to foreign military organizations allied with the United States. 

Manufacture of Specialty Aircraft/Defense Related Parts and Subcontracting for OEMs.  The Flight Support Group manufactures thermal insulation blankets and parts primarily for aerospace, defense and commercial applications.  The Flight Support Group also manufactures specialty components for sale as a subcontractor for aerospace and industrial original equipment manufacturers and the United States government.

3

FAA Approvals and Product Design.  Non-OEM manufacturers of jet engine and aircraft component replacement parts must receive a PMA from the FAA to sell the replacement part.  The PMA approval process includes the submission of sample parts, drawings and testing data to one of the FAA’s Aircraft Certification Offices where the submitted data are analyzed.  We believe that an applicant’s ability to successfully complete the PMA process is limited by several factors, including (i) the agency’s confidence level in the applicant; (ii) the complexity of the part; (iii) the volume of PMAs being filed; and (iv) the resources available to the FAA.  We also believe that companies such as HEICO that have demonstrated their manufacturing capabilities and established favorable track records with the FAA generally receive a faster turnaround time in the processing of PMA applications.  Finally, we believe that the PMA process creates a significant barrier to entry in this market niche through both its technical demands and its limits on the rate at which competitors can bring products to market.

As part of our growth strategy, we have continued to increase our research and development activities.  Research and development expenditures by the Flight Support Group, which were approximately $300,000 in fiscal 1991, increased to approximately $12.9 million in fiscal 2011, $11.8 million in fiscal 2010 and $11.5 million in fiscal 2009.  We believe that our Flight Support Group’s research and development capabilities are a significant component of our historical success and an integral part of our growth strategy.  In recent years, the FAA granted us PMAs for approximately 300 to 500 new parts and approximately 100 to 200 DER-approved repairs per year; however, no assurancecan be given that the FAA will continue to grant PMAs or DER-approved repairs or that we will achieve acceptable levels of net sales and gross profits on such parts in the future.

We benefit from our proprietary rights relating to certain design, engineering and manufacturing processes and repair and overhaul procedures.  Customers often rely on us toprovide initial andadditional components, as well as to redesign, re-engineer, replace or repair and provide overhaul services on such aircraft components at every stage of their useful lives.  In addition, for some products, our unique manufacturing capabilities are required by the customer’s specifications or designs, thereby necessitating reliance on us for production of such designed products.

We have no material patents for the proprietary techniques, including software and manufacturing expertise, we have developed to manufacture jet engine and aircraft component replacement parts and instead, we primarily rely on trade secret protection.  Although our proprietary techniques and software and manufacturing expertise are subject to misappropriation or obsolescence, we believe that we take appropriate measures to prevent misappropriation or obsolescence from occurring by developing new techniques and improving existing methods and processes, which we will continue on an ongoing basis as dictated by the technological needs of our business.

We believe that, based on our competitive pricing, reputation for high quality, short lead time requirements, strong relationships with domestic and foreign commercial air carriers and repair stations (companies that overhaul aircraft engines and/or components), and successful track record of receiving PMAs and DER-approved repairs from the FAA, we are uniquely positioned to continue to increase the products and services offered and gain market share.

Electronic Technologies Group

Our Electronic Technologies Group’s strategy is to design and produce mission-critical subcomponents for smaller, niche markets, but which are utilized in larger systems – systems like targeting, tracking, identification, simulation, testing, communications, lighting, surgical, medical imaging, baggage scanning, telecom and computer systems.  These systems are, in turn, often located on another platform, such as aircraft, satellites, ships, spacecrafts, land vehicles, handheld devices and other platforms.

4

Electro-Optical Infrared Simulation and Test Equipment.  The Electronic Technologies Group believes it is a leading international designer and manufacturer of niche state-of-the-art simulation, testing and calibration equipment used in the development of missile seeking technology, airborne targeting and reconnaissance systems, shipboard targeting andreconnaissance systems, space-based sensors as well as ground vehicle-based systems.  These products include infrared scene projector equipment, such as our MIRAGE IR Scene Simulator, high precision blackbody sources, software and integrated calibration systems.

Simulation equipment allows the U.S. government and allied foreign military to save money on missile testing as it allows infrared-based missiles to be tested on a multi-axis, rotating table instead of requiring the launch of a complete missile.  In addition, several large military prime contractors have elected to purchase such equipment from us instead of maintaining internal staff to do so because we can offer a more cost-effective solution.  Our customers include major U.S. Department of Defense weapons laboratories and defense prime contractors.

Electro-Optical Laser Products.  The Electronic Technologies Group believes it is a leading designer and maker of Laser Rangefinder Receivers and other photodetectors used in airborne, vehicular and handheld targeting systems manufactured by major prime military contractors.  Most of our Rangefinder Receiver product offering consists of complex and patented products which detect reflected light from laser targeting systems and allow the systems to confirm target accuracy and calculate target distances prior to discharging a weapon system.  Some of these products are also used in laser eye surgery systems for tracking ocular movement.

Electro-Optical, Microwave and Other Power Equipment.  The Electronic Technologies Group produces power supplies, amplifiers and flash lamp drivers used in laser systems for military, medical and other applications that are sometimes utilized with our rangefinder receivers.  We also produce emergency back-up power supplies and batteries used on commercial aircraft and business jets for services such as emergency exit lighting, emergency fuel shut-off, power door assists, cockpit voice recorders and flight computers.  We offer custom or standard designs that solve challenging OEM requirements and meet stringent safety and emissions requirements.  Our power electronics products include capacitor charger power supplies, laser diode drivers, arc lamp power supplies and custom power supply designs.

Our microwave products are used in both commercial and military satellites, spacecrafts and in electronic warfare systems.  These products, which include isolators, bias tees, circulators, latching ferrite switches and waveguide adapters, are used in satellites and spacecrafts to control or direct energy according to operator needs.  As satellites are frequently used as sensors for stand-off warfare, we believe this product line further supports our goal of increasing our activity in the stand-off market.  We believe we are a leading supplier of the niche products which we design and manufacture for this market, a market that includes commercial satellites.  Our customers for these products include satellite and spacecraft manufacturers.

Electromagnetic and Radio Interference Shielding.  The Electronic Technologies Group designs and manufactures shielding used to prevent electromagnetic energy and radio frequencies from interfering with other devices, such as computers, telecommunication devices, avionics, weapons systems and other electronic equipment.  Our products include a patented line of shielding applied directly to circuit boards and a line of gasket-type shielding applied to computers and other electronic equipment.  Our customers consist essentially of medical, electronic, telecommunication and defense equipment producers.

5

High-Speed Interface Products.  The Electronic Technologies Group designs and manufactures advanced high-technology, high-speed interface products utilized in homeland security, defense, medical research, astronomical and other applications across numerous industries.

           High Voltage Interconnection Devices.  The Electronic Technologies Group designs and manufactures high and very high voltage interconnection devices, cable assemblies and wire for the medical equipment, defense and other industrial markets.  Among others, our products are utilized in aircraft missile defense, fighter pilot helmet displays, avionic systems, medical applications, wireless communications, and industrial applications including high voltage test equipment and underwater monitoring systems.

High Voltage Advanced Power Electronics.  The Electronic Technologies Group designs and manufactures a patented line of high voltage energy generators for medical, baggage inspection and industrial imaging systems, and offers a patented line of high frequency power delivery systems for the commercial sign industry.  We also produce high voltage power supplies found in satellite communications, CT scanners and in medical and industrial x-ray systems.

Power Conversion Products.  The Electronic Technologies Group designs and provides innovative power conversion products principally serving the high-reliability military, space and commercial avionics end-markets. These high density, low profile and lightweight DC-to-DC converters and electromagnetic interference filters, which include thick film hermetically sealed hybrids, military commercial-off-the-shelf and custom designed and assembled products, have become the primary specified components of their kind on a generation of complex military, space and avionics equipment.

Underwater Locator Beacons.  The Electronic Technologies Group designs and manufactures Underwater Locator Beacons (“ULBs”) used to locate aircraft Cockpit Voice Recorders and Flight Data Recorders, marine ship Voyage Recorders and various other devices which have been submerged under water.  ULBs are required equipment on all U.S. FAA and European Aviation Safety Agency (“EASA”) approved Flight Data and Cockpit Voice Recorders used in aircraft and on similar systems utilized on large marine shipping vessels.

Traveling Wave Tube Amplifiers (“TWTAs”) and Microwave Power Modules (“MPMs”).  The Electronic Technologies Group designs and manufactures TWTAs and MPMs predominately used in radar, electronic warfare, on-board jamming and countermeasure systems in aircraft, ships and detection platforms deployed by U.S. and allied non-U.S. military forces.

Three-Dimensional Microelectronic and Stacked Memory Products.  With the acquisition of 3D Plus SA in September 2011, the Electronic Technologies Group designs, manufactures and markets three-dimensional microelectronic and stacked memory products including memories, Point of Load (“POL”) voltage converters and peripherals, industrial memories, and complex System-In-Package (“SiP”) solutions.  The products’ patented designs provide high reliability memory and circuitry in a unique and stacked form which saves space and weight.  These products are principally integrated into larger subsystems equipping satellites and spacecraft and are also utilized in medical equipment.

Harsh environment connectivity products and custom molded cable assemblies.  With the acquisition of Switchcraft, Inc. in November 2011, the Electronic Technologies Group designs and manufactures high performance, high reliability and harsh environment electronic connectors and other interconnect products.  These products include connectors, jacks and plugs, cables, patch panels and switches utilized in aviation, broadcast/audio, defense, industrial, medical and other equipment.

6

As part of our growth strategy, we have continued to increase our research and development activities.  Research and development expenditures by the Electronic Technologies Group were $12.5 million in fiscal 2011, $10.9 million in fiscal 2010 and $8.2 million in fiscal 2009.  We believe that our Electronic Technologies Group’s research and development capabilities are a significant component of our historical success and an integral part of our growth strategy.

Financial Information About Operating Segments and Geographic Areas

See Note 15, Operating Segments, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for financial information by operating segment and by geographic areas.

Distribution, Sales, Marketing and Customers

Each of our operating segments independently conducts distribution, sales and marketing efforts directed at their respective customers and industries and, in some cases, collaborates with other operating divisions and subsidiaries within its group for cross-marketing efforts.  Sales and marketing efforts are conducted primarily by in-house personnel and, to a lesser extent, by independent manufacturers’ representatives.  Generally, the in-house sales personnel receive a base salary plus commission and manufacturers’ representatives receive a commission on sales.

We believe that direct relationships are crucial to establishing and maintaining a strong customer base and, accordingly, our senior management is actively involved in our marketing activities, particularly with established customers.  We are also a member of various trade and business organizations related to the commercial aviation industry, such as the Aerospace Industries Association, which we refer to as AIA, the leading trade association representing the nation’s manufacturers of commercial, military and business aircraft, aircraft engines and related components and equipment.  Due in large part to our established industry presence, we enjoy strong customer relations, name recognition and repeat business.

We sell our products to a broad customer base consisting of domestic and foreign commercial and cargo airlines, repair and overhaul facilities, other aftermarket suppliers of aircraft engine and airframe materials, OEMs, domestic and foreign military units, electronic manufacturing services companies, manufacturers for the defense industry as well as medical, telecommunication, scientific, and industrial companies.  No one customer accounted for sales of 10% or more of total consolidated sales from continuing operations during any of the last three fiscal years.  Net sales to our five largest customers accounted for approximately 17% of total net sales during the year ended October 31, 2011.

Competition

The aerospace product and service industry is characterized by intense competition.  Some of our competitors have substantially greater name recognition, inventories, complementary product and service offerings, financial, marketing and other resources than we do.  As a result, such competitors may be able to respond more quickly to customer requirements than we can.  Moreover, smaller competitors may be in a position to offer more attractive pricing as a result of lower labor costs and other factors.

Our jet engine and aircraft component replacement parts business competes primarily with aircraft engine and aircraft component manufacturers.  The competition is principally based on price and service to the extent that our parts are interchangeable.  With respect to other aerospace products and services sold by the Flight Support Group, we compete with both the leading jet engine OEMs and a large number of machining, fabrication and repair companies, some of which have greater financial and other resources than we do.  Competition is based mainly on price, product performance, service and technical capability.

7

Competition for the repair and overhaul of jet engine and aircraft components comes from three principal sources: OEMs, major commercial airlines and other independent service companies.  Some of these competitors have greater financial and other resources than we do.  Some major commercial airlines own and operate their own service centers and sell repair and overhaul services to other aircraft operators.  Foreign airlines that provide repair and overhaul services typically provide these services for their own aircraft components and for third parties.  OEMs also maintain service centers that provide repair and overhaul services for the components they manufacture.  Other independent service organizations also compete for the repair and overhaul business of other users of aircraft components.  We believe that the principal competitive factors in the repair and overhaul market are quality, turnaround time, overall customer service and price.

Our Electronic Technologies Group competes with several large and small domestic and foreign competitors, some of which have greater financial and other resources than we do.  The markets for our electronic products are niche markets with several competitors with competition based mainly on design, technology, quality, price, service and customer satisfaction.

Raw Materials

We purchase a variety of raw materials, primarily consisting of high temperature alloy sheet metal and castings, forgings, pre-plated metals and electrical components from various vendors.  The materials used by our operations are generally available from a number of sources and in sufficient quantities to meet current requirements subject to normal lead times.

Backlog

Our total backlog of unshipped orders was $224 million as of October 31, 2011 compared to $142 million as of October 31, 2010.  The Flight Support Group’s backlog of unshipped orders was $75 million as of October 31, 2011 as compared to $48 million as of October 31, 2010.  This backlog excludes forecasted shipments for certain contracts of the Flight Support Group pursuant to which customers provide only estimated annual usage and not firm purchase orders.  Our backlogs within the Flight Support Group are typically short-lead in nature with many product orders being received within the month of shipment.  The increase in the Flight Support Group’s backlog is principally related to backlog of the business acquired during fiscal 2011 and increased orders associated with one of our businesses that manufactures specialty products for aerospace, defense and industrial applications.  The Electronic Technologies Group’s backlog of unshipped orders was $149 million as of October 31, 2011 as compared to $94 million as of October 31, 2010.  The increase in the Electronic Technologies Group’s backlog is principally related to a five-year contract worth approximately $50 million to design and manufacture component products by one of our Electronic Technologies Group subsidiaries.  Substantially the entire backlog of orders as of October 31, 2011, excluding most of this contract, is expected to be delivered during fiscal 2012.

Government Regulation

The FAA regulates the manufacture, repair and operation of all aircraft and aircraft parts operated in the United States.  Its regulations are designed to ensure that all aircraft and aviation equipment are continuously maintained in proper condition to ensure safe operation of the aircraft.  Similar rules apply in other countries.  All aircraft must be maintained under a continuous condition monitoring program and must periodically undergo thorough inspectionand maintenance.  The inspection, maintenance and repair procedures for the various types of aircraft and equipment are prescribed by regulatoryauthorities andcan be performed only by certified repair facilities utilizing certified technicians.  Certification and conformance is required prior to installation of a part on an aircraft.  Aircraft operators must maintain logs

8

concerning the utilization and condition of aircraft engines, life-limited engine parts and airframes.  In addition, the FAA requires that various maintenance routines be performed on aircraft engines, some engine parts, and airframes at regular intervals based on cycles or flight time.  Engine maintenance must also be performed upon the occurrence of certain events, such as foreign object damage in an aircraft engine or the replacement of life-limited engine parts.  Such maintenance usually requires that an aircraft engine be taken out of service.  Our operations may in the future be subject to new and more stringent regulatory requirements.  In that regard, we closely monitor the FAA and industry trade groups in an attempt to understand how possible future regulations might impact us.  Our businesses which sell defense products directly to the United States Government or for use in systems delivered to the United States Government can be subject to various laws and regulations governing pricing and other factors.

There has been no material adverse effect to our consolidated financial statements as a result of these government regulations.

Environmental Regulation

Our operations are subject to extensive, and frequently changing, federal, state and local environmental laws and substantial related regulation by government agencies, including the Environmental Protection Agency.  Among other matters, these regulatory authorities impose requirements that regulate the operation, handling, transportation and disposal of hazardous materials; protect the health and safety of workers; and require us to obtain and maintain licenses and permits in connection with our operations.  This extensive regulatory framework imposes significant compliance burdens and risks on us.  Notwithstanding these burdens, we believe that we are in material compliance with all federal, state and local laws and regulations governing our operations.

There has been no material adverse effect to our consolidated financial statements as a result of these environmental regulations.

Other Regulation

We are also subject to a variety of other regulations including work-related and community safety laws.  The Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 mandates general requirements for safe workplaces for all employees and established the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (“OSHA”) in the Department of Labor.  In particular, OSHA provides special procedures and measures for the handling of some hazardous and toxic substances.  In addition, specific safety standards have been promulgated for workplaces engaged in the treatment, disposal or storage of hazardous waste.  Requirements under state law, in some circumstances, may mandate additional measures for facilities handling materials specified as extremely dangerous.  We believe that our operations are in material compliance with OSHA’s health and safety requirements.

Insurance

We are a named insured under policies which include the following coverage: (i) product liability, including grounding; (ii) personal property, inventory and business income at our facilities; (iii) general liability coverage; (iv) employee benefit liability; (v) international liability and automobile liability; (vi) umbrella liability coverage; and (vii) various other activities or items subject to certain limits and deductibles.  We believe that our insurance coverage is adequate to insure against the various liability risks of our business.

9

Employees

As of October 31, 2011, we had approximately 2,500 full-time and part-time employees including approximately 1,500 in the Flight Support Group and approximately 1,000 in the Electronic Technologies Group.  None of our employees are represented by a union.  Our management believes that we have good relations with our employees.

Available Information

Our Internet web site address is http://www.heico.com.  We make available free of charge, through the Investors section of our web site, our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”).  These materials are also available free of charge on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.  The information on or obtainable through our web site is not incorporated into this annual report on Form 10-K.

We have adopted a code of ethics that applies to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller and other persons performing similar functions.  Our Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Officers and Other Officers is part of our Code of Business Conduct, which is located on our web site at http://www.heico.com.  Any amendments to or waivers from a provision of this code of ethics will be posted on the web site.  Also located on the web site are our Corporate Governance Guidelines, Finance/Audit Committee Charter, Nominating & Corporate Governance Committee Charter, and Compensation Committee Charter.

Copies of the above referenced materials will be made available, free of charge, upon written request to the Corporate Secretary at the Company’s headquarters.

Executive Officers of the Registrant

Our executive officers are elected by the Board of Directors at the first meeting following the annual meeting of shareholders and serve at the discretion of the Board.  The following table sets forth the names, ages of, and positions and offices held by our executive officers as of December 16, 2011:

Name	Age	Position(s)	Director Since
Laurans A. Mendelson	73	Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer	1989
Eric A. Mendelson	46	Co-President and Director; President and Chief Executive Officer of HEICO Aerospace Holdings Corp.	1992
Victor H. Mendelson	44	Co-President and Director; President and Chief Executive Officer of HEICO Electronic Technologies Corp.	1996
Thomas S. Irwin	65	Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer	–
William S. Harlow	63	Vice President of Corporate Development	–

10

Laurans A. Mendelson has served as our Chairman of the Board since December 1990.  He has also served as our Chief Executive Officer since February 1990 and served as our President from September 1991 through September 2009.  Mr. Mendelson serves on the Board of Governors of Aerospace Industries Association (“AIA”) in Washington D.C., of which HEICO is a member.  He is also former Chairman of the Board of Trustees, former Chairman of the Executive Committee and a current member of the Society of Mount Sinai Founders of Mount Sinai Medical Center inMiami Beach, Florida.  In addition, Mr. Mendelson is a Trustee Emeritus of Columbia University in The City of New York, where he previously served as Trustee and Chairman of the Trustees’ Audit Committee.  Mr. Mendelson is a Certified Public Accountant.  Laurans Mendelson is the father of Eric Mendelson and Victor Mendelson.

Eric A. Mendelson has served as our Co-President since October 2009 and served as our Executive Vice President from 2001 through September 2009.  He also has served as President and Chief Executive Officer of HEICO Aerospace Holdings Corp., a subsidiary of ours, since its formation in 1997; and President of HEICO Aerospace Corporation since 1993.  Mr. Mendelson is a co-founder, and, since 1987, has been Managing Director of Mendelson International Corporation, a private investment company which is a shareholder of HEICO.  In addition, Mr. Mendelson is a member of the Advisory Board of Trustees of Mount Sinai Medical Center in Miami Beach, Florida and a member of the Board of Trustees of Ransom Everglades School in Coconut Grove, Florida, as well as a member of the Board of Directors of the Columbia College Alumni Association.  Eric Mendelson is the son of Laurans Mendelson and the brother of Victor Mendelson.

Victor H. Mendelson has served as our Co-President since October 2009 and served as our Executive Vice President from 2001 through September 2009.  He also has served as President and Chief Executive Officer of HEICO Electronic Technologies Corp., a subsidiary of ours, since its formation in September 1996.  He served as our General Counsel from 1993 to September 2008 and our Vice President from 1996 to 2001.  In addition, Mr. Mendelson was the Chief Operating Officer of our former MediTek Health Corporation subsidiary from 1995 until its profitable sale in 1996.  Mr. Mendelson is a co-founder, and, since 1987, has been President of Mendelson International Corporation, a private investment company which is a shareholder of HEICO.  He is a member of the Board of Visitors of Columbia College in New York City, a Trustee of St. Thomas University in Miami Gardens, Florida and is President of the Board of Directors of the Florida Grand Opera.  Victor Mendelson is the son of Laurans Mendelson and the brother of Eric Mendelson.

Thomas S. Irwin has served as our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since September 1991; our Senior Vice President from 1986 to 1991; and our Vice President and Treasurer from 1982 to 1986.  Mr. Irwin is a Certified Public Accountant.  He is a Trustee of the Greater Hollywood Chamber of Commerce and a member of the Board of Directors of the Greater Fort Lauderdale Alliance/Broward County.

William S. Harlow has served as our Vice President of Corporate Development since 2001 and served as Director of Corporate Development from 1995 to 2001.

Item 1A.  RISK FACTORS

           Our business, financial condition, operating results and cash flows can be impacted by a number of factors, many of which are beyond our control, including those set forth below and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, any one of which may cause our actual results to differ materially from anticipated results:

11

Our success is highly dependent on the performance of the aviation industry, which could be impacted by lower demand for commercial air travel or airline fleet changes causing lower demand for our goods and services.

General global industry and economic conditions that affect the aviation industry also affect our business.  We are subject to macroeconomic cycles and when recessions occur, we may experience reduced orders, payment delays, supply chain disruptions or other factors as a result of the economic challenges faced by our customers, prospective customers and suppliers.  Further, the aviation industry has historically been subject to downward cycles from time to time which reduce the overall demand for jet engine and aircraft component replacement parts and repair and overhaul services, and such downward cycles result in lower sales and greater credit risk.  Demand for commercial air travel can be influenced by airline industry profitability, world trade policies, government-to-government relations, terrorism, disease outbreaks, environmental constraints imposed upon aircraft operations, technological changes and price and other competitive factors.  These global industry and economic conditions may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are subject to governmental regulation and our failure to comply with these regulations could cause the government to withdraw or revoke our authorizations and approvals to do business and could subject us to penalties and sanctions that could harm our business.

Governmental agencies throughout the world, including the FAA, highly regulate the manufacture, repair and overhaul of aircraft parts and accessories.  We include, with the replacement parts that we sell to our customers, documentation certifying that each part complies with applicable regulatory requirements and meets applicable standards of airworthiness established by the FAA or the equivalent regulatory agencies in other countries.  In addition, our repair and overhaul operations are subject to certification pursuant to regulations established by the FAA.  Specific regulations vary from country to country, although compliance with FAA requirements generally satisfies regulatory requirements in other countries.  The revocation or suspension of any of our material authorizations or approvals would have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.  New and more stringent government regulations, if adopted and enacted, could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.  In addition, some sales to foreign countries of the equipment manufactured by our Electronic Technologies Group require approval or licensing from the U.S. government.  Denial of export licenses could reduce our sales to those countries and could have a material adverse effect on our business.

The retirement of commercial aircraft could reduce our revenues.

Our Flight Support Group designs, engineers, manufactures and distributes jet engine and aircraft component replacement parts and also repairs, refurbishes and overhauls jet engine and aircraft components.  If aircraft or engines for which we have replacement parts or supply repair and overhaul services are retired and there are fewer aircraft that require these parts or services, our revenues may decline.

Reductions in defense, space or homeland security spending by U.S. and/or foreign customers could reduce our revenues.

In fiscal 2011, approximately 56% of the sales of our Electronic Technologies Group were derived from the sale of defense, commercial and defense satellite and spacecraft components and homeland security products.  A decline in defense, space or homeland security budgets or additional restrictions imposed by the U.S. government on sales of products or services to foreign military agencies could lower sales of our products and services.

12

We are subject to the risks associated with sales to foreign customers, which could harm our business.

We market our products and services in approximately 95 countries, with 34% of our consolidated net sales in fiscal 2011 derived from sales to foreign customers.  We expect that sales to foreign customers will continue to account for a significant portion of our revenues in the foreseeable future.  As a result, we are subject to risks of doing business internationally, including the following:

· Changes in regulatory requirements;

· Fluctuations in currency exchange rates;

· Volatility in foreign political and economic environments;

· Uncertainty of the ability of foreign customers to finance purchases;

· Uncertainties and restrictions concerning the availability of funding credit or guarantees;

· Imposition of taxes, export controls, tariffs, embargoes and other trade restrictions; and

· Compliance with a variety of international laws, as well as U.S. laws affecting the activities of U.S. companies abroad such as the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act.

While the impact of these factors is difficult to predict, any one or more of these factors may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Intense competition from existing and new competitors may harm our business.

We face significant competition in each of our businesses.

Flight Support Group

· For jet engine and aircraft component replacement parts, we compete with the industry’s leading jet engine and aircraft component OEMs.

· For the overhaul and repair of jet engine and aircraft components as well as avionics and navigation systems, we compete with:

- major commercial airlines, many of which operate their own maintenance and overhaul units;

- OEMs, which manufacture, repair and overhaul their own parts; and

- other independent service companies.

Electronic Technologies Group

· For the design and manufacture of various types of electronic and electro-optical equipment as well as high voltage interconnection devices and high speed interface products, we compete in a fragmented marketplace with a number of companies, some of which are well capitalized.

The aviation aftermarket supply industry is highly fragmented, has several highly visible leading companies, and is characterized by intense competition.  Some of our OEM competitors have greater name recognition than HEICO, as well as complementary lines of business and financial, marketing and other resources that HEICO does not have.  In addition, OEMs, aircraft maintenance providers, leasing companies and FAA-certificated repair facilities may attempt to bundle their services and product offerings in the supply industry, thereby significantly increasing industry competition.  Moreover, our smaller competitors may be able to offer more attractive pricing of parts as a result of lower labor costs or

13

other factors.  A variety of potential actions by any of our competitors, including a reduction of product prices or the establishment by competitors of long-term relationships with new or existing customers, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.  Competition typically intensifies during cyclical downturns in the aviation industry, when supply may exceed demand.  We may not be able to continue to compete effectively against present or future competitors, and competitive pressures may have a material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our success is dependent on the development and manufacture of new products, equipment and services.  Our inability to develop, manufacture and introduce new products and services at profitable pricing levels could reduce our sales or sales growth.

The aviation, defense, space, medical, telecommunication and electronic industries are constantly undergoing development and change and, accordingly, new products, equipment and methods of repair and overhaul service are likely to be introduced in the future.  In addition to manufacturing electronic and electro-optical equipment and selected aerospace and defense components for OEMs and the U.S. government and repairing jet engine and aircraft components, we re-design sophisticated aircraft replacement parts originally developed by OEMs so that we can offer the replacement parts for sale at substantially lower prices than those manufactured by the OEMs.  Consequently, we devote substantial resources to research and product development.  Technological development poses a number of challenges and risks, including the following:

· We may not be able to successfully protect the proprietary interests we have in various aircraft parts, electronic and electro-optical equipment and our repair processes;

· As OEMs continue to develop and improve jet engines and aircraft components, we may not be able to re-design and manufacture replacement parts that perform as well as those offered by OEMs or we may not be able to profitably sell our replacement parts at lower prices than the OEMs;

· We may need to expend significant capital to:

-      purchase new equipment and machines,

-      train employees in new methods of production and service, and

-      fund the research and development of new products; and

· Development by our competitors of patents or methodologies that preclude us from the design and manufacture of aircraft replacement parts or electrical and electro-optical equipment could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In addition, we may not be able to successfully develop new products, equipment or methods of repair and overhaul service, and the failure to do so could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may not be able to effectively execute our acquisition strategy, which could slow our growth.

A key element of our strategy is growth through the acquisition of additional companies.  Our acquisition strategy is affected by and poses a number of challenges and risks, including the following:

· Availability of suitable acquisition candidates;

· Availability of capital;

· Diversion of management’s attention;

14

· Effective integration of the operations and personnel of acquired companies;

· Potential write downs of acquired intangible assets;

· Potential loss of key employees of acquired companies;

· Use of a significant portion of our available cash;

· Significant dilution to our shareholders for acquisitions made utilizing our securities; and

· Consummation of acquisitions on satisfactory terms.

We may not be able to successfully execute our acquisition strategy, and the failure to do so could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The inability to obtain certain components and raw materials from suppliers could harm our business.

Our business is affected by the availability and price of the raw materials and component parts that we use to manufacture our products.  Our ability to manage inventory and meet delivery requirements may be constrained by our suppliers’ ability to adjust delivery of long-lead time products during times of volatile demand.  The supply chains for our business could also be disrupted by external events such as natural disasters, extreme weather events, labor disputes, governmental actions and legislative or regulatory changes.  As a result, our suppliers may fail to perform according to specifications when required and we may be unable to identify alternate suppliers or to otherwise mitigate the consequences of their non-performance.  Transitions to new suppliers may result in significant costs and delays, including those related to the required recertification of parts obtained from new suppliers with our customers and/or regulatory agencies.  Our inability to fill our supply needs could jeopardize our ability to fulfill obligations under customer contracts, which could result in reduced revenues and profits, contract penalties or terminations, and damage to customer relationships.  Further, increased costs of such raw materials or components could reduce our profits if we were unable to pass along such price increases to our customers.

Product specification costs and requirements could cause an increase to our costs to complete contracts.

The costs to meet customer specifications and requirements could result in us having to spend more to design or manufacture products and this could reduce our profit margins on current contracts or those we obtain in the future.

We may incur product liability claims that are not fully insured.

Our jet engine and aircraft component replacement parts and repair and overhaul services expose our business to potential liabilities for personal injury or death as a result of the failure of an aircraft component that we have designed, manufactured or serviced.  The commercial aviation industry occasionally has catastrophic losses that may exceed policy limits.  An uninsured or partially insured claim, or a claim for which third-party indemnification is not available, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.  Additionally, insurance coverage costs may become even more expensive in the future.  Our customers typically require us to maintain substantial insurance coverage and our inability to obtain insurance coverage at commercially reasonable rates could have a material adverse effect on our business.

15

We may incur environmental liabilities and these liabilities may not be covered by insurance.

Our operations and facilities are subject to a number of federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations, which govern, among other things, the discharge of hazardous materials into the air and water as well as the handling, storage and disposal of hazardous materials.  Pursuant to various environmental laws, a current or previous owner or operator of real property may be liable for the costs of removal or remediation of hazardous materials.  Environmental laws typically impose liability whether or not the owner or operator knew of, or was responsible for, the presence of hazardous materials.  Although management believes that our operations and facilities are in material compliance with environmental laws and regulations, future changes in them or interpretations thereof or the nature of our operations may require us to make significant additional capital expenditures to ensure compliance in the future.

We do not maintain specific environmental liability insurance and the expenses related to these environmental liabilities, if we are required to pay them, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may incur damages or disruption to our business caused by natural disasters and other factors that may not be covered by insurance.

Several of our facilities, as a result of their locations, could be subject to a catastrophic loss caused by hurricanes, tornadoes, floods, fire, power loss, telecommunication and information systems failure or similar events.  Our corporate headquarters and facilities located in Florida are particularly susceptible to hurricanes, storms, tornadoes or other natural disasters that could disrupt our operations, delay production and shipments, and result in large expenses to repair or replace the facility or facilities.  Should insurance or other risk transfer mechanisms, such as our existing disaster recovery and business continuity plans, be insufficient to recover all costs, we could experience a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Tax changes could affect our effective tax rate and future profitability.

We file income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction, multiple state jurisdictions and certain jurisdictions outside the U.S.  In fiscal 2011, our effective tax rate was 31.0% of our income before income taxes and noncontrolling interests.  Our future effective tax rate may be adversely affected by a number of factors, including the following:

· Changes in available tax credits or tax deductions;

· Changes in tax laws or the interpretation of such tax laws and changes in generally accepted accounting principles;

· The amount of income attributable to noncontrolling interests;

· Changes in the mix of earnings in jurisdictions with differing statutory tax rates;

· Changes in stock option compensation expense;

· Adjustments to estimated taxes upon finalization of various tax returns; and/or

· Resolution of issues arising from tax audits with various tax authorities.

Any significant increase in our future effective tax rates could have a material adverse effect on net income for future periods.

16

We may not have the administrative, operational or financial resources to continue to grow the company.

We have experienced rapid growth in recent periods and intend to continue to pursue an aggressive growth strategy, both through acquisitions and internal expansion of products and services.  Our growth to date has placed, and could continue to place, significant demands on our administrative, operational and financial resources.  We may not be able to grow effectively or manage our growth successfully, and the failure to do so could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are dependent on key personnel and the loss of these key personnel could have a material adverse effect on our success.

Our success substantially depends on the performance, contributions and expertise of our senior management team led by Laurans A. Mendelson, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Eric A. Mendelson, our Co-President, and Victor H. Mendelson, our Co-President.  Technical employees are also critical to our research and product development, as well as our ability to continue to re-design sophisticated products of OEMs in order to sell competing replacement parts at substantially lower prices than those manufactured by the OEMs.  The loss of the services of any of our executive officers or other key employees or our inability to continue to attract or retain the necessary personnel could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our executive officers and directors have significant influence over our management and direction.

As of December 16, 2011, collectively our executive officers and entities controlled by them, our 401(k) Plan and members of the Board of Directors beneficially owned approximately 21% of our outstanding Common Stock and approximately 6% of our outstanding Class A Common Stock.  Accordingly, they will be able to substantially influence the election of the Board of Directors and control our business, policies and affairs, including our position with respect to proposed business combinations and attempted takeovers.

Item 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

17

Item 2.    PROPERTIES

We own or lease a number of facilities, which are utilized by our Flight Support Group (“FSG”), Electronic Technologies Group (“ETG”) and corporate office.  As of October 31, 2011, all of the facilities listed below were in good operating condition, well maintained and in regular use.  We believe that our existing facilities are sufficient to meet our operational needs for the foreseeable future.  Summary information on the facilities utilized within the FSG and the ETG to support their principal operating activities is as follows:

Flight Support Group

	Square Footage
Location	Leased		Owned		Description
United States facilities (8 states)		349,000		177,000	Manufacturing, engineering and distribution facilities, and corporate headquarters
United States facilities (6 states)		132,000		127,000	Repair and overhaul facilities
International facilities (3 countries)		9,000		—	Manufacturing, engineering and distribution facilities
- India, Singapore and United Kingdom

Electronic Technologies Group

	Square Footage
Location	Leased		Owned		Description
United States facilities (9 states)		230,000		76,000	Manufacturing and engineering facilities
International facilities (3 countries)		52,000		35,000	Manufacturing and engineering facilities
- Canada, France and United Kingdom

Corporate

	Square Footage
Location	Leased		Owned (1)		Description
United States facilities (1 state)		—		4,000	Administrative offices

(1) Represents the square footage of our corporate offices in Miami, Florida.  The square footage of our corporate headquarters in Hollywood, Florida is included within the square footage under the caption “United States facilities (8 states)” under Flight Support Group.

Item 3.       LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

We are involved in various legal actions arising in the normal course of business.  Based upon the Company’s and our legal counsel’s evaluations of any claims or assessments, management is of the opinion that the outcome of these matters will not have a material effect on our results of operations, financial position or cash flows.

Item 4.       (REMOVED AND RESERVED)

18

PART II

Item 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Market Information

Our Class A Common Stock and Common Stock are listed and traded on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the symbols “HEI.A” and “HEI,” respectively.  The following tables set forth, for the periods indicated, the high and low share prices for our Class A Common Stock and our Common Stock as reported on the NYSE, as well as the amount of cash dividends paid per share during such periods.

In March of 2011 and 2010, the Company’s Board of Directors declared a 5-for-4 stock split on both classes of the Company’s common stock.  The stock splits were effected as of April 26, 2011 and April 27, 2010, respectively, in the form of a 25% stock dividend distributed to shareholders of record as of April 15, 2011 and April 16, 2010, respectively.  All applicable share and per share information has been adjusted retrospectively to give effect to the 5-for-4 stock splits.

Class A Common Stock

	High		Low		Cash Dividends Per Share
Fiscal 2010:
First Quarter	$	23.66	$	19.22	$	.038
Second Quarter		28.54		20.93		―
Third Quarter		27.38		20.62		.048
Fourth Quarter		29.98		20.19		―
Fiscal 2011:
First Quarter	$	34.28	$	28.13	$	.048
Second Quarter		36.70		29.90		―
Third Quarter		41.72		33.30		.060
Fourth Quarter		40.73		28.06		―

As of December 16, 2011, there were 480 holders of record of our Class A Common Stock.

Common Stock

	High		Low		Cash Dividends Per Share
Fiscal 2010:
First Quarter	$	29.58	$	23.66	$	.038
Second Quarter		36.29		26.30		―
Third Quarter		35.69		27.74		.048
Fourth Quarter		40.60		27.66		―
Fiscal 2011:
First Quarter	$	47.20	$	38.39	$	.048
Second Quarter		51.02		41.94		―
Third Quarter		57.98		44.76		.060
Fourth Quarter		59.45		40.05		―

As of December 16, 2011, there were 513 holders of record of our Common Stock.

19

Performance Graphs

The following graph and table compare the total return on $100 invested in HEICO Common Stock and HEICO Class A Common Stock with the total return of $100 invested in the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) Composite Index and the Dow Jones U.S. Aerospace Index for the five-year period from October 31, 2006 through October 31, 2011.  The NYSE Composite Index measures all common stock listed on the NYSE.  The Dow Jones U.S. Aerospace Index is comprised of large companies which make aircraft, major weapons, radar and other defense equipment and systems as well as providers of satellites and spacecrafts used for defense purposes.  The total returns include the reinvestment of cash dividends.

Comparison of Five-Year Cumulative Total Return

	Cumulative Total Return as of October 31,
	2006		2007		2008		2009		2010		2011
HEICO Common Stock	$	100.00	$	150.36	$	106.51	$	105.62	$	173.34	$	248.73
HEICO Class A Common Stock		100.00		144.83		94.12		103.89		156.91		208.23
NYSE Composite Index		100.00		117.51		69.07		76.80		85.62		86.19
Dow Jones U.S. Aerospace Index		100.00		132.04		79.51		89.45		122.27		131.29

The following graph and table compare the total return on $100 invested in HEICO Common Stock since October 31, 1990 using the same indices shown on the five-year performance graph above.  October 31, 1990 was the end of the first fiscal year following the date the current executive management team assumed leadership of the Company.  No Class A Common Stock was outstanding as of October 31, 1990.  As with the five-year performance graph, the total returns include the reinvestment of cash dividends.

20

Comparison of Twenty One-Year Cumulative Total Return

	Cumulative Total Return as of October 31,
	1990		1991		1992		1993		1994		1995		1996
HEICO Common Stock	$	100.00	$	141.49	$	158.35	$	173.88	$	123.41	$	263.25	$	430.02
NYSE Composite Index		100.00		130.31		138.76		156.09		155.68		186.32		225.37
Dow Jones U.S. Aerospace Index		100.00		130.67		122.00		158.36		176.11		252.00		341.65

	1997		1998		1999		2000		2001		2002		2003
HEICO Common Stock	$	1,008.31	$	1,448.99	$	1,051.61	$	809.50	$	1,045.86	$	670.39	$	1,067.42
NYSE Composite Index		289.55		326.98		376.40		400.81		328.78		284.59		339.15
Dow Jones U.S. Aerospace Index		376.36		378.66		295.99		418.32		333.32		343.88		393.19

	2004		2005		2006		2007		2008		2009		2010
HEICO Common Stock	$	1,366.57	$	1,674.40	$	2,846.48	$	4,208.54	$	2,872.01	$	2,984.13	$	4,722.20
NYSE Composite Index		380.91		423.05		499.42		586.87		344.96		383.57		427.61
Dow Jones U.S. Aerospace Index		478.49		579.77		757.97		1,000.84		602.66		678.00		926.75

	2011
HEICO Common Stock	$	6,557.88
NYSE Composite Index		430.46
Dow Jones U.S. Aerospace Index		995.11

Dividend Policy

We have historically paid semi-annual cash dividends on both our Class A Common Stock and Common Stock.  In July 2011, we paid our 66th consecutive semi-annual cash dividend since 1979.  The cash dividend of $.06 per share represents a 25% increase over the prior semi-annual per share amount of $.048.  Effective with this increase, the current annual cash dividend is $.12.  Our Board of Directors presently intends to continue the payment of regular semi-annual cash dividends on both classes of our common stock.  In December 2011, the Board of Directors declared a regular semi-annual cash dividend of $.06 per share payable in January 2012.  Our ability to pay dividends could be affected by future business performance, liquidity, capital needs, alternative investment opportunities and loan covenants under our revolving credit facility.

21

Equity Compensation Plan Information

The following table summarizes information about our equity compensation plans as of October 31, 2011:

	Number of Securities to be Issued Upon Exercise of Outstanding Options, Warrants and Rights		Weighted-Average Exercise Price of Outstanding Options, Warrants and Rights		Number of Securities Remaining Available for Future Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans (Excluding Securities Reflected in Column (a))
Plan Category	(a)		(b)		(c)
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders (1)		1,726,194	$	23.96		1,333,215
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders (2)		125,000	$	4.71		—
Total		1,851,194	$	22.66		1,333,215

__________________

(1) Represents aggregated information pertaining to our three equity compensation plans: the 1993 Stock Option Plan, the Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan and the 2002 Stock Option Plan.  See Note 9, Stock Options, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further information regarding these plans.

(2) Represents stock options granted in fiscal 2002 to a former shareholder of a business acquired in fiscal 1999.  Such stock options were fully vested and transferable as of the grant date and expire ten years from the date of grant.  The exercise price of such options was the fair market value as of the date of grant.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

The following table provides information about issuer purchases of equity securities during the quarter ended October 31, 2011:

					Total Number of Shares		Maximum Number of
	Total Number		Average		Purchased as Part of		Shares that May Yet
	of Shares		Price Paid		Publicly Announced		Be Purchased Under the
Period	Purchased (1)		per Share		Plans or Programs		Plans or Programs (2)
August 1, 2011 - August 31, 2011
Common Stock		—		—		—		—
Class A Common Stock		—		—		—		1,601,160
September 1, 2011 - September 30, 2011
Common Stock		6,603	$	48.63		—		—
Class A Common Stock		731	$	34.76		—		1,601,160
October 1, 2011 - October 31, 2011
Common Stock		218,486	$	53.48		—		—
Class A Common Stock		—		—		—		1,601,160
Total
Common Stock		225,089	$	53.34		—		—
Class A Common Stock		731	$	34.76		—		1,601,160

__________________

22

(1) The shares purchased represent shares tendered by option holders as payment of the exercise price and employee withholding taxes due upon the exercise of non-qualified stock options and did not impact the shares that may be purchased under our existing share repurchase program.

(2) In 1990, our Board of Directors authorized a share repurchase program, which allows us to repurchase our shares in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions at our discretion, subject to certain restrictions included in our revolving credit agreement.  As of October 31, 2011, the maximum number of shares that may yet be purchased under this program was 1,601,160 of either or both of our Class A Common Stock and our Common Stock.  The repurchase program does not have a fixed termination date.  See Note 8, Shareholders’ Equity, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for more information.

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

There were no unregistered sales of our equity securities during fiscal 2011.

Item 6.  SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

	Year ended October 31, (1)
	2011			2010			2009			2008				2007
	(in thousands, except per share data)
Operating Data:
Net sales	$	764,891		$	617,020		$	538,296		$	582,347			$	507,924
Gross profit		274,441			222,347			181,011			210,495				177,458
Selling, general and administrative expenses		136,010			113,174			92,756			104,707				91,444
Operating income		138,431	(3)		109,173	(5)		88,255			105,788		(7)		86,014
Interest expense		142			508			615			2,314				3,293
Other income (expense)		64			390			205			(637	)			95
Net income attributable to HEICO		72,820	(3) (4)		54,938	(5)		44,626	(6)		48,511		(7)		39,005	(8)
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding: (2)
Basic		41,632			41,041			40,945			41,108				40,181
Diluted		42,501			42,214			42,225			42,568				42,080
Per Share Data: (2)
Net income per share attributable to HEICO shareholders:
Basic	$	1.75	(3) (4)	$	1.34	(5)	$	1.09	(6)	$	1.18		(7)	$	0.97	(8)
Diluted		1.71	(3) (4)		1.30	(5)		1.06	(6)		1.14		(7)		0.93	(8)
Cash dividends per share (2)		.108			.086			.077			.064				.051
Balance Sheet Data (as of October 31):
Cash and cash equivalents	$	17,500		$	6,543		$	7,167		$	12,562			$	4,947
Total assets		941,069			781,643			732,910			676,542				631,302
Total debt (including current portion)		40,158			14,221			55,431			37,601				55,952
Redeemable noncontrolling interests		65,430			55,048			56,937			48,736				49,370
Total shareholders’ equity		620,154			554,826			490,658			453,002				395,169

__________________

(1) Results include the results of acquisitions from each respective effective date.  See Note 2, Acquisitions, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for more information.

(2) All share and per share information has been adjusted retrospectively to reflect the 5-for-4 stock splits effected in April 2011 and 2010.

23

(3) Operating income was reduced by a net aggregate of $3,837 due to $4,987 in impairment losses related to the write-down of certain intangible assets within the Electronic Technologies Group (“ETG”) to their estimated fair values, partially offset by a $1,150 reduction in the value of contingent consideration related to a prior year acquisition.  Approximately $4,528 of the impairment losses and the reduction in value of contingent consideration were recorded as a component of selling general and administrative expenses, while the remaining impairment losses of $459 were recorded as a component of cost of goods sold, which decreased net income attributable to HEICO by $2,394, or $.06 per basic and diluted share, in aggregate.

(4) Includes the aggregate tax benefit principally from state income apportionment updates and higher research and development tax credits recognized upon the filing of HEICO’s fiscal 2010 U.S. federal and state tax returns and amendments of certain prior year state tax returns as well as the benefit of an income tax credit, net of expenses, for ten months’ of fiscal 2010 qualified research and development activities recognized in fiscal 2011 upon the retroactive extension in December 2010 of Section 41, “Credit for Increasing Research Activities,” of the Internal Revenue Code, which increased net income attributable to HEICO by $2,832, or $.07 per basic and diluted share, in aggregate.

(5) Operating income was reduced by an aggregate of $1,438 in impairment losses related to the write-down of certain intangible assets within the ETG to their estimated fair values.  The impairment losses were recorded as a component of selling, general and administrative expenses and decreased net income attributable to HEICO by $889, or $.02 per basic and diluted share.

(6) Includes a benefit related to a settlement with the Internal Revenue Service concerning the income tax credit claimed by the Company on its U.S. federal filings for qualified research and development activities incurred during fiscal years 2002 through 2005 as well as an aggregate reduction to the related liability for unrecognized tax benefits for fiscal years 2006 through 2008, which increased net income attributable to HEICO by approximately $1,225, or $.03 per basic and diluted share.

(7) Operating income was reduced by an aggregate of $1,835 in impairment losses related to the write-down of certain intangible assets within the ETG to their estimated fair values.  The impairment losses were recorded as a component of selling, general and administrative expenses and decreased net income attributable to HEICO by $1,140 or $.03 per basic and diluted share.

(8) Includes the benefit of a tax credit (net of related expenses) for qualified research and development activities recognized for the full fiscal 2006 year pursuant to the retroactive extension in December 2006 of Section 41, “Credit for Increasing Research Activities,” of the Internal Revenue Code, which increased net income by $535, or $.01 per basic and diluted share.

24

Item 7.    MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Overview

Our business is comprised of two operating segments, the Flight Support Group (“FSG”) and the Electronic Technologies Group (“ETG”).

The Flight Support Group consists of HEICO Aerospace Holdings Corp. (“HEICO Aerospace”) and its subsidiaries, which primarily:

· Designs, Manufactures, Repairs, Overhauls and Distributes Jet Engine and Aircraft Component Replacement Parts.  The Flight Support Group designs, manufactures, repairs, overhauls and distributes jet engine and aircraft component replacement parts.  The parts and services are approved by the Federal Aviation Administration (“FAA”).  The Flight Support Group also manufactures and sells specialty parts as a subcontractor for aerospace and industrial original equipment manufacturers and the United States government.  Additionally, the Flight Support Group is a leading supplier, distributor, and integrator of military aircraft parts and support services primarily to foreign military organizations allied with the United States.

The Electronic Technologies Group consists of HEICO Electronic Technologies Corp. (“HEICO Electronic”) and its subsidiaries, which primarily:

· Designs and Manufactures Electronic, Microwave and Electro-Optical Equipment, High-Speed Interface Products, High Voltage Interconnection Devices and High Voltage Advanced Power Electronics.  The Electronic Technologies Group designs, manufactures and sells various types of electronic, microwave and electro-optical equipment and components, including power supplies, laser rangefinder receivers, infrared simulation, calibration and testing equipment; power conversion products serving the high-reliability military, space and commercial avionics end-markets; underwater locator beacons used to locate data and voice recorders utilized on aircraft and marine vessels; electromagnetic interference shielding for commercial and military aircraft operators, traveling wave tube amplifiers and microwave power modules used in radar, electronic warfare, on-board jamming and countermeasure systems, electronics companies and telecommunication equipment suppliers; advanced high-technology interface products that link devices such as telemetry receivers, digital cameras, high resolution scanners, simulation systems and test systems to computers; high voltage energy generators interconnection devices, cable assemblies and wire for the medical equipment, defense and other industrial markets; high frequency power delivery systems for the commercial sign industry; high voltage power supplies found in satellite communications, CT scanners and in medical and industrial x-ray systems; and three-dimensional microelectronic and stacked memory products that are principally integrated into larger subsystems equipping satellites and spacecraft.

Our results of operations during each of the past three fiscal years have been affected by a number of transactions.  This discussion of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto included herein.  All per share information has been adjusted retrospectively to reflect the 5-for-4 stock splits effected in April 2011 and 2010.  See Note 1, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies – Stock Splits, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding these stock splits.  For further information regarding the acquisitions discussed below, see Note 2, Acquisitions, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.  Acquisitions are included in our results of operations from the effective dates of acquisition.

25

In May 2009, we acquired, through HEICO Electronic, 82.5% of the stock of VPT, Inc. (“VPT”).  VPT is a designer and provider of power conversion products principally serving the defense, space and aviation industries.  The remaining 17.5% continues to be owned by an existing VPT shareholder which is also a supplier to the acquired company.

In October 2009, we acquired, through HEICO Electronic, the business, assets and certain liabilities of the Seacom division of privately-held Dukane Corp. and formed a new subsidiary, Dukane Seacom, Inc. (“Seacom”).  Seacom is a designer and manufacturer of underwater locator beacons used to locate aircraft cockpit voice recorders, flight data recorders, marine ship voyage recorders and various other devices which have been submerged under water.

In February 2010, we acquired, through HEICO Electronic, substantially all of the assets and assumed certain liabilities of dB Control.  dB Control produces high-power devices used in both defense and commercial applications.

In December 2010, we acquired, through HEICO Aerospace, 80.1% of the assets and assumed certain liabilities of Blue Aerospace LLC (“Blue Aerospace”).  Blue Aerospace is a supplier, distributor, and integrator of military aircraft parts and support services primarily to foreign military organizations allied with the United States.  The remaining 19.9% interest continues to be owned by certain members of Blue Aerospace’s management team.

In September 2011, we acquired, through HEICO Electronic, all of the outstanding capital stock of 3D Plus SA (“3D”).  3D is a leading designer and manufacturer of three-dimensional microelectronic and stacked memory products used predominately in satellites and also utilized in medical equipment.

The purchase price of each of the above referenced acquisitions was paid in cash using proceeds from our revolving credit facility and is not material or significant to our consolidated financial statements.  The aggregate cost paid in cash for acquisitions, including additional purchase consideration payments, was $94.7 million, $39.1 million and $59.8 million in fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

In December 2008, we acquired, through HEICO Aerospace, an additional 14% equity interest in one of our subsidiaries, which increased our ownership interest to 72%.  In February 2011, we acquired an additional 8% equity interest in the subsidiary, which increased our ownership interest to 80%.

Critical Accounting Policies

We believe that the following are our most critical accounting policies, some of which require management to make judgments about matters that are inherently uncertain.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue from the sale of products and the rendering of services is recognized when title and risk of loss passes to the customer, which is generally at the time of shipment.  Revenue from certain fixed price contracts for which costs can be dependably estimated is recognized on the percentage-of-completion method, measured by the percentage of costs incurred to date to estimated total costs for each contract.  This method is used because management considers costs incurred to be the best available measure of progress on these contracts.  Variations in actual labor performance, changes to estimated profitability and final contract settlements may result in revisions to cost estimates.  Revisions in cost estimates as contracts progress have the effect of increasing or decreasing profits in the period of revision.  Provisions for estimated losses on uncompleted contracts are made in the period in which such losses are determined.  For fixed price contracts in which costs cannot be dependably estimated, revenue is

26

recognized on the completed-contract method.  A contract is considered complete when all significant costs have been incurred or the item has been accepted by the customer.  The percentage of our net sales recognized under the percentage-of-completion method was approximately 1%, 2% and 1% in fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.  Changes in estimates pertaining to percentage-of-completion contracts did not have a material or significant effect on net income or net income per share in fiscal 2011, 2010 or 2009.

Valuation of Accounts Receivable

The valuation of accounts receivable requires that we set up an allowance for estimated uncollectible accounts and record a corresponding charge to bad debt expense.  We estimate uncollectible receivables based on such factors as our prior experience, our appraisal of a customer’s ability to pay and economic conditions within and outside of the aviation, defense, space, medical, telecommunication and electronic industries.  Actual bad debt expense could differ from estimates made.

Valuation of Inventory

Inventory is stated at the lower of cost or market, with cost being determined on the first-in, first-out or the average cost basis.  Losses, if any, are recognized fully in the period when identified.

We periodically evaluate the carrying value of inventory, giving consideration to factors such as its physical condition, sales patterns and expected future demand in order to estimate theamount necessary to write down any slow moving, obsolete or damaged inventory.  These estimates could vary significantly from actual amounts based upon future economic conditions, customer inventory levels, or competitive factors that were not foreseen or did not exist when the estimated write-downs were made.

In accordance with industry practice, all inventories are classified as a current asset including portions with long production cycles, some of which may not be realized within one year.

Business Combinations

We adopted new accounting guidance for business combinations effective prospectively for acquisitions consummated on or after November 1, 2009 (the beginning of fiscal 2010).  Under the new guidance, any contingent consideration is recognized as a liability at fair value as of the acquisition date with subsequent fair value adjustments recorded in operations and acquisition costs are generally expensed as incurred.  For acquisitions consummated prior to fiscal 2010, contingent consideration is accounted for as an additional cost of the respective acquired entity when paid and acquisition costs were capitalized as part of the purchase price.

We allocate the purchase price of acquired entities to the underlying tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values, with any excess recorded as goodwill.  Determining the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed requires management’s judgment and often involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions, including assumptions with respect to future cash inflows and outflows, discount rates, asset lives and market multiples, among other items.  We determine the fair values of such assets, principally intangible assets, generally in consultation with third-party valuation advisors.

27

Valuation of Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

We test goodwill for impairment annually as of October 31, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of goodwill may not be fully recoverable.  In evaluating the recoverability of goodwill, we compare the fair value of each of our reporting units to its carrying value to determine potential impairment.  If the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the implied fair value of that reporting unit’s goodwill is to be calculated and an impairment loss is recognized in the amount by which the carrying value of the reporting unit’s goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, if any.  The fair values of our reporting units were determined using a weighted average of a market approach and an income approach.  Under the market approach, fair values are estimated using an average of published multiples for the industry sectors in which our reporting units operate.  We calculate fair values under the income approach by taking estimated future cash flows that are based on internal projections and other assumptions deemed reasonable by management and discounting them using our estimated weighted average cost of capital.  Based on the annual goodwill impairment test as of October 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, we determined there was no impairment of our goodwill.  The fair value of each of our reporting units as of October 31, 2011 significantly exceeded their carrying value.

We test each non-amortizing intangible asset (principally trade names) for impairment annually as of October 31, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired.  To derive the fair value of our trade names, we utilize an income approach, which relies upon management’s assumptions of royalty rates, projected revenues and discount rates.  We also test each amortizing intangible asset for impairment if events or circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired.  The test consists of determining whether the carrying value of such assets will be recovered through undiscounted expected future cash flows.  If the total of the undiscounted future cash flows is less than the carrying amount of those assets, we recognize an impairment loss based on the excess of the carrying amount over the fair value of the assets.  The determination of fair value requires us to make a number of estimates, assumptions and judgments of such factors as projected revenues and earnings and discount rates.  Based on the intangible impairment tests conducted, we recognized pre-tax impairment losses related to the write-down of certain customer relationships of $4.3 million, $1.1 million and $.2 million during fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, the write-down of certain trade names of $.2 million, $.3 million and $.1 million during fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, and the write-down of certain intellectual property of $.5 million during fiscal 2011, within the ETG to their estimated fair values.  The impairment losses pertaining to certain customer relationships and trade names were recorded as a component of selling, general and administrative expenses in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations and the impairment losses pertaining to intellectual property were recorded as a component of costs of goods sold.

Assumptions utilized to determine fair value in the goodwill and intangible assets impairment tests are highly judgmental.  If there is a material change in such assumptions or if there is a material change in the conditions or circumstances influencing fair value, we could be required to recognize a material impairment charge.  See Item 1A., Risk Factors, for a list of factors of which any may cause our actual results to differ materially from anticipated results.

28

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth the results of our operations, net sales and operating income by segment and the percentage of net sales represented by the respective items in our Consolidated Statements of Operations:

	Year ended October 31,
	2011			2010			2009
Net sales	$	764,891,000		$	617,020,000		$	538,296,000
Cost of sales		490,450,000			394,673,000			357,285,000
Selling, general and administrative expenses		136,010,000			113,174,000			92,756,000
Total operating costs and expenses		626,460,000			507,847,000			450,041,000
Operating income	$	138,431,000		$	109,173,000		$	88,255,000
Net sales by segment:
Flight Support Group	$	539,563,000		$	412,337,000		$	395,423,000
Electronic Technologies Group		227,771,000			205,648,000			143,372,000
Intersegment sales		(2,443,000	)		(965,000	)		(499,000	)
	$	764,891,000		$	617,020,000		$	538,296,000
Operating income by segment:
Flight Support Group	$	95,001,000		$	67,896,000		$	60,003,000
Electronic Technologies Group		59,465,000			56,126,000			39,981,000
Other, primarily corporate		(16,035,000	)		(14,849,000	)		(11,729,000	)
	$	138,431,000		$	109,173,000		$	88,255,000
Net sales		100.0	%		100.0	%		100.0	%
Gross profit		35.9	%		36.0	%		33.6	%
Selling, general and administrative expenses		17.8	%		18.3	%		17.2	%
Operating income		18.1	%		17.7	%		16.4	%
Interest expense		—			.1	%		.1	%
Other income		—			.1	%		—
Income tax expense		5.6	%		5.9	%		5.2	%
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests		3.0	%		2.8	%		2.8	%
Net income attributable to HEICO		9.5	%		8.9	%		8.3	%

Comparison of Fiscal 2011 to Fiscal 2010

Net Sales

Our net sales in fiscal 2011 increased by 24% to a record $764.9 million, as compared to net sales of $617.0 million in fiscal 2010.  The increase in net sales reflects an increase of $127.2 million (a 31% increase) to a record $539.6 million in net sales within the FSG as well as an increase of $22.1 million (an 11% increase) to a record $227.8 million in net sales within the ETG.  The net sales increase in the FSG reflects organic growth of approximately 21%, as well as additional net sales of approximately $37 million contributed by the first quarter of fiscal 2011 acquisition of Blue Aerospace.  The organic growth principally reflects higher sales of new products and services and an increase in demand for the FSG’s

29

aftermarket replacement parts and repair and overhaul services as a result of increased airline capacity and also reflects higher sales of and demand for the FSG’s industrial products.  The net sales increase in the ETG principally reflects organic growth of approximately 10%.  The organic growth in the ETG reflects continued strength in demand for certain of our defense, aerospace, medical and electronic products.

Our net sales in fiscal 2011 and 2010 by market approximated 60% and 62%, respectively, from the commercial aviation industry, 24% and 23%, respectively, from the defense and space industries, and 16% and 15%, respectively, from other industrial markets including medical, electronics and telecommunications.

Gross Profit and Operating Expenses

Our consolidated gross profit margin was 35.9% in fiscal 2011 as compared to 36.0% in fiscal 2010, principally reflecting higher margins within the FSG due to efficiencies realized through higher sales volumes offset by lower margins within the ETG due to changes in product mix.  Consolidated cost of sales in fiscal 2011 and 2010 includes approximately $25.4 million and $22.7 million, respectively, of new product research and development expenses.

Selling, general and administrative (“SG&A”) expenses were $136.0 million and $113.2 million in fiscal 2011 and 2010, respectively.  The increase in SG&A expenses was mainly due to higher operating costs, principally personnel related, associated with the growth in net sales discussed above as well as the acquired businesses.  SG&A expenses as a percentage of net sales decreased from 18.3% in fiscal 2010 to 17.8% in fiscal 2011.  The decrease as a percentage of net sales principally reflects the impact of higher net sales volumes on the fixed portion of SG&A expenses and controlled corporate spending relative to our net sales growth.

Operating Income

Operating income in fiscal 2011 increased by 27% to a record $138.4 million as compared to operating income of $109.2 million in fiscal 2010.  The increase in operating income reflects a $27.1 million increase (a 40% increase) in operating income of the FSG to a record $95.0 million in fiscal 2011 from $67.9 million in fiscal 2010 and a $3.4 million increase (a 6% increase) to a record $59.5 million in operating income of the ETG in fiscal 2011, up from $56.1 million in fiscal 2010, partially offset by a $1.2 million increase in corporate expenses.  The increase in operating income of both the FSG and ETG in fiscal 2011 principally reflects efficiencies gained from the increased sales volumes.

As a percentage of net sales, our consolidated operating income increased to 18.1% in fiscal 2011 compared to 17.7% in fiscal 2010.  The increase in consolidated operating income as a percentage of net sales principally reflects an increase in the FSG’s operating income as a percentage of net sales to 17.6% in fiscal 2011 from 16.5% in fiscal 2010, partially offset by a decrease in the ETG’s operating income as a percentage of net sales from 27.3% in fiscal 2010 to 26.1% in fiscal 2011.  The increase in operating income as a percentage of net sales for the FSG reflects the higher sales volumes and improved gross profit margins as discussed above.  The decrease in operating income as a percentage of net sales for the ETG principally reflects an aggregate impact of $3.8 million due to impairment losses related to the write-down of certain intangible assets to their estimated fair values of $5.0 million, partially offset by a $1.2 million reduction in the value of contingent consideration related to a prior year acquisition.

30

Interest Expense

Interest expense in fiscal 2011 and 2010 was not material.

Other Income

Other income in fiscal 2011 and 2010 was not material.

Income Tax Expense

Our effective tax rate for fiscal 2011 decreased to 31.0% from 33.7% in fiscal 2010.  The effective tax rate for fiscal 2011 reflects the aggregate benefit from tax related items, which increased net income attributable to HEICO by approximately $2.8 million, or $.07 per diluted share, net of expenses, principally from higher research and development tax credits ($1.7 million), state income apportionment updates ($.9 million) and other prior year tax return to accrual adjustments ($.2 million).  During the first quarter of fiscal 2011, we recognized the benefit of an income tax credit for qualified research and development activities resulting from the retroactive extension in December 2010 of Section 41 of the Internal Revenue Code, “Credit for Increasing Research Activities,” to cover the period from January 1, 2010 to December 31, 2011 and recognized such tax credit for the last ten months of fiscal 2010 in the first quarter of fiscal 2011, which, net of expenses, increased net income attributable to HEICO by approximately $.8 million in fiscal 2011.  During the third quarter of fiscal 2011, the finalization of a study of qualifying fiscal 2010 research and development activities used to prepare our fiscal 2010 U.S. federal and state income tax returns and reduction in the liability for gross unrecognized research and development related tax positions due to both lapses of statutes of limitations and the conclusion of a foreign research and development tax credit audit resulted in an aggregate increase in net income attributable to HEICO of approximately $.8 million, net of expenses, in fiscal 2011.  During the third quarter of fiscal 2011, we filed our fiscal 2010 state tax returns and amended certain prior year state tax returns reflecting a change to the applicable methodology for apportioning income to certain states, which resulted in an increase in net income attributable to HEICO of approximately $.9 million, net of expenses, in fiscal 2011.

For a detailed analysis of the provision for income taxes, see Note 6, Income Taxes, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Net Income Attributable to Noncontrolling Interests

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests relates to the 20% noncontrolling interest held in the FSG and the noncontrolling interests held in certain subsidiaries of the FSG and ETG.  Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests was $22.6 million in fiscal 2011 compared to $17.4 million in fiscal 2010.  The increase in net income attributable to noncontrolling interests in fiscal 2011 compared to fiscal 2010 is principally related to higher earnings of the FSG in which the 20% noncontrolling interest is held as well as the 19.9% noncontrolling interest in the earnings contributed by Blue Aerospace, which was acquired in the first quarter of fiscal 2011.

Net Income Attributable to HEICO

Net income attributable to HEICO was a record $72.8 million, or $1.71 per diluted share, in fiscal 2011 compared to $54.9 million, or $1.30 per diluted share, in fiscal 2010 principally reflecting the increased operating income referenced above.

31

Outlook

During fiscal 2012, we will continue our focus on developing new products and services, further market penetration, additional acquisition opportunities and maintaining our financial strength.  The general overall economic uncertainty may moderate growth in our commercial aviation markets, while we expect overall stable markets for the products of our ETG.  Overall, we are targeting growth in fiscal 2012 full year net sales and net income over fiscal 2011 levels.

Comparison of Fiscal 2010 to Fiscal 2009

Net Sales

Net sales in fiscal 2010 increased by 14.6% to a record $617.0 million, as compared to net sales of $538.3 million in fiscal 2009.  The increase in net sales reflects an increase of $62.3 million (a 43.4% increase) to a record $205.6 million in net sales within the ETG and an increase of $16.9 million (a 4.3% increase) to $412.3 million in net sales within the FSG.  The net sales increase in the ETG reflects the additional net sales totaling approximately $40 million contributed by a February 2010 acquisition and two fiscal 2009 acquisitions as well as organic growth of approximately 12%.  The organic growth in the ETG principally reflects strength in customer demand for certain of our medical equipment, defense, electronic and satellite products.  The 4.3% increase in net sales of the FSG, which is entirely organic growth, is primarily attributable to higher net sales of our industrial products as well as higher net sales of our commercial aviation products reflecting the recent capacity growth of our commercial airline customers during the third and fourth quarters.

Our net sales in fiscal 2010 and 2009 by market approximated 62% and 68%, respectively, from the commercial aviation industry, 23% and 20%, respectively, from the defense and space industries, and 15% and 12%, respectively, from other industrial markets including medical, electronics and telecommunications.

Gross Profit and Operating Expenses

Our consolidated gross profit margin increased to 36.0% in fiscal 2010 as compared to 33.6% in fiscal 2009, mainly reflecting higher margins within the FSG principally due to a more favorable product sales mix.  Consolidated cost of sales in fiscal 2010 and 2009 includes approximately $22.7 million and $19.7 million, respectively, of new product research and development expenses.

SG&A expenses were $113.2 million and $92.8 million in fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009, respectively.  The increase in SG&A expenses is mainly due to the operating costs of the fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009 acquisitions referenced above, and higher operating costs, principally personnel related, associated with the growth in consolidated net sales.  SG&A expenses as a percentage of net sales increased from 17.2% in 2009 to 18.3% in fiscal 2010 reflecting a higher level of accrued performance awards based on the improved consolidated operating results.

Operating Income

Operating income in fiscal 2010 increased by 23.7% to a record $109.2 million as compared to operating income of $88.3 million in fiscal 2009.  The increase in operating income reflects a $16.1 million increase (a 40.4% increase) to a record $56.1 million in operating income of the ETG in fiscal 2010, up from $40.0 million in fiscal 2009 and a $7.9 million increase (a 13.2% increase) in operating income of the FSG to $67.9 million in fiscal 2010, up from $60.0 million in fiscal 2009, partially offset

32

by a $3.1 million increase in corporate expenses.  The increase in operating income for the ETG in fiscal 2010 reflects the impact of the fiscal 2010 and 2009 acquisitions and organic sales growth.  The increase in operating income for the FSG in fiscal 2010 reflects the aforementioned higher gross profit margins.  The increase in corporate expenses in fiscal 2010 is primarily due to the higher level of accrued performance awards discussed previously.

As a percentage of net sales, our consolidated operating income increased to 17.7% in fiscal 2010, up from 16.4% in fiscal 2009.  The increase in consolidated operating income as a percentage of net sales reflects an increase in the FSG’s operating income as a percentage of net sales to 16.5% in fiscal 2010 from 15.2% in fiscal 2009 resulting primarily from the favorable product mix previously referenced.  The ETG’s operating income as a percentage of net sales was 27.3% in fiscal 2010, compared to 27.9% reported in fiscal 2009, reflecting variations in product mix, including the impact of certain recently acquired businesses.

Interest Expense

Interest expense in fiscal 2010 and 2009 was not material.

Other Income

Other income in fiscal 2010 and 2009 was not material.

Income Tax Expense

Our effective tax rate for fiscal 2010 increased to 33.7% from 31.9% in fiscal 2009.  The effective tax rate for fiscal 2009 was lower due to a settlement reached with the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) pertaining to the income tax credit claimed on HEICO’s U.S. federal filings for qualified research and development activities incurred for fiscal years 2002 through 2005 and a resulting reduction to the related liability for unrecognized tax benefits for fiscal years 2006 through 2008 based on new information obtained during the examination.  In addition, the effective tax rate for fiscal 2010 was higher than fiscal 2009 as the fiscal 2010 tax expense only reflects a credit for qualifying research and development activities through December 31, 2009 due to the expiration of such tax credit and was higher due to an increased effective state income tax rate principally as a result of the previously mentioned fiscal 2010 and 2009 acquisitions.  The Tax Relief, Unemployment Insurance Reauthorization and Job Creation Act of 2010, which was approved December 17, 2010, includes an extension of the research and development tax credit retroactive to December 31, 2009.  No research and development tax credits have been included in the fiscal 2010 results for the periods after December 31, 2009 since the extension of the tax credit was not enacted until fiscal 2011.

For a detailed analysis of the provision for income taxes, see Note 6, Income Taxes, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Net Income Attributable to Noncontrolling Interests

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests relates to the 20% noncontrolling interest held in the FSG and the noncontrolling interests held in certain subsidiaries of the FSG and ETG.  Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests was $17.4 million in fiscal 2010 compared to $15.2 million in fiscal 2009.  The increase in net income attributable to noncontrolling interests in fiscal 2010 compared to fiscal 2009 is related to higher earnings of certain FSG and ETG subsidiaries in which noncontrolling interests exist.

33

Net Income Attributable to HEICO

Net income attributable to HEICO was a record $54.9 million, or $1.30 per diluted share, in fiscal 2010 compared to $44.6 million, or $1.06 per diluted share, in fiscal 2009 reflecting the increased operating income referenced above.  Diluted net income per share attributable to HEICO shareholders in fiscal 2009 included a $.04 per diluted share benefit from the aforementioned favorable IRS settlement.

Inflation

We have generally experienced increases in our costs of labor, materials and services consistent with overall rates of inflation.  The impact of such increases on net income attributable to HEICO has been generally minimized by efforts to lower costs through manufacturing efficiencies and cost reductions.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our capitalization was as follows:

	As of October 31,
	2011			2010
Cash and cash equivalents	$	17,500,000		$	6,543,000
Total debt (including current portion)		40,158,000			14,221,000
Shareholders’ equity		620,154,000			554,826,000
Total capitalization (debt plus equity)		660,312,000			569,047,000
Total debt to total capitalization		6	%		2	%

In addition to cash and cash equivalents of $17.5 million, we had approximately $262 million of unused availability under the terms of our revolving credit facility as of October 31, 2011.  Our principal uses of cash include acquisitions, capital expenditures, cash dividends and working capital needs.  We finance our activities primarily from our operating activities and financing activities, including borrowings under long-term credit agreements.

Recent Developments

In December 2011, we entered into a $670 million Revolving Credit Agreement (“New Credit Facility”) with a bank syndicate, which matures in December 2016.  Under certain circumstances, the maturity of the New Credit Facility may be extended for two one-year periods.  The New Credit Facility also includes a feature that will allow us to increase the New Credit Facility by $130 million, at our option, to become an $800 million facility through increased commitments from existing lenders or the addition of new lenders.  The New Credit Facility may be used for working capital and general corporate needs of the Company, including capital expenditures and to finance acquisitions.  The New Credit Facility replaced the $300 million Second Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement (see Financing Activities below).

Advances under the New Credit Facility accrue interest at our choice of the “Base Rate” or the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) plus applicable margins (based on our ratio of total funded debt to earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, noncontrolling interests and non-cash charges, or “leverage ratio”).  The Base Rate is the highest of (i) the Prime Rate; (ii) the Federal Funds rate plus .50% per annum; and (iii) the Adjusted LIBO Rate determined on a daily basis for an Interest Period of one month plus 1.00% per annum, as such capitalized terms are defined in the New Credit Facility.  The applicable margins for LIBOR-based borrowings range from .75% to 2.25%.  The

34

applicable margins for Base Rate borrowings range from 0% to 1.25%.  A fee is charged on the amount of the unused commitment ranging from .125% to .35% (depending on our leverage ratio).  The New Credit Facility also includes a $50 million sublimit for borrowings made in foreign currencies, letters of credit and swingline borrowings.  Outstanding principal, accrued and unpaid interest and other amounts payable under the New Credit Facility may be accelerated upon an event of default, as such events are described in the New Credit Facility.  The New Credit Facility is unsecured and contains covenants that require, among other things, the maintenance of a total leverage ratio, a senior leverage ratio and a fixed charge coverage ratio.  In the event our leverage ratio exceeds a specified level, the New Credit Facility would become secured by the capital stock owned in substantially all of our subsidiaries.

In November 2011, we acquired, through HEICO Electronic, Switchcraft, Inc. through the purchase of all the stock of Switchcraft’s parent company, Switchcraft Holdco, Inc.  See Note 18, Subsequent Events, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding this acquisition.

As of December 16, 2011, we had $179.2 million borrowed under the New Credit Facility at an interest rate of 1.5% and unused availability of $489.1 million under the terms of the New Credit Facility.

Based on our current outlook, we believe that our net cash provided by operating activities and available borrowings under the New Credit Facility will be sufficient to fund cash requirements for at least the next twelve months.

Operating Activities

Net cash provided by operating activities was $125.5 million in fiscal 2011, principally reflecting net income from consolidated operations of $95.5 million, depreciation and amortization of $18.5 million, impairment losses of certain intangible assets aggregating $5.0 million, an increase in net operating assets of $4.1 million, and stock option compensation expense of $2.6 million.  The $23.8 million increase in net cash provided by operating activities is principally due to a $23.1 million increase in net income from consolidated operations.

Net cash provided by operating activities was $101.7 million in fiscal 2010, principally reflecting net income from consolidated operations of $72.4 million, depreciation and amortization of $17.6 million, a decrease in net operating assets of $6.6 million, a deferred income tax provision of $1.8 million, impairment losses of certain intangible assets aggregating $1.4 million and stock option compensation expense of $1.4 million.  The decrease in net operating assets (current assets used in operating activities net of current liabilities) of $6.6 million primarily reflects higher accrued expenses associated with performance based awards and decreased inventory levels due to continuing efforts to manage inventory levels, while meeting customer delivery requirements, partially offset by increased accounts receivable related to higher net sales in fiscal 2010.

Net cash provided by operating activities was $75.8 million in fiscal 2009, principally reflecting net income from consolidated operations of $59.8 million, depreciation and amortization of $15.0 million, a tax benefit related to stock option exercises of $1.9 million, and a decrease in net operating assets of $2.5 million, partially offset by the presentation of $1.6 million of excess tax benefit from stock option exercises as a financing activity and a deferred income tax benefit of $2.7 million.  The decrease in net operating assets (current assets used in operating activities net of current liabilities) primarily reflects a decrease in accounts receivable due to the timing of cash collections and lower net sales, partially offset by a decrease in accrued expenses, including employee compensation, customer rebates and credits and additional accrued purchase consideration since October 31, 2008.

35

Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities during the three-year fiscal period ended October 31, 2011 primarily relates to several acquisitions, including payments of additional contingent purchase consideration, totaling $94.7 million in fiscal 2011, $39.1 million in fiscal 2010, and $59.8 million in fiscal 2009.  Further details on acquisitions may be found at the beginning of this Item 7 under the caption “Overview” and Note 2, Acquisitions, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.  Capital expenditures aggregated $28.6 million over the last three fiscal years, primarily reflecting the expansion, replacement and betterment of existing production facilities and capabilities, which were generally funded using cash provided by operating activities.

Financing Activities

Net cash used in financing activities was $10.7 million in fiscal 2011, $54.2 million in fiscal 2010 and $11.5 million in fiscal 2009.  During the three-year fiscal period ended October 31, 2011, we borrowed an aggregate $200.0 million under our revolving credit facility principally to fund acquisitions, including $72.0 million in fiscal 2011, $37.0 million in fiscal 2010, and $91.0 million in fiscal 2009.  Further details on acquisitions may be found at the beginning of this Item 7 under the caption “Overview” and Note 2, Acquisitions, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.  Repayments on the revolving credit facility aggregated $201.0 million over the last three fiscal years, including $50.0 million in fiscal 2011, $78.0 million in fiscal 2010, and $73.0 million in fiscal 2009.  For the three-year fiscal period ended October 31, 2011, we made distributions to noncontrolling interest owners aggregating $34.8 million, acquired certain noncontrolling interests aggregating $19.3 million, redeemed common stock related to stock option exercises aggregating $15.0 million, paid cash dividends aggregating $11.3 million, and made repurchases of our common stock aggregating $8.1 million.  For the three-year fiscal period ended October 31, 2011, we received proceeds from stock option exercises aggregating $5.2 million.  Net cash provided by financing activities also includes the presentation of $6.3 million, $.7 million, and $1.6 million of excess tax benefit from stock option exercises in fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Borrowings under our revolving credit facility in fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009 were made under our $300 million Second Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement (“Credit Facility”) with a bank syndicate.  The Credit Facility was available for working capital and general corporate needs of the company, including letters of credit, capital expenditures and to finance acquisitions.  Advances under the Credit Facility accrued interest at our choice of the “Base Rate” or the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) plus applicable margins (based on our ratio of total funded debt to earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, noncontrolling interests and non-cash charges, or “leverage ratio”).  The Base Rate was the higher of (i) the Prime Rate or (ii) the Federal Funds rate plus .50%.  The applicable margins for LIBOR-based borrowings ranged from .625% to 2.25%.  A fee was charged on the amount of the unused commitment ranging from .125% to .35% (depending on our leverage ratio).  The Credit Facility was unsecured and contained covenants that required, among other things, the maintenance of the leverage ratio, a senior leverage ratio and a fixed charge coverage ratio.  As of October 31, 2011, our leverage ratios were significantly below and our fixed charge coverage ratio was significantly above such specified levels.  See Note 5, Long-Term Debt, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further information regarding the revolving credit facility.

36

Contractual Obligations

The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of October 31, 2011:

			Payments due by fiscal period
	Total		2012			2013 - 2014		2015 - 2016	Thereafter
Long-term debt obligations (1)	$	36,096,000	$	43,000	$	36,053,000	$	—	$	—
Capital lease obligation (2)		5,065,000		455,000		910,000		910,000		2,790,000
Operating lease obligations (3)		26,604,000		7,329,000		9,029,000		5,799,000		4,447,000
Purchase obligations (4) (5) (6)		37,246,000		20,593,000		16,653,000		—		—
Other long-term liabilities (7) (8)		261,000		57,000		104,000		38,000		62,000
Total contractual obligations	$	105,272,000	$	28,477,000	$	62,749,000	$	6,747,000	$	7,299,000

__________________

(1) Excludes interest charges on borrowings and the fee on the amount of any unused commitment that we may be obligated to pay under our revolving credit facility as such amounts vary.  Also excludes interest charges associated with notes payable as such amounts are not material.  See Note 5, Long-Term Debt, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements and “Liquidity and Capital Resources” above for additional information regarding our long-term debt obligations.  As discussed in “Liquidity and Capital Resources,” we entered into a New Credit Facility in December 2011 that matures in December 2016.  Accordingly, the $36,000,000 we had outstanding under our previous revolving credit facility as of October 31, 2011 and shown as due in fiscal 2013 is now due in fiscal 2017.

(2) Inclusive of $1,003,000 in interest charges.  See Note 5, Long-Term Debt, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding our capital lease obligation.

(3) See Note 16, Commitments and Contingencies – Lease Commitments, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding our operating lease obligations.

(4) The noncontrolling interest holders of certain subsidiaries have rights (“Put Rights”) that may be exercised on varying dates causing us to purchase their equity interests beginning in fiscal 2012 through fiscal 2018.  The Put Rights provide that cash consideration be paid for their noncontrolling interests (“Redemption Amount”).  As of October 31, 2011, management’s estimate of the aggregate Redemption Amount of all Put Rights that we would be required to pay is approximately $65 million, which is reflected within redeemable noncontrolling interests in our Consolidated Balance Sheet.  Of this amount $7,956,000 and $16,383,000 are included in the table as amounts payable in fiscal 2012 and 2013-2014, respectively, pursuant to past exercises of such Put Rights by the noncontrolling interest holders of certain of our subsidiaries.  As the actual Redemption Amount payable in fiscal 2013 and 2014 is based on a multiple offuture earnings, such amount will likely be different.  The remaining Redemption Amounts have been excluded from the table as the timing of such payments is contingent upon the exercise of the Put Rights.

(5) Also includes accrued additional purchase consideration aggregating $11,016,000 payable in fiscal 2012 relating to the acquisition of 3D and a prior year acquisition (see Note 2, Acquisitions, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements).  The amounts in the table do not include the additional contingent purchase consideration we may have to pay based on future earnings of certain acquired businesses.  As of October 31, 2011, management’s estimate of the aggregate amount of such contingent purchase consideration is approximately $10.1 million, which is payable in fiscal 2012.  Contingent purchase consideration is further discussed in “Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements – Additional Contingent Purchase Consideration” below.

(6) Also includes an aggregate $1,891,000 of commitments for capital expenditures as well as purchase obligations of inventory that extend beyond one year.  All purchase obligations of inventory and supplies in the ordinary course of business (i.e., with deliveries scheduled within the next year) are excluded from the table.

(7) Represents payments aggregating $261,000 under our Directors Retirement Plan, for which benefits are presently being paid and excludes $190,000 of payments for which benefit payments have not yet commenced.  Our Directors Retirement Plan’s projected benefit obligation of $353,000 is accrued within other long-term liabilities in our Consolidated Balance Sheet as of October 31, 2011.  See Note 10, Retirement Plans, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (the plan is unfundedand we pay benefits directly).  The amounts in the table do not include liabilities related to the Leadership Compensation Plan or ourother deferred compensation arrangement as they are each fully supported by assets held within

37

irrevocable trusts.  See Note 3, Selected Financial Statement Information – Other Long-Term Assets and Liabilities, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further information about these two deferred compensation plans.

(8) The amounts in the table do not include approximately $1,784,000 of our liability for unrecognized tax benefits due to the uncertainty with respect to the timing of future cash flows associated with these unrecognized tax benefits as we are unable to make reasonably reliable estimates of the timing of any cash settlements.  See Note 6, Income Taxes, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further information about our liability for unrecognized tax benefits. 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

Guarantees

We have arranged for a standby letter of credit for $1.5 million to meet the security requirement of our insurance company for potential workers’ compensation claims, which is supported by our revolving credit facility.

Additional Contingent Purchase Consideration

As part of the agreement to acquire a subsidiary by the ETG in fiscal 2009, we may be obligated to pay additional purchase consideration of up to $10.1 million in fiscal 2012 should the subsidiary meet certain earnings objectives during the third year following the acquisition.  Assuming the subsidiary performs over its respective future measurement period at the same earnings levels it performed in the comparable historical measurement period, the aggregate amount of such contingent purchase consideration that we would be required to pay is $10.1 million.  The actual contingent purchase consideration may be different.

The above referenced additional contingent purchase consideration will be accrued when the earnings objectives are met.  Such additional contingent purchase consideration is based on a multiple of earnings above a threshold (subject to a cap in certain cases) and is not contingent upon the former shareholders of the acquired entities remaining employed by us or providing future services to us.  Accordingly, such consideration will be recorded as an additional cost of the respective acquired entity when paid.

As part of the agreement to acquire a subsidiary by the ETG in fiscal 2007, we may have been obligated to pay additional purchase consideration of up to 73 million Canadian dollars in aggregate, which translates to approximately $74 million U.S. dollars based on the October 31, 2011 exchange rate, should the subsidiary have met certain earnings objectives through June 2012.  Assuming the subsidiary performs over the remaining future measurement period at the same earnings levels it performed in the comparable historical measurement period, we would not be required to pay any additional purchase consideration.

For additional information on how we account for contingent consideration associated with acquisitions, see Note 1, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies – Business Combinations, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

New Accounting Pronouncements

In January 2010, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2010-06,“Improving Disclosures About Fair Value Measurements,” which requires additional disclosures regarding transfers in and out of Level 1 and Level 2 fair value measurements and more detailed information of activity in Level 3 fair value measurements.  We adopted ASU 2010-06 as of the beginning of the second quarter of fiscal2010, except the additional Level 3

38

disclosures, which are effective in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2010, or in fiscal 2012 for us.  We will make the additional Level 3 disclosures, if applicable, as of the date of adoption.

In December 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-29, “Disclosure of Supplementary Pro Forma Information for Business Combinations.”  Under ASU 2010-29, supplemental pro forma information disclosures pertaining to acquisitions should be presented as if the business combination(s) occurred as of the beginning of the prior annual period when comparative financial statements are presented.  ASU 2010-29 is effective for business combinations consummated in fiscal periods beginning after December 15, 2010.  Early adoption is permitted and we adopted the new guidance on a prospective basis as of December 2010.

In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-05, “Presentation of Comprehensive Income,” which requires the presentation of total comprehensive income, the components of net income and the components of other comprehensive income in either a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate, but consecutive statements.  ASU 2011-05 eliminates the option to present other comprehensive income and its components in the statement of shareholders’ equity and requires reclassification adjustments for items that were reclassified from other comprehensive income and net income to be presented on the face of the financial statements.  ASU 2011-05 must be applied retroactively and is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2011, or in the second quarter of fiscal 2012 for us.  We are currently evaluating which presentation option to elect, but the adoption of these provisions will have no effect on our results of operations, financial position or cash flows.

In September 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-08, “Testing Goodwill for Impairment,” which is intended to reduce complexity and costs by permitting an entity the option to perform a qualitative evaluation about the likelihood of goodwill impairment in order to determine whether it should calculate the fair value of a reporting unit.  The update also improves previous guidance by expanding upon the examples of events and circumstances that an entity should consider between annual impairment tests in determining whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount.  ASU 2011-08 is effective for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011, or in fiscal 2013 for our annual impairment test.  The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on our results of operations, financial position or cash flows.

Forward-Looking Statements

Certain statements in this report constitute “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.  All statements contained herein that are not clearly historical in nature may be forward-looking and the words “anticipate,” “believe,” “expect,” “estimate” and similar expressions are generally intended to identify forward-looking statements.  Any forward-looking statements contained herein, in press releases, written statements or other documents filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission or in communications and discussions with investors and analysts in the normal course of business through meetings, phone calls and conference calls, concerning our operations, economic performance and financial condition are subject to risks, uncertainties and contingencies.  We have based these forward-looking statements on our current expectations and projections about future events.  All forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond our control, which may cause actual results, performance or achievements to differ materially from anticipated results, performance or achievements.  Also, forward-looking statements are based upon management’s estimates of fair values and of future costs, using currently available information.  Therefore, actual results may differ materially from those expressed or implied in those statements.  Factors that could cause such differences include:

39

· Lower demand for commercial air travel or airline fleet changes, which could cause lower demand for our goods and services;

· Product specification costs and requirements, which could cause an increase to our costs to complete contracts;

· Governmental and regulatory demands, export policies and restrictions, reductions in defense, space or homeland security spending by U.S. and/or foreign customers or competition from existing and new competitors, which could reduce our sales;

· Our ability to introduce new products and product pricing levels, which could reduce our sales or sales growth; and

· Our ability to make acquisitions and achieve operating synergies from acquired businesses, customer credit risk, interest and income tax rates and economic conditions within and outside of the aviation, defense, space, medical, telecommunication and electronic industries, which could negatively impact our costs and revenues.

For further information on these and other factors that potentially could materially affect our financial results, see Item 1A, Risk Factors.  We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except to the extent required by applicable law.

Item 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

The primary market risk to which we have exposure is interest rate risk, mainly related to our revolving credit facility, which has variable interest rates.  Interest rate risk associated with our variable rate debt is the potential increase in interest expense from an increase in interest rates.  Based on our aggregate outstanding variable rate debt balance of $36 million as of October 31, 2011, a hypothetical 10% increase in interest rates would not have a material effect on our results of operations, financial position or cash flows.

We maintain a portion of our cash and cash equivalents in financial instruments with original maturities of three months or less.  These financial instruments are subject to interest rate risk and will decline in value if interest rates increase.  Due to the short duration of these financial instruments, a hypothetical 10% increase in interest rates as of October 31, 2011 would not have a material effect on our results of operations, financial position or cash flows.

We are also exposed to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations on the United States dollar value of our foreign currency denominated transactions, which are principally in Euro, Canadian dollar and British pound sterling.  A hypothetical 10% weakening in the exchange rate of the Euro, Canadian dollar or British pound sterling to the United States dollar as of October 31, 2011 would not have a material effect on our results of operations, financial position or cash flows.

40

Item 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

HEICO CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

	Page
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	42
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of October 31, 2011 and 2010	43
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended October 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009	44
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Income for the years ended October 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009	45
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended October 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009	46
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements	47
Financial Statement Schedule II, Valuation and Qualifying Accounts for the years ended October 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009	87

41

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of

HEICO Corporation

Hollywood, Florida

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of HEICO Corporation and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of October 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders’ equity and comprehensive income, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended October 31, 2011.  Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15.  These financial statements and the financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the financial statements and the financial statement schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.  We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of HEICO Corporation and subsidiaries as of October 31, 2011 and 2010, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended October 31, 2011, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.  Also, in our opinion, such financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of October 31, 2011, based on the criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated December 21, 2011 expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Certified Public Accountants

Miami, Florida

December 21, 2011

42

HEICO CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

	As of October 31,
	2011			2010
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	17,500,000		$	6,543,000
Accounts receivable, net		106,414,000			91,815,000
Inventories, net		164,967,000			138,215,000
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		5,471,000			3,769,000
Deferred income taxes		22,286,000			18,907,000
Total current assets		316,638,000			259,249,000
Property, plant and equipment, net		67,074,000			59,003,000
Goodwill		443,402,000			385,016,000
Intangible assets, net		78,157,000			49,487,000
Deferred income taxes		2,374,000			—
Other assets		33,424,000			28,888,000
Total assets	$	941,069,000		$	781,643,000
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Current maturities of long-term debt	$	335,000		$	148,000
Trade accounts payable		43,547,000			28,604,000
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities		76,376,000			52,101,000
Income taxes payable		3,132,000			979,000
Total current liabilities		123,390,000			81,832,000
Long-term debt, net of current maturities		39,823,000			14,073,000
Deferred income taxes		58,899,000			45,308,000
Other long-term liabilities		33,373,000			30,556,000
Total liabilities		255,485,000			171,769,000
Commitments and contingencies (Notes 2 and 16)
Redeemable noncontrolling interests (Note 12)		65,430,000			55,048,000
Shareholders’ equity:
Preferred Stock, $.01 par value per share; 10,000,000 shares authorized; 300,000 shares designated as Series B Junior Participating Preferred Stock and 300,000 shares designated as Series C Junior Participating Preferred Stock; none issued		—			—
Common Stock, $.01 par value per share; 30,000,000 shares authorized; 17,054,339 and 16,407,506 shares issued and outstanding		171,000			131,000
Class A Common Stock, $.01 par value per share; 30,000,000 shares authorized; 25,022,688 and 24,829,465 shares issued and outstanding		250,000			199,000
Capital in excess of par value		226,120,000			227,993,000
Deferred compensation obligation		522,000			—
HEICO stock held by irrevocable trust		(522,000	)		—
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)		3,033,000			(124,000	)
Retained earnings		299,497,000			240,913,000
Total HEICO shareholders’ equity		529,071,000			469,112,000
Noncontrolling interests		91,083,000			85,714,000
Total shareholders’ equity		620,154,000			554,826,000
Total liabilities and equity	$	941,069,000		$	781,643,000

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

43

HEICO CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

	Year ended October 31,
	2011			2010			2009
Net sales	$	764,891,000		$	617,020,000		$	538,296,000
Operating costs and expenses:
Cost of sales		490,450,000			394,673,000			357,285,000
Selling, general and administrative expenses		136,010,000			113,174,000			92,756,000
Total operating costs and expenses		626,460,000			507,847,000			450,041,000
Operating income		138,431,000			109,173,000			88,255,000
Interest expense		(142,000	)		(508,000	)		(615,000	)
Other income		64,000			390,000			205,000
Income before income taxes and noncontrolling interests		138,353,000			109,055,000			87,845,000
Income tax expense		42,900,000			36,700,000			28,000,000
Net income from consolidated operations		95,453,000			72,355,000			59,845,000
Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests		22,633,000			17,417,000			15,219,000
Net income attributable to HEICO	$	72,820,000		$	54,938,000		$	44,626,000
Net income per share attributable to HEICO shareholders (Note 13):
Basic	$	1.75		$	1.34		$	1.09
Diluted	$	1.71		$	1.30		$	1.06
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding:
Basic		41,632,074			41,040,635			40,944,999
Diluted		42,501,252			42,213,538			42,225,049

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

44

HEICO CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

				HEICO Shareholders' Equity
															HEICO
															Stock			Accumulated
	Redeemable						Class A			Capital in			Deferred		Held by			Other									Total
	Noncontrolling			Common			Common			Excess of			Compensation		Irrevocable			Comprehensive			Retained			Noncontrolling			Shareholders'
	Interests			Stock			Stock			Par Value			Obligation		Trust			Income (Loss)			Earnings			Interests			Equity
Balances as of October 31, 2008	$	48,736,000		$	106,000		$	158,000		$	229,443,000		$	—	$	—		$	(4,819,000	)	$	156,976,000		$	71,138,000		$	453,002,000
Comprehensive income:
Net income		8,228,000			—			—			—			—		—			—			44,626,000			6,991,000			51,617,000
Foreign currency translation		—			—			—			—			—		—			3,276,000			—			—			3,276,000
Total comprehensive income		8,228,000			—			—			—			—		—			3,276,000			44,626,000			6,991,000			54,893,000
Repurchases of common stock (Note 8)		—			(2,000	)		(2,000	)		(8,094,000	)		—		—			—			—			—			(8,098,000	)
Cash dividends ($.077 per share)		—			—			—			—			—		—			—			(3,150,000	)		—			(3,150,000	)
Tax benefit from stock option exercises		—			—			—			1,890,000			—		—			—			—			—			1,890,000
Proceeds from stock option exercises		—			—			1,000			1,206,000			—		—			—			—			—			1,207,000
Stock option compensation expense		—			—			—			181,000			—		—			—			—			—			181,000
Distributions to noncontrolling interests		(9,130,000	)		—			—			—			—		—			—			—			(461,000	)		(461,000	)
Acquisitions of noncontrolling interests		(10,015,000	)		—			—			—			—		—			—			6,845,000			—			6,845,000
Noncontrolling interests assumed related to acquisition		7,505,000			—			—			—			—		—			—			(4,200,000	)		—			(4,200,000	)
Adjustments to redemption amount of redeemable noncontrolling interests		11,613,000			—			—			—			—		—			—			(11,613,000	)		—			(11,613,000	)
Other		—			—			—			(1,000	)		—		—			162,000			1,000			—			162,000
Balances as of October 31, 2009		56,937,000			104,000			157,000			224,625,000			—		—			(1,381,000	)		189,485,000			77,668,000			490,658,000
Comprehensive income:
Net income		9,370,000			—			—			—			—		—			—			54,938,000			8,047,000			62,985,000
Foreign currency translation		—			—			—			—			—		—			1,271,000			—			—			1,271,000
Total comprehensive income		9,370,000			—			—			—			—		—			1,271,000			54,938,000			8,047,000			64,256,000
Cash dividends ($.086 per share)		—			—			—			—			—		—			—			(3,546,000	)		—			(3,546,000	)
Five-for-four common stock split		—			26,000			40,000			(66,000	)		—		—			—			(68,000	)		—			(68,000	)
Tax benefit from stock option exercises		—			—			—			951,000			—		—			—			—			—			951,000
Proceeds from stock option exercises		—			1,000			2,000			1,812,000			—		—			—			—			—			1,815,000
Stock option compensation expense		—			—			—			1,353,000			—		—			—			—			—			1,353,000
Redemptions of common stock related to stock option exercises (Note 8)		—			—			—			(681,000	)		—		—			—			—			—			(681,000	)
Distributions to noncontrolling interests		(10,360,000	)		—			—			—								—			—			—			—
Acquisitions of noncontrolling interests		(795,000	)		—			—			—			—		—			—			—			—			—
Adjustments to redemption amount of redeemable noncontrolling interests		(104,000	)		—			—			—			—		—			—			104,000			—			104,000
Other		—			—			—			(1,000	)		—		—			(14,000	)		—			(1,000	)		(16,000	)
Balances as of October 31, 2010		55,048,000			131,000			199,000			227,993,000			—		—			(124,000	)		240,913,000			85,714,000			554,826,000
Comprehensive income:
Net income		11,264,000			—			—			—			—		—			—			72,820,000			11,369,000			84,189,000
Foreign currency translation		—			—			—			—			—		—			3,012,000			—			—			3,012,000
Total comprehensive income		11,264,000			—			—			—			—		—			3,012,000			72,820,000			11,369,000			87,201,000
Cash dividends ($.108 per share)		—			—			—			—			—		—			—			(4,494,000	)		—			(4,494,000	)
Five-for-four common stock split		—			33,000			50,000			(83,000	)		—		—			—			(102,000	)		—			(102,000	)
Tax benefit from stock option exercises		—			—			—			7,703,000			—		—			—			—			—			7,703,000
Proceeds from stock option exercises		—			9,000			2,000			2,156,000			—		—			—			—			—			2,167,000
Stock option compensation expense		—			—			—			2,647,000			—		—			—			—			—			2,647,000
Deferred compensation obligation		—			—			—			—			522,000		(522,000	)		—			—			—			—
Redemptions of common stock related to stock option exercises		—			(3,000	)		—			(14,295,000	)		—		—			—			—			—			(14,298,000	)
Distributions to noncontrolling interests		(8,893,000	)		—			—			—			—		—			—			—			(6,000,000	)		(6,000,000	)
Acquisitions of noncontrolling interests		(7,241,000	)		—			—			—			—		—			—			—			—			—
Noncontrolling interests assumed related to acquisition		5,612,000			—			—			—			—		—			—			—			—			—
Adjustments to redemption amount of redeemable noncontrolling interests		9,640,000			—			—			—			—		—			—			(9,640,000	)		—			(9,640,000	)
Other		—			1,000			(1,000	)		(1,000	)		—		—			145,000			—			—			144,000
Balances as of October 31, 2011	$	65,430,000		$	171,000		$	250,000		$	226,120,000		$	522,000	$	(522,000	)	$	3,033,000		$	299,497,000		$	91,083,000		$	620,154,000

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

45

HEICO CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

	Year ended October 31,
	2011			2010			2009
Operating Activities:
Net income from consolidated operations	$	95,453,000		$	72,355,000		$	59,845,000
Adjustments to reconcile net income from consolidated operations to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization		18,543,000			17,597,000			14,967,000
Impairment of intangible assets		4,987,000			1,438,000			300,000
Reduction in value of contingent consideration		(1,150,000	)		—			—
Deferred income tax provision (benefit)		29,000			1,817,000			(2,651,000	)
Tax benefit from stock option exercises		7,703,000			951,000			1,890,000
Excess tax benefit from stock option exercises		(6,346,000	)		(669,000	)		(1,573,000	)
Stock option compensation expense		2,647,000			1,353,000			181,000
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions:
(Increase) decrease in accounts receivable		(5,327,000	)		(10,684,000	)		15,214,000
(Increase) decrease in inventories		(9,405,000	)		6,359,000			(87,000	)
(Increase) decrease in prepaid expenses and other current assets		(343,000	)		549,000			5,216,000
Increase (decrease) in trade accounts payable		7,257,000			125,000			(5,619,000	)
Increase (decrease) in accrued expenses and other current liabilities		10,425,000			11,474,000			(11,296,000	)
Increase (decrease) in income taxes payable		1,516,000			(1,196,000	)		(936,000	)
Other		(471,000	)		248,000			366,000
Net cash provided by operating activities		125,518,000			101,717,000			75,817,000
Investing Activities:
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired		(94,655,000	)		(39,061,000	)		(59,798,000	)
Capital expenditures		(9,446,000	)		(8,877,000	)		(10,253,000	)
Other		201,000			(325,000	)		20,000
Net cash used in investing activities		(103,900,000	)		(48,263,000	)		(70,031,000	)
Financing Activities:
Payments on revolving credit facility		(50,000,000	)		(78,000,000	)		(73,000,000	)
Borrowings on revolving credit facility		72,000,000			37,000,000			91,000,000
Distributions to noncontrolling interests		(14,893,000	)		(10,360,000	)		(9,591,000	)
Redemptions of common stock related to stock option exercises		(14,298,000	)		(681,000	)		—
Acquisitions of noncontrolling interests		(7,241,000	)		(795,000	)		(11,268,000	)
Repurchases of common stock		—			—			(8,098,000	)
Cash dividends paid		(4,494,000	)		(3,546,000	)		(3,150,000	)
Excess tax benefit from stock option exercises		6,346,000			669,000			1,573,000
Proceeds from stock option exercises		2,167,000			1,815,000			1,207,000
Other		(256,000	)		(294,000	)		(219,000	)
Net cash used in financing activities		(10,669,000	)		(54,192,000	)		(11,546,000	)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash		8,000			114,000			365,000
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents		10,957,000			(624,000	)		(5,395,000	)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year		6,543,000			7,167,000			12,562,000
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year	$	17,500,000		$	6,543,000		$	7,167,000

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

46

HEICO CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Nature of Business

HEICO Corporation, through its principal subsidiaries HEICO Aerospace Holdings Corp. (“HEICO Aerospace”) and HEICO Electronic Technologies Corp. (“HEICO Electronic”) and their subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”), is principally engaged in the design, manufacture and sale of aerospace, defense and electronic related products and services throughout the United States and internationally.  The Company’s customer base is primarily the aviation, defense, space, medical, telecommunication and electronic industries.

Basis of Presentation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of HEICO Corporation and its subsidiaries, all of which are wholly-owned except for HEICO Aerospace, which is 20%-owned by Lufthansa Technik AG, the technical services subsidiary of Lufthansa German Airlines.  In addition, HEICO Aerospace consolidates four subsidiaries which are 80%, 80.1%, 80.1%, and 82.3% owned, respectively, and a joint venture formed in March 2001, which is 16% owned by American Airlines’ parent company, AMR Corporation.  Also, HEICO Electronic consolidates three subsidiaries, which are 80.1%, 82.5%, and 95.9% owned, respectively (see Note 12, Redeemable Noncontrolling Interests).  All significant intercompany balances and transactions are eliminated.

Stock Splits

In March of 2011 and 2010, the Company’s Board of Directors declared a 5-for-4 stock split on both classes of the Company’s common stock.  The stock splits were effected as of April 26, 2011 and April 27, 2010, respectively, in the form of a 25% stock dividend distributed to shareholders of record as of April 15, 2011 and April 16, 2010, respectively.  All applicable share and per share information has been adjusted retrospectively to give effect to the 5-for-4 stock splits.

Use of Estimates and Assumptions

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period.  Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

For purposes of the consolidated financial statements, the Company considers all highly liquid investments such as U.S. Treasury bills and money market funds with an original maturity of three months or less at the time of purchase to be cash equivalents.

47

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable consist of amounts billed and currently due from customers and unbilled costs and estimated earnings related to revenue from certain fixed price contracts recognized on the percentage-of-completion method that have been recognized for accounting purposes, but not yet billed to customers.  The valuation of accounts receivable requires that the Company set up an allowance for estimated uncollectible accounts and record a corresponding charge to bad debt expense.  The Company estimates uncollectible receivables based on such factors as its prior experience, its appraisal of a customer’s ability to pay, age of receivables outstanding and economic conditions within and outside of the aviation, defense, space, medical, telecommunication and electronic industries.

Concentrations of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of temporary cash investments and trade accounts receivable.  The Company places its temporary cash investments with high credit quality financial institutions and limits the amount of credit exposure to any one financial institution.  Concentrations of credit risk with respect to trade receivables are limited due to the large number of customers comprising the Company’s customer base and their dispersion across many different geographical regions.  The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers, but does not generally require collateral to support customer receivables.

Inventory

Inventory is stated at the lower of cost or market, with cost being determined on the first-in, first-out or the average cost basis.  Losses, if any, are recognized fully in the period when identified.

The Company periodically evaluates the carrying value of inventory, giving consideration to factors such as its physical condition, sales patterns and expected future demand in order to estimate theamount necessary to write down any slow moving, obsolete or damaged inventory.  These estimates could vary significantly from actual amounts based upon future economic conditions, customer inventory levels or competitive factors that were not foreseen or did not exist when the estimated write-downs were made.

In accordance with industry practice, all inventories are classified as a current asset including portions with long production cycles, some of which may not be realized within one year.

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment is recorded at cost.  Depreciation and amortization is generally provided on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the various assets.  The Company’s property, plant and equipment is depreciated over the following estimated useful lives:

Buildings and improvements	15 to	40 years
Leasehold improvements	2 to	20 years
Machinery and equipment	3 to	10 years
Tooling	2 to	5 years

The costs of major additions and improvements are capitalized.  Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the leasehold improvement’s useful life or the lease term.  Repairs and maintenance are expensed as incurred.  Upon disposition, the cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is reflected within earnings.

48

Business Combinations

The Company adopted new accounting guidance for business combinations effective prospectively for acquisitions consummated on or after November 1, 2009 (the beginning of fiscal 2010).  Under the new guidance, any contingent consideration is recognized as a liability at fair value as of the acquisition date with subsequent fair value adjustments recorded in operations.  Acquisition costs are generally expensed as incurred under the new guidance, but were previously capitalized as part of the purchase price.  Contingent consideration paid or accrued in fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009 related to acquisitions consummated prior to fiscal 2010 were based on a multiple of each applicable subsidiary’s earnings relative to target and were not contingent upon the former shareholders of the respective acquired entity remaining employed by the Company or providing future services to the Company.  Accordingly, these amounts represent an additional cost of the respective entity recorded as additional goodwill.  Information regarding additional contingent purchase consideration related to acquisitions prior to fiscal 2010 may be found in Note 2, Acquisitions, and Note 16, Commitments and Contingencies.

The Company allocates the purchase price of acquired entities to the underlying tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values, with any excess recorded as goodwill.  The operating results of acquired businesses are included in the Company’s results of operations beginning as of their effective acquisition dates.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

The Company tests goodwill for impairment annually as of October 31, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of goodwill may not be fully recoverable.  The test requires the Company to compare the fair value of each of its reporting units to its carrying value to determine potential impairment.  If the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the implied fair value of that reporting unit’s goodwill is to be calculated and an impairment loss is recognized in the amount by which the carrying value of the reporting unit’s goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, if any.

The Company’s intangible assets not subject to amortization consist principally of its trade names.  The Company’s intangible assets subject to amortization are amortized on the straight-line method (except for certain customer relationships amortized on an accelerated method) over the following estimated useful lives:

Customer relationships	5 to	10 years
Intellectual property	6 to	15 years
Licenses	10 to	17 years
Non-compete agreements	2 to	7 years
Patents	5 to	19 years
Trade names	5 to	10 years

Amortization expense of intellectual property, licenses and patents is recorded as a component of cost of sales, and amortization expense of customer relationships, non-compete agreements and trade names is recorded as a component of selling, general and administrative expenses in the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Operations.  The Company tests each non-amortizing intangible asset for impairment annually as of October 31, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired.  To derive the fair value of its trade names, the Company utilizes an income approach.  The Company also tests each amortizing intangible asset for impairment if events or circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired.  The test consists of determining whether the carrying value of such assets will be recovered through undiscounted expected future cash flows.  If the

49

total of the undiscounted future cash flows is less than the carrying amount of those assets, the Company recognizes an impairment loss based on the excess of the carrying amount over the fair value of the assets.

Investments

Investments are stated at fair value based on quoted market prices.  Investments that are intended to be held for less than one year are included within prepaid expenses and other current assets in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets, while those intended to be held for longer than one year are classified within other assets.  Unrealized gains or losses associated with available-for-sale securities are reported net of tax within other comprehensive income in shareholders’ equity.  Unrealized gains or losses associated with trading securities are recorded as a component of other income in the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Operations.

Derivative Instruments

From time to time, the Company utilizes certain derivative instruments (e.g. interest rate swap agreements and foreign currency forward contracts) to hedge the variability of foreign currency exchange rates and the expected future cash flows of certain transactions.  Changes in the fair value of derivative instruments are recognized immediately in earnings, unless the derivative is designated as a hedge and qualifies for hedge accounting.  There are three hedging relationships where a derivative (hedging instrument) may qualify for hedge accounting: (1) a hedge of the change in fair value of a recognized asset or liability or firm commitment (fair value hedge), (2) a hedge of the variability in cash flows from forecasted transactions (cash flow hedge), and (3) a hedge of the variability caused by changes in foreign currency exchange rates (foreign currency hedge).

Under hedge accounting, recognition of derivative gains and losses can be matched in the same period with that of the hedged exposure and thereby minimize earnings volatility.  In order for a derivative to qualify for hedge accounting, the derivative must be formally designated as a fair value, cash flow, or a foreign currency hedge by documenting the relationship between the derivative and the hedged item.  Additionally, the hedge relationship must be expected to be highly effective at offsetting changes in either the fair value or cash flows of the hedged item at both inception and on an ongoing basis.  For a derivative instrument that qualifies for hedge accounting, the effective portion of changes in fair value of the derivative is deferred and recorded as a component of other comprehensive income until the hedged transaction occurs and is recognized in earnings.  All other portions of changes in fair value of the derivative are recognized in earnings immediately.  If the derivative does not qualify for hedge accounting, the Company considers the transaction to be an “economic hedge” and changes in the fair value of the derivative asset or liability are recognized immediately in earnings.

During fiscal 2011, the Company entered into foreign currency forward contracts to mitigate foreign exchange risk for transactions involving a currency other than its functional currency.  The impact of these forward contracts did not have a material effect on the Company’s results of operations, financial position or cash flows in fiscal 2011.  The Company did not utilize any derivative instruments in fiscal 2010 or 2009.

Customer Rebates and Credits

The Company records accrued customer rebates and credits as a component of accrued expenses and other current liabilities in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets.  These amounts generally relate to discounts negotiated with customers as part of certain sales contracts that are usually tied to sales volume thresholds.  The Company accrues customer rebates and credits as a reduction within net sales as

50

the revenue is recognized based on the estimated level of discount rate expected to be earned by each customer over the life of the contract period (generally one year).  Accrued customer rebates and credits are monitored by management and discount levels are updated at least quarterly.

Product Warranties

Product warranty liabilities are estimated at the time of shipment and recorded as a component of accrued expenses and other current liabilities in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets.  The amount recognized is based on historical claims experience.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue from the sale of products and the rendering of services is recognized when title and risk of loss passes to the customer, which is generally at the time of shipment.  Revenue from the rendering of services represented less than 10% of consolidated net sales for all periods presented.  Revenue from certain fixed price contracts for which costs can be dependably estimated is recognized on the percentage-of-completion method, measured by the percentage of costs incurred to date to estimated total costs for each contract.  The percentage of the Company’s net sales recognized under the percentage-of-completion method was approximately 1%, 2%, and 1% in fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.  Contract costs include all direct material and labor costs and those indirect costs related to contract performance, such as indirect labor, supplies, tools, repairs and depreciation costs.  Selling, general and administrative costs are charged to expense as incurred.

Revisions in cost estimates as contracts progress have the effect of increasing or decreasing profits in the period of revision.  Provisions for estimated losses on uncompleted contracts are made in the period in which such losses are determined.  Variations in actual labor performance, changes to estimated profitability, and final contract settlements may result in revisions to cost estimates and are recognized in income in the period in which the revisions are determined.  Changes in estimates pertaining to percentage-of-completion contracts did not have a material effect on net income from consolidated operations in fiscal 2011, 2010 or 2009.

The asset, “costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings” on uncompleted percentage-of-completion contracts, included in accounts receivable, represents revenue recognized in excess of amounts billed.  The liability, “billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings,” included in accrued expenses and other current liabilities, represents billings in excess of revenue recognized on contracts accounted for under the percentage-of-completion method.  Billings are made based on the completion of certain milestones as provided for in the contracts.

For fixed price contracts in which costs cannot be dependably estimated, revenue is recognized on the completed-contract method.  A contract is considered complete when all significant costs have been incurred or the item has been accepted by the customer.  Progress billings and customer advances (“billings to date”) on fixed price contracts accounted for under the completed contract method are classified as a reduction to contracts in process (a component of inventories), if any, and any excess is included in accrued expenses and other current liabilities.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company records compensation expense associated with stock options in its Consolidated Statements of Operations based on the grant date fair value of those awards.  The fair value of each stock option on the date of grant is estimated using the Black-Scholes pricing model based on certain valuation assumptions.  Expected volatilities are based on the Company’s historical stock prices over the

51

contractual terms of the options and other factors.  The risk-free interest rates used are based on the published U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of the grant for instruments with a similar life.  The dividend yield reflects the Company’s expected dividend yield at the date of grant.  The expected life represents the period that the stock options are expected to be outstanding, taking into consideration the contractual terms of the options and employee historical exercise behavior.  The Company generally recognizes stock option compensation expense ratably over the award’s vesting period.

The Company calculates the amount of excess tax benefit that is available to offset future write-offs of deferred tax assets, or additional paid-in-capital pool (“APIC Pool”) by tracking each stock option award granted after November 1, 1996 on an employee-by-employee basis and on a grant-by-grant basis to determine whether there is a tax benefit situation or tax deficiency situation for each such award.  The Company then compares the fair value expense to the tax deduction received for each stock option grant and aggregates the benefits and deficiencies, which have the effect of increasing or decreasing, respectively, the APIC Pool.  Should the amount of future tax deficiencies be greater than the available APIC Pool, the Company will record the excess as income tax expense in its Consolidated Statements of Operations.  The excess tax benefit resulting from tax deductions in excess of the cumulative compensation expense recognized for stock options exercised is presented as a financing activity in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.  All other tax benefits related to stock options have been presented as a component of operating activities.

Income Taxes

Income tax expense includes United States and foreign income taxes, plus the provision for United States taxes on undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries not deemed to be permanently invested.  Deferred income taxes are provided on elements of income that are recognized for financial accounting purposes in periods different from periods recognized for income tax purposes.

The Company accounts for uncertainty in income taxes and evaluates tax positions utilizing a two-step process.  The first step is to determine whether it is more-likely-than-not that a tax position will be sustained upon examination based on the technical merits of the position.  The second step is to measure the benefit to be recorded from tax positions that meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold by determining the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement and recognizing that amount in the financial statements.  The Company’s policy is to recognize interest and penalties related to income tax matters as a component of income tax expense.  Further information regarding income taxes can be found in Note 6, Income Taxes.

Redeemable Noncontrolling Interests

As further detailed in Note 12, Redeemable Noncontrolling Interests, the holders of equity interests in certain of the Company’s subsidiaries have rights (“Put Rights”) that require the Company to provide cash consideration for their equity interests (the “Redemption Amount”) at fair value or at a formula that management intended to reasonably approximate fair value based solely on a multiple of future earnings over a measurement period.  The Put Rights are embedded in the shares owned by the noncontrolling interest holders and are not freestanding.  The Company tracks the carrying cost of such redeemable noncontrolling interests at historical cost plus an allocation of subsidiary earnings based on ownership interest, less dividends paid to the noncontrolling interest holders.  Redeemable noncontrolling interests are recorded outside of permanent equity at the higher of their carrying cost or management’s estimate of the Redemption Amount.  The initial adjustment to record redeemable noncontrolling interests at the Redemption Amount results in a corresponding decrease to retained earnings.  Subsequent adjustments to the Redemption Amount of redeemable noncontrolling interests may result in corresponding decreases or increases to retained earnings, provided any increases to retained earnings

52

may only be recorded to the extent of decreases previously recorded.  Adjustments to Redemption Amounts based on fair value will have no effect on net income per share attributable to HEICO shareholders whereas the portion of periodic adjustments to the carrying amount of redeemable noncontrolling interests based solely on a multiple of future earnings that reflect a redemption amount in excess of fair value will effect net income per share attributable to HEICO shareholders.  Acquisitions of redeemable noncontrolling interests are treated as equity transactions.

Net Income per Share Attributable to HEICO Shareholders

Basic net income per share attributable to HEICO shareholders is computed by dividing net income attributable to HEICO by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period.  Diluted net income per share attributable to HEICO shareholders is computed by dividing net income attributable to HEICO by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period plus potentially dilutive common shares arising from the assumedexercise of stock options, if dilutive.  The dilutive impact of potentially dilutive common shares is determined by applying the treasury stock method.

As further detailed in “Redeemable Noncontrolling Interests” above, the portion of periodic adjustments to the carrying amount of redeemable noncontrolling interests based solely on a multiple of future earnings that reflect a redemption amount in excess of fair value effect net income attributable to HEICO for purposes of determining net income per share attributable to HEICO shareholders (see Note 13, Net Income per Share Attributable to HEICO Shareholders).

Foreign Currency Translation

All assets and liabilities of foreign subsidiaries that do not utilize the United States dollar as its functional currency are translated at period-end exchange rates, while revenue and expenses are translated using average exchange rates for the period.  Unrealized translation gains or losses are reported as foreign currency translation adjustments through other comprehensive income in shareholders’ equity.

Contingencies

Losses for contingencies such as product warranties, litigation and environmental matters are recognized in income when they are probable and can be reasonably estimated.  Gain contingencies are not recognized in income until they have been realized.

New Accounting Pronouncements

In January 2010, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2010-06, “Improving Disclosures About Fair Value Measurements,” which requires additional disclosures regarding transfers in and out of Level 1 and Level 2 fair value measurements and more detailed information of activity in Level 3 fair value measurements.  The Company adopted ASU 2010-06 as of the beginning of the second quarter of fiscal 2010, except the additional Level 3 disclosures, which are effective in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2010, or in fiscal 2012 for HEICO.  The Company will make the additional Level 3 disclosures, if applicable, as of the date of adoption.

In December 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-29, “Disclosure of Supplementary Pro Forma Information for Business Combinations.”  Under ASU 2010-29, supplemental pro forma information disclosures pertaining to acquisitions should be presented as if the business combination(s) occurred as of the beginning of the prior annual period when comparative financial statements are presented.  ASU

53

2010-29 is effective for business combinations consummated in fiscal periods beginning after December 15, 2010.  Early adoption is permitted and the Company adopted the new guidance on a prospective basis as of December 2010.

In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-05, “Presentation of Comprehensive Income,” which requires the presentation of total comprehensive income, the components of net income and the components of other comprehensive income in either a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate, but consecutive statements.  ASU 2011-05 eliminates the option to present other comprehensive income and its components in the statement of shareholders’ equity and requires reclassification adjustments for items that were reclassified from other comprehensive income and net income to be presented on the face of the financial statements.  ASU 2011-05 must be applied retroactively and is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2011, or in the second quarter of fiscal 2012 for HEICO.  The Company is currently evaluating which presentation option it will elect, but the adoption of these provisions will have no effect on its results of operations, financial position or cash flows.

In September 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-08, “Testing Goodwill for Impairment,” which is intended to reduce complexity and costs by permitting an entity the option to perform a qualitative evaluation about the likelihood of goodwill impairment in order to determine whether it should calculate the fair value of a reporting unit.  The update also improves previous guidance by expanding upon the examples of events and circumstances that an entity should consider between annual impairment tests in determining whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount.  ASU 2011-08 is effective for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011, or in fiscal 2013 for HEICO’s annual impairment test.  The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations, financial position or cash flows.

2.      ACQUISITIONS

In May 2009, the Company, through HEICO Electronic, acquired 82.5% of the stock of VPT, Inc., a U.S. company that designs and provides power conversion products principally serving the defense, space and aviation industries.  The remaining 17.5% continues to be owned by an existing VPT shareholder which is also a supplier to the acquired company.  During the first and second year following the acquisition, VPT met certain earnings objectives which obligated the Company to pay additional purchase consideration of $1.3 million in both fiscal 2011 and 2010.  In addition, subject to meeting certain earnings objectives during the third year following the acquisition, the Company may be obligated to pay additional purchase consideration of up to $10.1 million in fiscal 2012, which will be recorded as additional goodwill.

In October 2009, the Company, through HEICO Electronic, acquired the business, assets and certain liabilities of the Seacom division of privately-held Dukane Corp. and formed a new subsidiary, Dukane Seacom, Inc. (“Seacom”).  Seacom is a designer and manufacturer of underwater locator beacons used to locate aircraft cockpit voice recorders, flight data recorders, marine ship voyage recorders and various other devices which have been submerged under water.  During the first year following the acquisition, Seacom met certain earnings objectives which obligated the Company to pay additional purchase consideration of $5.3 million in fiscal 2011.  Based on the subsidiary’s earnings in the second year following the acquisition, the Company accrued $4.8 million of additional purchase consideration and increased goodwill as of October 31, 2011, which it expects to pay in fiscal 2012.

54

In February 2010, the Company, through HEICO Electronic, acquired substantially all of the assets and assumed certain liabilities of dB Control.  dB Control produces high-power devices used in both defense and commercial applications.

In December 2010, the Company, through HEICO Aerospace, acquired 80.1% of the assets and assumed certain liabilities of Blue Aerospace LLC.  Blue Aerospace is a supplier, distributor, and integrator of military aircraft parts and support services primarily to foreign military organizations allied with the United States.  The remaining 19.9% interest continues to be owned by certain members of Blue Aerospace’s management team.

In September 2011, the Company, through HEICO Electronic, acquired all of the outstanding capital stock of 3D Plus SA (“3D”).  3D is a leading designer and manufacturer of three-dimensional microelectronic and stacked memory products used predominately in satellites and also utilized in medical equipment.  Pursuant to the terms of the Stock Purchase Agreement (“SPA”), the purchase consideration for 3D shall reflect certain adjustments, which principally include any difference between 3D’s actual working capital as of the acquisition date and the amount estimated per the SPA.  Accordingly, the Company has accrued approximately $6.2 million of additional purchase consideration and increased goodwill as of October 31, 2011, which it expects to pay in fiscal 2012.

The purchase price of each of the above referenced acquisitions was paid principally in cash using proceeds from the Company’s revolving credit facility and is not material or significant to the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Cash investing activities related to acquisitions, including contingent purchase price payments to previous owners of businesses acquired prior to fiscal 2010, is as follows:

	Year ended October 31,
	2011			2010			2009
Fair value of assets acquired:
Liabilities assumed	$	32,263,000		$	3,952,000		$	3,881,000
Noncontrolling interests in consolidated subsidiaries		5,612,000			—			3,305,000
Less:
Goodwill		51,448,000			15,372,000			30,389,000
Identifiable intangible assets		40,187,000			15,400,000			21,562,000
Inventories		16,964,000			3,184,000			4,249,000
Accounts receivable		9,072,000			6,685,000			4,720,000
Property, plant and equipment		9,115,000			573,000			553,000
Accrued additional purchase consideration		4,104,000			1,775,000			2,212,000
Other assets		1,640,000			24,000			3,299,000
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired	$	(94,655,000	)	$	(39,061,000	)	$	(59,798,000	)

The fiscal 2011 liabilities assumed is inclusive of the aformentioned 3D additional purchase consideration.  The allocation of the purchase price of 3D to the tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed in these consolidated financial statements is preliminary until the Company obtains final information regarding their fair values.  However, the Company does not expect any adjustments to such allocation to be material to the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

The operating results of the Company’s fiscal 2011 acquisitions were included in the Company’s results of operations from the effective acquisition dates.  The amount of net sales and earnings of the 2011 acquisitions included in the Consolidated Statements of Operations is not material.  Had the fiscal

55

2011 acquisitions been consummated as of the beginning of fiscal 2010, net sales on a pro forma basis for fiscal 2010 would have been approximately $679 million and net sales for fiscal 2011 as well as net income from consolidated operations, net income attributable to HEICO, and basic and diluted net income per share attributable to HEICO shareholders on a pro forma basis for fiscal 2011 and 2010 would not have been materially different than the reported amounts.

3.  SELECTED FINANCIAL STATEMENT INFORMATION

Accounts Receivable

	As of October 31,
	2011			2010
Accounts receivable	$	109,081,000		$	94,283,000
Less:  Allowance for doubtful accounts		(2,667,000	)		(2,468,000	)
Accounts receivable, net	$	106,414,000		$	91,815,000

Costs and Estimated Earnings on Uncompleted Percentage-of-Completion Contracts

	As of October 31,
	2011			2010
Costs incurred on uncompleted contracts	$	4,443,000		$	6,323,000
Estimated earnings		4,206,000			7,603,000
		8,649,000			13,926,000
Less:  Billings to date		(4,876,000	)		(8,967,000	)
	$	3,773,000		$	4,959,000
Included in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets under the following captions:
Accounts receivable, net (costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings)	$	3,773,000		$	5,135,000
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities (billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings)		—			(176,000	)
	$	3,773,000		$	4,959,000

The percentage of the Company’s net sales recognized under the percentage-of-completion method was not material in fiscal years 2011, 2010 and 2009.  Changes in estimates pertaining to percentage-of-completion contracts did not have a material effect on net income from consolidated operations in fiscal 2011, 2010 or 2009.

56

Inventories

	As of October 31,
	2011			2010
Finished products	$	86,487,000		$	72,263,000
Work in process		19,708,000			13,739,000
Materials, parts, assemblies and supplies		52,173,000			46,918,000
Contracts in process		8,291,000			5,295,000
Less: Billings to date		(1,692,000	)		—
Inventories, net of valuation reserves	$	164,967,000		$	138,215,000

Contracts in process represents accumulated capitalized costs associated with fixed price contracts for which revenue is recognized on the completed-contract method.  Related progress billings and customer advances (“billings to date”) are classified as a reduction to contracts in process, if any, and any excess is included in accrued expenses and other liabilities.

Property, Plant and Equipment

	As of October 31,
	2011			2010
Land	$	3,825,000		$	3,656,000
Buildings and improvements		46,892,000			38,772,000
Machinery, equipment and tooling		94,297,000			85,095,000
Construction in progress		3,671,000			6,319,000
		148,685,000			133,842,000
Less:  Accumulated depreciation and amortization		(81,611,000	)		(74,839,000	)
Property, plant and equipment, net	$	67,074,000		$	59,003,000

The amounts set forth above also include tooling costs having a net book value of $3,875,000 and $4,479,000 as of October 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.  Amortization expense on capitalized tooling was $2,066,000, $1,857,000 and $1,825,000 for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.  Expenditures for capitalized tooling costs were $1,948,000, $1,750,000 and $2,193,000 in fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.  Additionally, the amounts set forth above include $4,092,000 in buildings and improvements and $170,000 in land as of October 31, 2011 that are under a capital lease.  Accumulated depreciation associated with the assets under the capital lease was $13,000 as of October 31, 2011.  See Note 5, Long-Term Debt, for additional information pertaining to this capital lease obligation.

Depreciation and amortization expense, exclusive of tooling, on property, plant and equipment was $8,640,000, $8,668,000 and $8,365,000 for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

57

Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities

	As of October 31,
	2011		2010
Accrued employee compensation and related payroll taxes	$	39,330,000	$	26,556,000
Accrued customer rebates and credits		9,595,000		9,230,000
Accrued additional purchase consideration		11,016,000		4,104,000
Other		16,435,000		12,211,000
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities	$	76,376,000	$	52,101,000

The increase in accrued employee compensation and related payroll taxes as of October 31, 2011 compared to October 31, 2010 reflects a higher level of accrued performance awards based on the improved consolidated operating results and such accrued expenses related to the fiscal 2011 acquisitions.

The total customer rebates and credits deducted within net sales for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $8,696,000, $8,866,000 and $8,315,000, respectively.

Other Long-Term Assets and Liabilities

The Company provides eligible employees, officers and directors of the Company the opportunity to voluntarily defer base salary, bonus payments, commissions, long-term incentive awards and directors fees, as applicable, on a pre-tax basis through the HEICO Corporation Leadership Compensation Plan (“LCP”), a nonqualified deferred compensation plan that conforms to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code.  The Company matches 50% of the first 6% of base salary deferred by each participant.  Director fees that would otherwise be payable in Company common stock may be deferred into the Plan, and, when distributable, are distributed in actual shares of Company common stock.  The Plan does not provide for diversification of a director’s assets allocated to Company common stock.  The deferred compensation obligation associated with Company common stock is recorded as a component of shareholders’ equity at cost and subsequent changes in fair value are not reflected in operations or shareholders’ equity of the Company.  Further, while the Company has no obligation to do so, the LCP also provides the Company the opportunity to make discretionary contributions.  The Company’s matching contributions and any discretionary contributions are subject to vesting and forfeiture provisions set forth in the LCP.  Company contributions to the Plan charged to income in fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009 totaled $3,612,000, $2,862,000 and $2,195,000, respectively.  The aggregate liabilities of the LCP were $26,678,000 and $22,223,000 as of October 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, and are classified within other long-term liabilities in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets.  The assets of the LCP, totaling $26,992,000 and $22,604,000 as of October 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, are classified within other assets and principally represent cash surrender values of life insurance policies that are held within an irrevocable trust that may be used to satisfy the obligations under the LCP.

Other long-term liabilities also includes deferred compensation of $4,095,000 and $4,283,000 as of October 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, principally related to elective deferrals of salary and bonuses under a Company sponsored non-qualified deferred compensation plan available to selected employees.  The Company makes no contributions to this plan.  The assets of this plan, which equaled the deferred compensation liability as of October 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, are held within an irrevocable trust and classified within other assets in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets.  Additional information regarding the assets of this deferred compensation plan and the LCP may be found in Note 7, Fair Value Measurements.

58

4.      GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

The Company has two operating segments:  the Flight Support Group (“FSG”) and the Electronic Technologies Group (“ETG”).  Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill during fiscal 2011 and 2010 by operating segment are as follows:

	Segment				Consolidated
	FSG		ETG		Totals
Balances as of October 31, 2009	$	188,459,000	$	176,784,000	$	365,243,000
Goodwill acquired		—		12,920,000		12,920,000
Accrued additional purchase consideration		—		4,104,000		4,104,000
Adjustments to goodwill		—		1,960,000		1,960,000
Foreign currency translation adjustments		—		789,000		789,000
Balances as of October 31, 2010		188,459,000		196,557,000		385,016,000
Goodwill acquired		3,898,000		45,070,000		48,968,000
Accrued additional purchase consideration		—		4,849,000		4,849,000
Adjustments to goodwill		—		2,480,000		2,480,000
Foreign currency translation adjustments		—		2,089,000		2,089,000
Balances as of October 31, 2011	$	192,357,000	$	251,045,000	$	443,402,000

The goodwill acquired during fiscal 2011 and 2010 relates to the acquisitions consummated in those respective years as described in Note 2, Acquisitions.  Goodwill acquired represents the residual value after the allocation of the total consideration to the tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed.  The adjustments to goodwill during fiscal 2011 and 2010 principally represent additional purchase consideration paid relating to prior year acquisitions for which the earnings objectives were met in fiscal 2011 and 2010, respectively, and any adjustments to such purchase consideration accrued as of the end of the prior fiscal year.  The accrued additional purchase consideration recognized in fiscal 2011 and 2010 is the result of a subsidiary of the ETG meeting certain earnings objectives in those respective fiscal years.  See Note 2 and Note 16, Commitments and Contingencies, for additional information regarding additional contingent purchase consideration.  The foreign currency translation adjustment reflects unrealized translation gains on the goodwill recognized in connection with foreign subsidiaries.  Foreign currency translation adjustments are included in other comprehensive income in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Income.  The Company estimates that approximately $57 million and $19 million of the goodwill recognized in fiscal 2011 and 2010, respectively, will be deductible for income tax purposes.  Based on the annual test for goodwill impairment as of October 31, 2011, the Company determined there is no impairment of its goodwill as the fair value of each of the Company’s reporting units significantly exceeded their carrying value.

59

Identifiable intangible assets consist of:

	As of October 31, 2011							As of October 31, 2010
	Gross					Net		Gross					Net
	Carrying		Accumulated			Carrying		Carrying		Accumulated			Carrying
	Amount		Amortization			Amount		Amount		Amortization			Amount
Amortizing Assets:
Customer relationships	$	51,934,000	$	(18,085,000	)	$	33,849,000	$	37,338,000	$	(12,142,000	)	$	25,196,000
Intellectual property		18,493,000		(2,236,000	)		16,257,000		7,281,000		(1,372,000	)		5,909,000
Licenses		2,900,000		(854,000	)		2,046,000		1,000,000		(621,000	)		379,000
Non-compete agreements		1,364,000		(1,203,000	)		161,000		1,170,000		(1,019,000	)		151,000
Patents		576,000		(313,000	)		263,000		554,000		(270,000	)		284,000
Trade names		569,000		(224,000	)		345,000		569,000		(112,000	)		457,000
		75,836,000		(22,915,000	)		52,921,000		47,912,000		(15,536,000	)		32,376,000
Non-Amortizing Assets:
Trade names		25,236,000		—			25,236,000		17,111,000		—			17,111,000
	$	101,072,000	$	(22,915,000	)	$	78,157,000	$	65,023,000	$	(15,536,000	)	$	49,487,000

The increase in the gross carrying amount of customer relationships, intellectual property, licenses, non-compete agreements and non-amortizing trade names as of October 31, 2011 compared to October 31, 2010 principally relates to such intangible assets recognized in connection with acquisitions made during fiscal 2011 (see Note 2, Acquisitions), partially offset by any impairment related write-downs referenced below.  Included within the acquired intellectual property (“IPR&D”) is $518,000 of in process research and development.  The acquired IPR&D will not be amortized until completion of the related products as it was determined that the underlying projects had not reached technological feasibility as of the date of acquisition.

The increase in the gross carrying amount of customer relationships and intellectual property recognized in connection with the fiscal 2011 acquisitions was partially offset by a write-down to fair value of certain other such intangible assets.  During fiscal 2011, the Company recognized impairment losses of approximately $4.3 million, $.5 million and $.2 million from the write-down of certain customer relationships, intellectual property and trade names, respectively.  During fiscal 2010, the Company recognized impairment losses of approximately $1.1 million and $.3 million from the write-down of certain customer relationships and trade names, respectively.  The impairment losses recognized in both fiscal years were within the ETG and due to reductions in the future cash flows associated with such intangible assets.  The impairment losses pertaining to customer relationships and trade names were recorded as a component of selling, general and administrative expenses in the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Operations and the impairment losses pertaining to intellectual property were recorded as a component of cost of goods sold.

The weighted average amortization period of the customer relationships, intellectual property, licenses and non-compete agreements acquired during fiscal 2011 is 8 years, 10 years, 10 years and 2 years, respectively.

Amortization expense of other intangible assets was $7,561,000, $6,795,000 and $4,499,000 for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.  Amortization expense for each of the next five fiscal years and thereafter is estimated to be $9,167,000 in fiscal 2012, $8,432,000 in fiscal 2013, $7,902,000 in fiscal 2014, $6,517,000 in fiscal 2015, $5,280,000 in fiscal 2016 and $15,623,000 thereafter.

60

5.      LONG-TERM DEBT

	As of October 31,
	2011			2010
Borrowings under revolving credit facility	$	36,000,000		$	14,000,000
Capital leases and notes payable		4,158,000			221,000
		40,158,000			14,221,000
Less: Current maturities of long-term debt		(335,000	)		(148,000	)
	$	39,823,000		$	14,073,000

As of October 31, 2011, the aggregate amount of long-term debt, excluding capital leases, will mature within the next two fiscal years with $43,000 in fiscal 2012 and $36,053,000 in fiscal 2013.

Capital Lease Obligation

In connection with the acquisition of 3D, the Company assumed a capital lease for a manufacturing facility and related property in France.  The lease contains a bargain purchase option and has a twelve-year term, which began in February 2011.  The estimated future minimum lease payments for the next five fiscal years and thereafter are as follows:

Year ending October 31,
2012	$	455,000
2013		455,000
2014		455,000
2015		455,000
2016		455,000
Thereafter		2,790,000
Total minimum lease payments		5,065,000
Less: amount representing interest		(1,003,000	)
Present value of minimum lease payments	$	4,062,000

Revolving Credit Facility

In May 2008, the Company amended its revolving credit facility by entering into a $300 million Second Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement (“Credit Facility”) with a bank syndicate, which matures in May 2013.  Under certain circumstances, the maturity may be extended for two one-year periods.  The Credit Facility also includes a feature that will allow the Company to increase the Credit Facility, at its option, up to $500 million through increased commitments from existing lenders or the addition of new lenders.  The Credit Facility may be used for working capital and general corporate needs of the Company, including letters of credit, capital expenditures and to finance acquisitions.  Advances under the Credit Facility accrue interest at the Company’s choice of the “Base Rate” or the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) plus applicable margins (based on the Company’s ratio of total funded debt to earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, noncontrolling interests and non-cash charges, or “leverage ratio”).  The Base Rate is the higher of (i) the Prime Rate or (ii) the Federal Funds rate plus .50%.  The applicable margins for LIBOR-based borrowings range from .625% to 2.25%.  The applicable margins for Base Rate borrowings range from .125% to .35%.  The Credit Facility also includes a $50 million sublimit for borrowings made in euros, a $30 million sublimit for letters of credit and a $20 million swingline sublimit.  The Credit Facility is unsecured and contains covenants that require, among other things, the maintenance of the leverage ratio, a senior leverage ratio and a fixed charge coverage ratio.  In the event the Company’s leverage ratio exceeds a specified level, the Credit

61

Facility would become secured by the capital stock owned in substantially all of the Company’s subsidiaries.

As of October 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company had a total of $36 million and $14 million, respectively, borrowed under its revolving credit facility at a weighted average interest rate of .9% as of each period.  The amounts were primarily borrowed to fund acquisitions (see Note 2, Acquisitions) as well as for working capital and general corporate purposes.  The revolving credit facility contains both financial and non-financial covenants.  As of October 31, 2011, the Company was in compliance with all such covenants.

In December 2011, the Company entered into a $670 million Revolving Credit Agreement with a bank syndicate, which matures in December 2016 and replaces the current Credit Facility (see Note 18, Subsequent Events, for additional information).

6.      INCOME TAXES

The components of the provision for income taxes on income before income taxes and noncontrolling interests are as follows:

	Year ended October 31,
	2011		2010		2009
Current:
Federal	$	38,002,000	$	29,180,000	$	25,920,000
State		4,008,000		4,659,000		3,890,000
Foreign		861,000		1,044,000		841,000
		42,871,000		34,883,000		30,651,000
Deferred		29,000		1,817,000		(2,651,000	)
Total income tax expense	$	42,900,000	$	36,700,000	$	28,000,000

A reconciliation of the federal statutory income tax rate to the Company’s effective tax rate is as follows:

	Year ended October 31,
	2011			2010			2009
Federal statutory income tax rate		35.0	%		35.0	%		35.0	%
State taxes, less applicable federal income tax reduction		1.8			3.2			2.5
Net tax benefit on noncontrolling interests’ share of income		(2.5	)		(2.6	)		(2.7	)
Net tax benefit on qualified research and development activities		(2.7	)		(1.0	)		(2.9	)
Net tax benefit on qualified domestic production activities		(1.0	)		(.8	)		(.6	)
Other, net		.4			(.1	)		.6
Effective tax rate		31.0	%		33.7	%		31.9	%

62

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes.  The Company believes that it is more likely than not that it will generate sufficient future taxable income to utilize all of its deferred tax assets and has therefore not recorded a valuation allowance on any such asset.  Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:

	As of October 31,
	2011			2010
Deferred tax assets:
Inventories	$	15,581,000		$	14,196,000
Deferred compensation liability		11,708,000			9,969,000
Foreign R&D carryforward and credit		3,277,000			2,788,000
Bonus accrual		2,373,000			1,568,000
Stock option compensation		1,947,000			1,068,000
Capital lease obligation		1,354,000			—
Allowance for doubtful accounts receivable		973,000			896,000
Vacation accrual		877,000			769,000
Warranty reserve		793,000			541,000
Net operating loss carryforward of acquired business		661,000			1,395,000
Customer rebates accrual		616,000			558,000
Other		2,325,000			1,323,000
Total deferred tax assets		42,485,000			35,071,000
Deferred tax liabilities:
Intangible asset amortization		68,601,000			55,750,000
Accelerated depreciation		4,942,000			3,044,000
Software development costs		2,127,000			1,905,000
Other		1,054,000			773,000
Total deferred tax liabilities		76,724,000			61,472,000
Net deferred tax liability	$	(34,239,000	)	$	(26,401,000	)

The net deferred tax liability is classified in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets as follows:

	As of October 31,
	2011			2010
Current asset	$	22,286,000		$	18,907,000
Long-term asset		2,374,000			—
Long-term liability		58,899,000			45,308,000
Net deferred tax liability	$	(34,239,000	)	$	(26,401,000	)

The increase in the Company’s net deferred tax liability from $26.4 million as of October 31, 2010 to $34.2 million as of October 31, 2011 is principally related to the deferred tax liabilities recognized in connection with the acquisition of 3D (see Note 2, Acquisitions).

As of October 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company’s liability for gross unrecognized tax benefits related to uncertain tax positions was $1,834,000 and $2,306,000, respectively, of which $1,491,000 and $1,927,000, respectively, would decrease the Company’s income tax expense and effective income tax rate if the tax benefits were recognized.

63

A reconciliation of the activity related to the liability for gross unrecognized tax benefits during the fiscal years ended October 31, 2011 and 2010 is as follows:

	Year ended October 31,
	2011			2010
Balances as of beginning of year	$	2,306,000		$	3,328,000
Increases related to prior year tax positions		50,000			46,000
Decreases related to prior year tax positions		(482,000	)		(1,229,000	)
Increases related to current year tax positions		393,000			551,000
Settlements		(56,000	)		(31,000	)
Lapse of statutes of limitations		(377,000	)		(359,000	)
Balances as of end of year	$	1,834,000		$	2,306,000

The Company’s net liability for unrecognized tax benefits was $1,784,000 as of October 31, 2011, including $217,000 of interest and $152,000 of penalties and net of $419,000 in related deferred tax assets.  During the fiscal year ended October 31, 2011, the Company accrued interest of $21,000 and penalties of $18,000 related to the unrecognized tax benefits noted above.

In December 2010, Section 41 of the Internal Revenue Code, “Credit for Increasing Research Activities,” was retroactively extended for two years to cover the period from January 1, 2010 to December 31, 2011.  As a result, the Company recognized an income tax credit for qualified research and development activities for the last ten months of fiscal 2010 in the first quarter of fiscal 2011.  The tax credit, net of expenses, increased net income attributable to HEICO by approximately $.8 million in fiscal 2011.  The Company also filed its fiscal 2010 U.S. federal and state tax returns and amended certain prior year state tax returns during the third quarter of fiscal 2011.  As a result, the Company recognized an aggregate benefit from tax related items, which increased net income attributable to HEICO by approximately $2.0 million, net of expenses, in fiscal 2011 principally from state income apportionment updates ($.9 million), higher research and development tax credits ($.9 million) and other prior year tax return to accrual adjustments ($.2 million).  The state income apportionment related benefit principally reflects a change to the applicable methodology for apportioning income to certain states in the fiscal 2010 and amended returns.  The higher research and development tax credits reflect the finalization of a study of qualifying fiscal 2010 research and development activities and reduction in the liability for gross unrecognized research and development related tax positions due to both lapses of statutes of limitations and the conclusion of a foreign research and development tax credit audit.

The $1,022,000 decrease in the liability during fiscal 2010 was principally related to the finalization of a study of qualifying research and development activities used to prepare the Company’s fiscal 2009 U.S. federal and state income tax returns and the settlement of the California Franchise Tax Board examination of the income tax credit claimed for qualified research and development activities on the Company’s state of California filings for fiscal years 2001 through 2005.  The decrease in the liability reduced the Company’s income tax expense by $932,000.

The Company files income tax returns in the United States (“U.S.”) federal jurisdiction and in multiple state jurisdictions.  The Company is also subject to income taxes in certain jurisdictions outside the U.S., none of which are individually material to the accompanying consolidated financial statements.  Generally, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal or state examinations by tax authorities for fiscal years prior to 2008.

64

The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits can change due to audit settlements, tax examination activities, lapse of applicable statutes of limitations and the recognition and measurement criteria under the guidance related to accounting for uncertainty in income taxes.  The Company is unable to estimate what this change could be within the next twelve months, but does not believe it would be material to its consolidated financial statements.

7.      FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

The following tables set forth by level within the fair value hierarchy, the Company’s assets and liabilities that were measured at fair value on a recurring basis:

	As of October 31, 2011
	Quoted Prices		Significant		Significant
	in Active Markets		Other Observable		Unobservable
	for Identical Assets		Inputs		Inputs
	(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)		Total
Assets:
Deferred compensation plans:
Corporate owned life insurance	$	—	$	26,989,000	$	—	$	26,989,000
Equity securities		1,150,000		—		—		1,150,000
Money market funds and cash		920,000		—		—		920,000
Mutual funds		1,004,000		—		—		1,004,000
Other		—		451,000		573,000		1,024,000
Total assets	$	3,074,000	$	27,440,000	$	573,000	$	31,087,000
Liabilities	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—

	As of October 31, 2010
	Quoted Prices		Significant		Significant
	in Active Markets		Other Observable		Unobservable
	for Identical Assets		Inputs		Inputs
	(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)		Total
Assets:
Deferred compensation plans:
Corporate owned life insurance	$	—	$	22,908,000	$	—	$	22,908,000
Equity securities		1,267,000		—		—		1,267,000
Money market funds and cash		1,165,000		—		—		1,165,000
Mutual funds		1,002,000		—		—		1,002,000
Other		—		545,000		—		545,000
Total assets	$	3,434,000	$	23,453,000	$	—	$	26,887,000
Liabilities:
Contingent consideration	$	—	$	—	$	1,150,000	$	1,150,000

           The Company maintains two non-qualified deferred compensation plans.  The assets of the HEICO Corporation Leadership Compensation Plan (the “LCP”) principally represent cash surrender values of life insurance policies, which derive their fair values from investments in mutual funds that are managed by an insurance company and are classified within Level 2 and are valued using a market approach.  Certain other assets of the LCP represent investments in money market funds that are

65

classified within Level 1.  The majority of the assets of the Company’s other deferred compensation plan are principally invested in equity securities, mutual funds and money market funds that are classified within Level 1.  A portion of the assets within the other deferred compensation plan is currently invested in a fund that invests in future and forward contracts; most of which are privately negotiated with counterparties without going through a public exchange, and that use trading methods that are proprietary and confidential.  These assets are therefore classified within Level 3 and are valued using a market approach with corresponding gains and losses reported within other income in the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Operations.  The assets of both plans are held within irrevocable trusts and classified within other assets in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets.  The related liabilities of the two deferred compensation plans are included within other long-term liabilities in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets and have an aggregate value of $30,773,000 as of October 31, 2011 and $26,506,000 as of October 31, 2010.

Changes in the Company’s assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis using unobservable inputs (Level 3) for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2011 and 2010 are as follows:

	Assets		Liabilities
Balances as of October 31, 2009	$	—	$	—
Contingent consideration related to acquisition		—		1,150,000
Balances as of October 31, 2010		—		1,150,000
Reduction in value of contingent consideration		—		(1,150,000	)
Purchases		550,000		—
Total unrealized gains		23,000		—
Balances as of October 31, 2011	$	573,000	$	—

The Company did not have any transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 fair value measurements during fiscal 2011.

As part of the agreement to acquire a subsidiary by the ETG in fiscal 2010, the Company may have been obligated to pay contingent consideration of up to $2,000,000 in fiscal 2013 should the acquired entity meet certain earnings objectives during the second and third years following the acquisition.  As of the acquisition date, the Company recorded $1,150,000 as the fair value of the contingent consideration, which was determined using a discounted cash flow model and probability adjusted internal estimates of the subsidiary’s future earnings and is classified in Level 3.  Based on the Company’s estimate that this contingent consideration had a fair value of $0 as of October 31, 2011, the $1,150,000 accrued additional purchase consideration was reversed with a corresponding reduction recorded to selling general and administrative expenses within the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations.  The fair value reduction was primarily attributed to a lower forecast of the subsidiary’s future earnings relative to such projections as of the time of acquisition.

The carrying amounts of the Company’s cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, trade accounts payable and accrued expenses and other current liabilities approximate fair value as of October 31, 2011 due to the relatively short maturity of the respective instruments.  The carrying value of long-term debt approximates fair value due to its variable interest rates.

During fiscal 2011 and 2010, certain intangible assets within the ETG were measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis, resulting in the recognition of impairment losses aggregating $5.0 million and $1.4 million, respectively (see Note 4, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets).  The fair value of each asset was determined using a discounted cash flow model and internal estimates of each asset’s future cash flows.

66

The following table sets forth as of October 31, 2011 and 2010 the fair values of the Company’s nonfinancial assets and liabilities that were measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis, all of which are classified in Level 3, and related impairment losses recognized during fiscal 2011 and 2010:

	2011							2010
	Carrying		Impairment			Fair Value		Carrying		Impairment			Fair Value
	Amount		Loss			(Level 3)		Amount		Loss			(Level 3)
Assets:
Customer relationships	$	7,848,000	$	(4,351,000	)	$	3,497,000	$	1,871,000	$	(1,080,000	)	$	791,000
Intellectual property		2,369,000		(459,000	)		1,910,000		20,000		(20,000	)		—
Trade names		3,400,000		(177,000	)		3,223,000		1,937,000		(330,000	)		1,607,000
Other intangible assets		—		—			—		8,000		(8,000	)		—
Impairment of intangible assets			$	(4,987,000	)					$	(1,438,000	)

8.      SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Preferred Stock Purchase Rights Plan

The Company’s Board of Directors adopted, as of November 2, 2003, a Shareholder Rights Agreement (the “2003 Plan”).  Pursuant to the 2003 Plan, the Board declared a dividend of one preferred share purchase right for each outstanding share of Common Stock and Class A Common Stock (with the preferred share purchase rights collectively as the “Rights”).  The Rights trade with the common stock and are not exercisable or transferable apart from the Common Stock and Class A Common Stock until after a person or group either acquires 15% or more of the outstanding common stock or commences or announces an intention to commence a tender offer for 15% or more of the outstanding common stock.  Absent either of the aforementioned events transpiring, the Rights will expire as of the close of business on November 2, 2013.

The Rights have certain anti-takeover effects and, therefore, will cause substantial dilution to a person or group who attempts to acquire the Company on terms not approved by the Company’s Board of Directors or who acquires 15% or more of the outstanding common stock without approval of the Company’s Board of Directors.  The Rights should not interfere with any merger or other business combination approved by the Board since they may be redeemed by the Company at $.01 per Right at any time until the close of business on the tenth day after a person or group has obtained beneficial ownership of 15% or more of the outstanding common stock or until a person commences or announces an intention to commence a tender offer for 15% or more of the outstanding common stock.  The 2003 Plan also contains a provision to help ensure a potential acquirer pays all shareholders a fair price for the Company.

Common Stock and Class A Common Stock

Each share of Common Stock is entitled to one vote per share.  Each share of Class A Common Stock is entitled to a 1/10 vote per share.  Holders of the Company’s Common Stock and Class A Common Stock are entitled to receive when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, dividends and other distributions payable in cash, property, stock or otherwise.  In the event of liquidation, after payment of debts and other liabilities of the Company, and after making provision for the holders of preferred stock, if any, the remaining assets of the Company will be distributable ratably among the holders of all classes of common stock.

67

Stock Splits

In March of 2011 and 2010, the Company’s Board of Directors declared a 5-for-4 stock split on both classes of the Company’s common stock.  The stock splits were effected as of April 26, 2011 and April 27, 2010, respectively, in the form of a 25% stock dividend distributed to shareholders of record as of April 15, 2011 and April 16, 2010, respectively.  All applicable share and per share information has been adjusted retrospectively to give effect to the 5-for-4 stock splits.

Share Repurchases

In accordance with the Company’s share repurchase program, 302,713 shares of Class A Common Stock were repurchased at a total cost of $3.9 million and 288,281 shares of Common Stock were repurchased at a total cost of $4.2 million during the second quarter of 2009.

In March 2009, the Company’s Board of Directors approved an increase in the Company’s share repurchase program by an aggregate 1,562,500 shares of either or both Class A Common Stock and Common Stock, bringing the total authorized for future purchase to 1,601,160 shares.

During fiscal 2011, the Company repurchased an aggregate 268,842 shares of Common Stock at a total cost of approximately $13.6 million and an aggregate 22,299 shares of Class A Common Stock at a total cost of approximately $.7 million.  During fiscal 2010, the Company repurchased an aggregate 21,971 shares of Common Stock at a total cost of $.6 million and an aggregate 3,266 shares of Class A Common Stock at a total cost of $.1 million.  The transactions in fiscal 2011 and 2010 occurred as settlement for employee taxes due pertaining to exercises of non-qualified stock options and did not impact the number of shares authorized for future purchase under the Company’s share repurchase program.

9.      STOCK OPTIONS

The Company currently has two stock option plans, the 2002 Stock Option Plan (“2002 Plan”) and the Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan, under which stock options may be granted.  The Company’s 1993 Stock Option Plan (“1993 Plan”) terminated in March 2003 on the tenth anniversary of its effective date.  No options may be granted under the 1993 Plan after such termination date; however, options outstanding as of the termination date may be exercised pursuant to their terms.  In addition, the Company granted stock options in fiscal 2002 to a former shareholder of an acquired business pursuant to an employment agreement entered into in connection with the acquisition in fiscal 1999.  A total of 3,184,409 shares of the Company’s stock are reserved for issuance to employees, directors, officers and consultants as of October 31, 2011, including 1,851,194 shares currently under option and 1,333,215 shares available for future grants.  Options issued under the 2002 Plan may be designated as incentive stock options or non-qualified stock options.  Incentive stock options are granted with an exercise price of no less than fair market value of the Company’s common stock as of date of grant and are exercisable in percentages specified as of the date of grant over a period up to ten years.  Only employees are eligible to receive incentive stock options.  Non-qualified stock options under the 2002 Plan may be immediately exercisable.  The options granted pursuant to the 2002 Plan may be designated as Common Stock and/or Class A Common Stock in such proportions as shall be determined by the Board of Directors or the Stock Option Plan Committee at its sole discretion.  Options granted under the Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan may be granted with an exercise price of no less than the fair market value of the Company’s common stock as of the date of grant and are generally exercisable in four equal annual installments commencing one year from the date of grant.  The stock options granted to a former shareholder of an acquired business were fully vested and transferable as of the grant date and expire ten years from the

68

date of grant.  The exercise price of such options was the fair market value as of the date of grant.  Options under all stock option plans expire no later than ten years after the date of grant, unless extended by the Stock Option Plan Committee or the Board of Directors.

Information concerning stock option activity for each of the three fiscal years ended October 31 is as follows:

	Shares			Shares Under Option
	Available						Weighted Average
	For Grant			Shares			Exercise Price
Outstanding as of October 31, 2008		2,599,309			2,537,097		$	6.29
Granted		(527,344	)		527,344		$	23.33
Exercised		—			(153,406	)	$	7.86
Outstanding as of October 31, 2009		2,071,965			2,911,035		$	9.30
Granted		(265,625	)		265,625		$	32.69
Cancelled		—			(930	)	$	8.73
Exercised		—			(503,920	)	$	6.74
Outstanding as of October 31, 2010		1,806,340			2,671,810		$	12.10
Granted		(473,125	)		473,125		$	40.31
Cancelled		—			(2,652	)	$	6.18
Exercised		—			(1,291,089	)	$	7.31
Outstanding as of October 31, 2011		1,333,215			1,851,194		$	22.66

Information concerning stock options outstanding and stock options exercisable by class of common stock as of October 31, 2011 is as follows:

	Options Outstanding
			Weighted		Weighted Average			Aggregate
	Number		Average			Remaining Contractual		Intrinsic
	Outstanding		Exercise Price		Life (Years)			Value
Common Stock		954,975	$	27.82			7.2	$	27,881,189
Class A Common Stock		896,219	$	17.15			5.3		19,856,466
		1,851,194	$	22.66			6.3	$	47,737,655

	Options Exercisable
			Weighted		Weighted Average			Aggregate
	Number		Average			Remaining Contractual		Intrinsic
	Exercisable		Exercise Price		Life (Years)			Value
Common Stock		367,475	$	14.71			4.4	$	15,547,539
Class A Common Stock		481,687	$	6.52			2.2		15,792,217
		849,162	$	10.07			3.1	$	31,339,756

Information concerning stock options exercised is as follows:

	Year ended October 31,
	2011		2010		2009
Cash proceeds from stock option exercises	$	2,167,000	$	1,815,000	$	1,207,000
Tax benefit realized from stock option exercises		7,703,000		951,000		1,890,000
Intrinsic value of stock option exercises		48,952,000		10,379,000		1,586,000

 

69

Net income attributable to HEICO for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 includes compensation expense of $2,647,000, $1,353,000 and $181,000, respectively, and an income tax benefit of $1,003,000, $516,000 and $64,000, respectively, related to the Company’s stock options.  Substantially all of the stock option compensation expense was recorded as a component of selling, general and administrative expenses in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations.  As of October 31, 2011, there was $15,017,000 of pre-tax unrecognized compensation expense related to nonvested stock options, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately 4.2 years.  The total fair value of stock options that vested in 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $2,130,000, $1,212,000 and $14,000, respectively.  If there were a change in control of the Company, all of the unvested options outstanding as of October 31, 2011 would become immediately exercisable.

For the fiscal years ended October 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, the excess tax benefit resulting from tax deductions in excess of the cumulative compensation cost recognized for stock options exercised was $6,346,000, $669,000 and $1,573,000, respectively, and is presented as a financing activity in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.

The weighted-average fair values of stock options granted are as follows:

	Year ended October 31,
	2011		2010		2009
Common Stock	$	22.93	$	17.85	$	13.43
Class A Common Stock	$	14.45	$	8.90	$	8.61

The fair value of each stock option grant was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model based on the following weighted average assumptions for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:

	2011						2010						2009
				Class A						Class A						Class A
	Common			Common			Common			Common			Common			Common
	Stock			Stock			Stock			Stock			Stock			Stock
Expected stock price volatility		41.17	%		38.92	%		42.01	%		39.57	%		44.13	%		39.44	%
Risk-free interest rate		1.64	%		2.74	%		2.45	%		3.02	%		3.22	%		2.80	%
Dividend yield		.26	%		.33	%		.27	%		.33	%		.25	%		.33	%
Forfeiture rate		.00	%		.00	%		.00	%		.00	%		.00	%		.00	%
Expected option life (years)		9			7			9			7			9			6

10.      RETIREMENT PLANS

The Company has a qualified defined contribution retirement plan (the “Plan”) under which eligible employees of the Company and its participating subsidiaries may make Elective Deferral Contributions up to the limitations set forth in Section 402(g) of the Internal Revenue Code.  The Company generally makes a 25% or 50% Employer Matching Contribution, as determined by the Board of Directors, based on a participant’s Elective Deferral Contribution up to 6% of the participant’s Compensation for the Elective Deferral Contribution period.  The Employer Matching Contribution may be contributed to the Plan in the form of the Company’s common stock or cash, as determined by the Company.  The Company’s match of a portion of a participant’s contribution is invested in Company common stock and is based on the fair value of the shares as of the date of contribution.  The Plan also provides that the Company may contribute to the Plan additional amounts in its common stock or cash at

70

the discretion of the Board of Directors.  Employee contributions cannot be invested in Company common stock.

Participants receive 100% vesting of employee contributions and cash dividends received on Company common stock.  Vesting in Company contributions is based on a participant’s number of years of vesting service.  Contributions to the Plan charged to income in fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009 totaled $24,000, $20,000 and $40,000, respectively.  Company contributions are made with the use of forfeited shares within the Plan.  As of October 31, 2011, the Plan held approximately 33,000 forfeited shares of Common Stock and 54,000 forfeited shares of Class A Common Stock, which are available to make future Company contributions.

In 1991, the Company established a Directors Retirement Plan covering its then current directors.  The net assets and expenses of this plan as of October 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 were not material to the financial position or results of operations of the Company.  The projected benefit obligation of this plan was $353,000 and $409,000 as of October 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, and is classified within other long-term liabilities in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets.

11.      RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT EXPENSES

Cost of sales amounts in fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009 include approximately $25.4 million, $22.7 million and $19.7 million, respectively, of new product research and development expenses.

12.      REDEEMABLE NONCONTROLLING INTERESTS

The holders of equity interests in certain of the Company’s subsidiaries have rights (“Put Rights”) that may be exercised on varying dates causing the Company to purchase their equity interests in fiscal 2012 through fiscal 2018.  The Put Rights, all of which relate either to common shares or membership interests in limited liability companies, provide that the cash consideration to be paid for their equity interests (the “Redemption Amount”) be at fair value or at a formula that management intended to reasonably approximate fair value based solely on a multiple of future earnings over a measurement period.  As of October 31, 2011, management’s estimate of the aggregate Redemption Amount of all Put Rights that the Company would be required to pay is approximately $65 million.  The actual Redemption Amount will likely be different.  The aggregate Redemption Amount of all Put Rights was determined using probability adjusted internal estimates of future earnings of the Company’s subsidiaries with Put Rights while considering the actual or earliest exercise date, the measurement period and any applicable fair value adjustments.  The portion of the estimated Redemption Amount as of October 31, 2011 redeemable at fair value is approximately $34 million and the portion redeemable based solely on a multiple of future earnings is approximately $31 million.

The portion of adjustments to the redemption amount of redeemable noncontrolling interests determined to be in excess of fair value was $102,000 in fiscal 2010, which affects the calculation of basic and diluted net income per share attributable to HEICO shareholders.  During fiscal 2011, $70,000 of the fiscal 2010 excess was paid as part of the acquisition of redeemable noncontrolling interests and the remainder was adjusted down by $19,000 such that the portion of adjustments to the redemption amount of redeemable noncontrolling interests determined to be in excess of fair value was $13,000 as of October 31, 2011.  No portion of the fiscal 2009 adjustments to the redemption amount of redeemable noncontrolling interests was determined to be in excess of fair value.  See Note 13, Net Income per Share Attributable to HEICO Shareholders.

71

A summary of the put and call rights associated with the redeemable noncontrolling interests in certain of the Company’s subsidiaries and transactions involving redeemable noncontrolling interests during fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009 is as follows:

As part of the agreement to acquire an 80.1% interest in a subsidiary by the ETG in fiscal 2004, the noncontrolling interest holders currently have the right to cause the Company to purchase their interests over a four-year period ending in fiscal 2015 and the Company has the right to purchase the noncontrolling interests over a five-year period beginning in fiscal 2015, or sooner under certain conditions.

Pursuant to the purchase agreement related to the acquisition of an 85% interest in a subsidiary by the ETG in fiscal 2005, certain noncontrolling interest holders exercised their option during fiscal 2007 to cause the Company to purchase their aggregate 3% interest over a four-year period that ended in fiscal 2010.  Pursuant to this same purchase agreement, certain other noncontrolling interest holders exercised their option during fiscal 2009 to cause the Company to purchase their aggregate 10.5% interest over a four-year period ending in fiscal 2012.  Accordingly, the Company increased its ownership interest in the subsidiary by an aggregate 10.9% to 95.9% effective April 2011.  Further, the remaining noncontrolling interest holders currently have the right to cause the Company to purchase their 1.5% interest over a four-year period ending in fiscal 2015.

Pursuant to the purchase agreement related to the acquisition of a 51% interest in a subsidiary by the FSG in fiscal 2006, the noncontrolling interest holders exercised their option during fiscal 2008 to cause the Company to purchase an aggregate 28% interest over a four-year period ending in fiscal 2011.  Accordingly, the Company increased its ownership interest in the subsidiary by 7% effective April 2008, by 14% effective December 2008, and by 7% effective February 2011.  Pursuant to this same purchase agreement, certain other noncontrolling interest holders exercised their option during fiscal 2011 to cause the Company to purchase their aggregate 1% interest in the subsidiary effective February 2011.  Accordingly, the Company increased its ownership interest in the subsidiary by an aggregate 29% to 80% effective February 2011.  Further, the Company has the right to purchase the remaining 20% of the equity interests of the subsidiary over a three-year period beginning in fiscal 2012, or sooner under certain conditions, and the noncontrolling interest holders have the right to cause the Company to purchase the same equity interests over the same period.

As part of the agreement to acquire an 80.1% interest in a subsidiary by the FSG in fiscal 2006, the Company has the right to purchase the noncontrolling interests over a four-year period beginning in fiscal 2014, or sooner under certain conditions, and the noncontrolling interest holders have the right to cause the Company to purchase the same equity interests over the same period.

As part of the agreement to acquire an 80.1% interest in a subsidiary by the FSG in fiscal 2008, the Company has the right to purchase the noncontrolling interests over a five-year period beginning in fiscal 2014, or sooner under certain conditions, and the noncontrolling interest holders have the right to cause the Company to purchase the same equity interests over the same period.  In May 2010, the Company, through the FSG, acquired an additional 2.2% equity interest in the subsidiary, which increased the Company’s ownership interest to 82.3%.  The additional equity interest acquired was pursuant to an amendment to the original agreement which does not affect the put/call provisions pertaining to the remaining noncontrolling interests.

During the first quarter of fiscal 2009, the Company, through HEICO Aerospace, acquired the remaining 10% equity interest in one of its subsidiaries, which increased the Company’s ownership interest to 100% effective October 31, 2008.

72

As part of an agreement to acquire an 82.5% interest in a subsidiary by the ETG in fiscal 2009, the Company has the right to purchase the noncontrolling interests beginning in fiscal 2014, or sooner under certain conditions, and the noncontrolling interest holder has the right to cause the Company to purchase the same equity interests over the same period.

As discussed in Note 2, Acquisitions, the Company entered into an agreement to acquire an 80.1% interest in a subsidiary by the FSG in December 2010.  As part of the agreement, the Company has the right to purchase the noncontrolling interests over a two-year period beginning in fiscal 2015, or sooner under certain conditions, and the noncontrolling interest holders have the right to cause the Company to purchase the same equity interests over the same period.

The purchase prices of the redeemable noncontrolling interests acquired in fiscal 2011 and 2010 were paid using cash provided by operating activities.  The purchase prices of the redeemable noncontrolling interests acquired in fiscal 2009 were principally paid in cash using proceeds from the Company’s revolving credit facility.  The aggregate cost of the redeemable noncontrolling interests acquired was $7.2 million, $.8 million and  $11.3 million in fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

13.      NET INCOME PER SHARE ATTRIBUTABLE TO HEICO SHAREHOLDERS

The computation of basic and diluted net income per share attributable to HEICO shareholders is as follows:

	Year ended October 31,
	2011		2010			2009
Numerator:
Net income attributable to HEICO	$	72,820,000	$	54,938,000		$	44,626,000
Adjustments to redemption amount of redeemable noncontrolling interests (see Note 12)		19,000		(102,000	)		—
Net income attributable to HEICO, as adjusted	$	72,839,000	$	54,836,000		$	44,626,000
Denominator:
Weighted average common shares outstanding - basic		41,632,074		41,040,635			40,944,999
Effect of dilutive stock options		869,178		1,172,903			1,280,050
Weighted average common shares outstanding - diluted		42,501,252		42,213,538			42,225,049
Net income per share attributable to HEICO shareholders:
Basic	$	1.75	$	1.34		$	1.09
Diluted	$	1.71	$	1.30		$	1.06
Anti-dilutive stock options excluded		384,844		519,531			134,830

73

14.      QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)

	First		Second		Third		Fourth
	Quarter		Quarter		Quarter		Quarter
Net sales:
2011	$	174,219,000	$	184,486,000	$	197,267,000	$	208,919,000
2010	$	135,535,000	$	153,845,000	$	158,270,000	$	169,370,000
Gross profit:
2011	$	63,926,000	$	66,371,000	$	69,825,000	$	74,319,000
2010	$	50,120,000	$	53,626,000	$	57,553,000	$	61,048,000
Net income from consolidated operations:
2011	$	22,523,000	$	22,126,000	$	26,392,000	$	24,412,000
2010	$	16,030,000	$	16,908,000	$	19,526,000	$	19,891,000
Net income attributable to HEICO:
2011	$	17,074,000	$	16,830,000	$	20,402,000	$	18,514,000
2010	$	11,793,000	$	12,573,000	$	14,930,000	$	15,642,000
Net income per share attributable to HEICO:
Basic:
2011	$	.41	$	.40	$	.49	$	.44
2010	$	.29	$	.31	$	.36	$	.38
Diluted:
2011	$	.40	$	.40	$	.48	$	.44
2010	$	.28	$	.30	$	.35	$	.37

In the first quarter of fiscal 2011, the Company recognized an income tax credit for qualified research and development activities for the last ten months of fiscal 2010 upon the retroactive extension in December 2010 of Section 41 of the Internal Revenue Code, “Credit for Increasing Research Activities,” to cover the period from January 1, 2010 to December 31, 2011.  The tax credit, net of expenses, increased net income attributable to HEICO by $797,000, or $.02 per basic and diluted share.

During the third quarter of fiscal 2011, the Company filed its fiscal 2010 U.S. federal and state tax returns and amended certain prior year state tax returns.  As a result, the Company recognized an aggregate benefit, which increased net income attributable to HEICO by $2,035,000, or $.05 per basic and diluted share, net of expenses, principally from state income apportionment updates and higher research and development tax credits.

During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2011, the Company recorded impairment losses related to the write-down of certain intangible assets to their estimated fair values that was partially offset by a reduction in the value of contingent consideration related to a prior year acquisition, which decreased net income attributable to HEICO by $2,394,000, or $.06 per basic and diluted share, in aggregate.

During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2010, the Company recorded impairment losses related to the write-down of certain intangible assets to their estimated fair values, which decreased net income attributable to HEICO by $713,000, or $.02 per diluted share, in aggregate.

Due to changes in the average number of common shares outstanding, net income per share attributable to HEICO for the full fiscal year may not equal the sum of the four individual quarters.

74

15.      OPERATING SEGMENTS

The Company has two operating segments:  the Flight Support Group (“FSG”), consisting of HEICO Aerospace and its subsidiaries and the Electronic Technologies Group (“ETG”), consistingof HEICO Electronic and its subsidiaries.  The Flight Support Group designs, manufactures, repairs, overhauls and distributes jet engine and aircraft component replacement parts.  The parts and services are approved by the FAA.  The FSG also manufactures and sells specialty parts as a subcontractor for aerospace and industrial original equipment manufacturers and the United States government.  The Electronic Technologies Group designs and manufactures electronic, microwave, and electro-optical equipment and components, three-dimensional microelectronic and stacked memory products, high-speed interface products, high voltage interconnection devices, high voltage advanced power electronics products, power conversion products, underwater locator beacons and traveling wave tube amplifiers primarily for the aviation, defense, space, medical, telecommunication and electronic industries.

The Company’s reportable operating segments offer distinctive products and services that are marketed through different channels.  They are managed separately because of their unique technology and service requirements.

Segment Profit or Loss

The accounting policies of the Company’s operating segments are the same as those described in Note 1, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.  Management evaluates segment performance based on segment operating income.

Information on the Company’s two operating segments, the FSG and the ETG, for each of the last three fiscal years ended October 31 is as follows:

					Other,
					Primarily
	Segment				Corporate and			Consolidated
	FSG		ETG		Intersegment			Totals
Year ended October 31, 2011:
Net sales	$	539,563,000	$	227,771,000	$	(2,443,000	)	$	764,891,000
Depreciation and amortization		10,661,000		7,502,000		380,000			18,543,000
Operating income		95,001,000		59,465,000		(16,035,000	)		138,431,000
Capital expenditures		6,866,000		2,543,000		37,000			9,446,000
Total assets		458,624,000		429,869,000		52,576,000			941,069,000
Year ended October 31, 2010:
Net sales	$	412,337,000	$	205,648,000	$	(965,000	)	$	617,020,000
Depreciation and amortization		9,899,000		7,308,000		390,000			17,597,000
Operating income		67,896,000		56,126,000		(14,849,000	)		109,173,000
Capital expenditures		7,343,000		1,502,000		32,000			8,877,000
Total assets		410,666,000		328,577,000		42,400,000			781,643,000
Year ended October 31, 2009:
Net sales	$	395,423,000	$	143,372,000	$	(499,000	)	$	538,296,000
Depreciation and amortization		9,801,000		4,728,000		438,000			14,967,000
Operating income		60,003,000		39,981,000		(11,729,000	)		88,255,000
Capital expenditures		8,518,000		1,670,000		65,000			10,253,000
Total assets		414,030,000		285,602,000		33,278,000			732,910,000

75

Major Customer and Geographic Information

No one customer accounted for 10% or more of the Company’s consolidated net sales during the last three fiscal years.  The Company’s net sales originating and long-lived assets held outside of the United States during each of the last three fiscal years were not material.

The Company markets its products and services in approximately 95 countries.  The Company’s net sales to any country other than the United States of America did not exceed 10% of consolidated net sales.  Sales are attributed to countries based on the location of customers.  The composition of the Company’s net sales to customers located in the United States of America and to those in other countries for each of the last three fiscal years ended October 31 is as follows:

	Year ended October 31,
	2011		2010		2009
United States of America	$	507,237,000	$	423,916,000	$	367,736,000
Other countries		257,654,000		193,104,000		170,560,000
Total	$	764,891,000	$	617,020,000	$	538,296,000

16.   COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Lease Commitments

The Company leases certain property and equipment, including manufacturing facilities and office equipment under operating leases.  Some of these leases provide the Company with the option after the initial lease term either to purchase the property at the then fair market value or renew the lease at the then fair rental value.  Generally, management expects that leases will be renewed or replaced by other leases in the normal course of business.

Future minimum payments under non-cancelable operating leases for the next five fiscal years and thereafter are estimated to be as follows:

Year ending October 31,
2012	$	7,329,000
2013		5,564,000
2014		3,465,000
2015		3,265,000
2016		2,534,000
Thereafter		4,447,000
Total minimum lease commitments	$	26,604,000

Total rent expense charged to operations for operating leases in fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009 amounted to $7,632,000, $6,963,000 and $6,274,000, respectively.

Guarantees

The Company has arranged for a standby letter of credit for $1.5 million to meet the security requirement of its insurance company for potential workers’ compensation claims, which is supported by the Company’s revolving credit facility.

76

Product Warranty

Changes in the Company’s product warranty liability in fiscal 2011 and 2010 are as follows:

	Year ended October 31,
	2011			2010
Balances as of beginning of year	$	1,636,000		$	1,022,000
Accruals for warranties		1,693,000			1,613,000
Warranty claims settled		(1,098,000	)		(1,079,000	)
Acquired warranty liabilities		—			80,000
Balances as of end of year	$	2,231,000		$	1,636,000

Additional Contingent Purchase Consideration

As part of the agreement to acquire a subsidiary by the ETG in fiscal 2009, the Company may be obligated to pay additional purchase consideration of up to $10.1 million in fiscal 2012 should the subsidiary meet certain earnings objectives during the third year following the acquisition.  Assuming the subsidiary performs over its respective future measurement period at the same earnings levels it performed in the comparable historical measurement period, the aggregate amount of such contingent purchase consideration that the Company would be required to pay is $10.1 million.  The actual contingent purchase consideration may be different.

The above referenced additional contingent purchase consideration will be accrued when the earnings objectives are met.  Such additional contingent purchase consideration is based on a multiple of earnings above a threshold (subject to a cap in certain cases) and is not contingent upon the former shareholders of the acquired entities remaining employed by the Company or providing future services to the Company.  Accordingly, such consideration will be recorded as an additional cost of the respective acquired entity when paid.

As part of the agreement to acquire a subsidiary by the ETG in fiscal 2007, the Company may have been obligated to pay additional purchase consideration of up to 73 million Canadian dollars in aggregate, which translates to approximately $74 million U.S. dollars based on the October 31, 2011 exchange rate, should the subsidiary have met certain earnings objectives through June 2012.  Assuming the subsidiary performs over the remaining future measurement period at the same earnings levels it performed in the comparable historical measurement period, the Company would not be required to pay any additional purchase consideration.

Litigation

The Company is involved in various legal actions arising in the normal course of business.  Based upon the Company’s and its legal counsel’s evaluations of any claims or assessments, management is of the opinion that the outcome of these matters will not have a material effect on the Company’s results of operations, financial position or cash flows.

77

17. SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION

Cash paid for interest was $125,000, $532,000 and $617,000 in fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.  Cash paid for income taxes was $33,928,000, $37,300,000 and $30,209,000 in fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.  Cash received from income tax refunds in fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $845,000, $3,031,000 and $5,398,000 respectively.

18. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

On November 22, 2011, the Company, through HEICO Electronic, acquired Switchcraft, Inc. (“Switchcraft”) through the purchase of all of the stock of Switchcraft’s parent company, Switchcraft Holdco, Inc. for approximately $143 million.  The purchase price of this acquisition was paid in cash, principally using proceeds from the Company’s revolving credit facility.  Switchcraft is a leading designer and manufacturer of high performance, high reliability and harsh environment electronic connectors and other interconnect products.  The Company is still in the process of allocating the purchase price of Switchcraft to the tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed given the limited time since the acquisition date and expects to provide such information in its quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the three months ending January 31, 2012.

On December 14, 2011, the Company entered into a $670 million Revolving Credit Agreement (“New Credit Facility”) with a bank syndicate, which matures in December 2016.  Under certain circumstances, the maturity of the New Credit Facility may be extended for two one-year periods.  The New Credit Facility also includes a feature that will allow the Company to increase the New Credit Facility by $130 million, at its option, to become an $800 million facility through increased commitments from existing lenders or the addition of new lenders.  The New Credit Facility may be used for working capital and general corporate needs of the Company, including capital expenditures and to finance acquisitions.  The New Credit Facility replaced the $300 million Second Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement (as discussed in Note 5, Long-Term Debt).

Advances under the New Credit Facility accrue interest at the Company’s choice of the “Base Rate” or the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) plus applicable margins (based on the Company’s ratio of total funded debt to earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, noncontrolling interests and non-cash charges, or “leverage ratio”).  The Base Rate is the highest of (i) the Prime Rate; (ii) the Federal Funds rate plus .50% per annum; and (iii) the Adjusted LIBO Rate determined on a daily basis for an Interest Period of one month plus 1.00% per annum, as such capitalized terms are defined in the New Credit Facility.  The applicable margins for LIBOR-based borrowings range from .75% to 2.25%.  The applicable margins for Base Rate borrowings range from 0% to 1.25%.  A fee is charged on the amount of the unused commitment ranging from .125% to .35% (depending on the Company’s leverage ratio).  The New Credit Facility also includes a $50 million sublimit for borrowings made in foreign currencies, letters of credit and swingline borrowings.  Outstanding principal, accrued and unpaid interest and other amounts payable under the New Credit Facility may be accelerated upon an event of default, as such events are described in the New Credit Facility.  The New Credit Facility is unsecured and contains covenants that require, among other things, the maintenance of a total leverage ratio, a senior leverage ratio and a fixed charge coverage ratio.  In the event the Company’s leverage ratio exceeds a specified level, the New Credit Facility would become secured by the capital stock owned in substantially all of the Company’s subsidiaries.

78

Item 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

Item 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

The Company’s management, with the participation of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and its Chief Financial Officer, evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) as of the end of the period covered by this annual report.  Based upon that evaluation, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and its Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are effective as of the end of the period covered by this annual report.

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Management of HEICO Corporation is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting.  Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.  A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.  Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risks that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Management, under the supervision of and with the participation of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in Internal Control-Integrated Framework.  Based on its assessment, management believes that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective as of October 31, 2011.

On September 30, 2011, the Company acquired all of the outstanding capital stock of 3D Plus SA (“3D”).  See Note 2, Acquisitions, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, for additional information.  As permitted by the Securities and Exchange Commission, companies are allowed to exclude acquisitions from their assessment of internal control over financial reporting during the first year of an acquisition and management elected to exclude 3D from its assessment of internal control over financial reporting as of October 31, 2011.  Total assets of 3D represented 10.7% of the Company’s consolidated total assets as of October 31, 2011 and 3D’s net sales represented .3% of the Company’s consolidated net sales for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2011.

79

Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, audited the Company’s consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended October 31, 2011.  A copy of their report is included in Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.  Deloitte & Touche LLP has issued their attestation report on management’s internal control over financial reporting which is set forth below.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

There have been no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting during the fourth quarter ended October 31, 2011 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

On September 30, 2011, the Company acquired all of the outstanding capital stock of 3D Plus SA (“3D”).  See Note 2, Acquisitions, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, for additional information.  The Company is in the process of integrating 3D into its overall internal control over financial reporting process.

Attestation Report of the Company’s Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of

HEICO Corporation

Hollywood, Florida

We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of HEICO Corporation and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of October 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.  As described in Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting, management excluded from its assessment the internal control over financial reporting at 3D Plus SA, which was acquired on September 30, 2011 and whose financial statements constitute 10.7% of total assets and .3% of net sales of the Company’s consolidated financial statement amounts as of and for the year ended October 31, 2011.  Accordingly, our audit did not include the internal control over financial reporting at 3D Plus SA. The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.  Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances.  We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

80

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company’s principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company’s board of directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.  A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.  Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of October 31, 2011, based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule as of and for the year ended October 31, 2011 of the Company and our report dated December 21, 2011 expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements and financial statement schedule.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Certified Public Accountants

Miami, Florida

December 21, 2011

Item 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

None.

81

PART III

Item 10.  DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Information concerning the Directors of the Company, including the Finance/Audit Committee of the Board of Directors and its Finance/Audit Committee Financial Expert, as well as information concerning compliance with Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is hereby incorporated by reference to the Company’s definitive proxy statement, which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”) within 120 days after the close of fiscal 2011.

Information concerning the Executive Officers of the Company is set forth in Item 1 of Part I hereof under the caption “Executive Officers of the Registrant.”

The Company has adopted a code of ethics that applies to its principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller and persons performing similar functions.  The code of ethics is located on the Company’s Internet web site at http://www.heico.com.  Any amendments to or waivers from a provision of this code of ethics will be posted on the Company’s web site.

Item 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Information concerning executive compensation is hereby incorporated by reference to the Company’s definitive proxy statement, which will be filed with the Commission within 120 days after the close of fiscal 2011.

Item 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

Information concerning security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management is hereby incorporated by reference to the Company’s definitive proxy statement, which will be filed with the Commission within 120 days after the close of fiscal 2011.

Equity compensation plan information is set forth in Item 5 of Part II hereof under the caption “Equity Compensation Plan Information.”

Item 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

Information concerning certain relationships and related transactions and director independence is hereby incorporated by reference to the Company’s definitive proxy statement, which will be filed with the Commission within 120 days after the close of fiscal 2011.

Item 14.   PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

Information concerning fees and services by the principal accountant is hereby incorporated by reference to the Company’s definitive proxy statement, which will be filed with the Commission within 120 days after the close of fiscal 2011.

82

PART IV

Item 15.  EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a)(1)  Financial Statements

The following consolidated financial statements of the Company and subsidiaries are included in Part II, Item 8:

                 Page

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	42
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of October 31, 2011 and 2010	43
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended October 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009	44
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Income  for the years ended October 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009	45
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended October 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009	46
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements	47

(a)(2)  Financial Statement Schedules

The following financial statement schedule of the Company and subsidiaries is included herein:

·   Schedule II – Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

All other schedules have been omitted because the required information is not applicable or the information is included in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto presented in Part II, Item 8.

(a)(3) Exhibits

Exhibit		Description
2.1	—	Amended and Restated Agreement of Merger and Plan of Reorganization, dated as of March 22, 1993, by and among HEICO Corporation, HEICO Industries, Corp. and New HEICO, Inc. is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Registration No. 33-57624) Amendment No. 1 filed on March 19, 1993.*
3.1	—	Articles of Incorporation of the Registrant are incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Registration No. 33-57624) Amendment No. 1 filed on March 19, 1993.*
3.2	—	Articles of Amendment of the Articles of Incorporation of the Registrant, dated April 27, 1993, are incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form 8-B dated April 29, 1993.*
3.3	—	Articles of Amendment of the Articles of Incorporation of the Registrant, dated November 3, 1993, are incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to the Form 10-K for the year ended October 31, 1993.*

83

Exhibit		Description
3.4	—	Articles of Amendment of the Articles of Incorporation of the Registrant, dated March 19, 1998, are incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.4 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 (Registration No. 333-48439) filed on March 23, 1998.*
3.5	—	Articles of Amendment of the Articles of Incorporation of the Registrant, dated as of November 2, 2003, are incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.5 to the Form 10-K for the year ended October 31, 2003.*
3.6	—	Bylaws of the Registrant are incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Form 8-K filed on December 19, 2007.*
4.0	—	The description and terms of the Preferred Stock Purchase Rights are set forth in a Rights Agreement between the Company and SunTrust Bank, N.A., as Rights Agent, dated as of November 2, 2003, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.0 to the Form 8-K dated November 2, 2003.*
10.1#	—	HEICO Savings and Investment Plan, as amended and restated effective as of January 1, 2007 is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended January 31, 2008.*
10.2#	—	First Amendment, effective as of January 1, 2007, to the HEICO Savings and Investment Plan, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Form 10-K for the year ended October 31, 2008.*
10.3#	—	Second Amendment, effective as of January 1, 2009, to the HEICO Savings and Investment Plan, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Form 10-K for the year ended October 31, 2008.*
10.4#	—	Third Amendment, effective as of January 1, 2007, to the HEICO Savings and Investment Plan, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Form 10-K for the year ended October 31, 2009.*
10.5#	—	Fourth Amendment, effective as of January 1, 2009, to the HEICO Savings and Investment Plan, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Form 10-K for the year ended October 31, 2010.*
10.6#	—	Fifth Amendment, effective as of July 1, 2011, to the HEICO Savings and Investment Plan.**
10.7#	—	Sixth Amendment, effective as of January 1, 2008, to the HEICO Savings and Investment Plan.**
10.8#	—	Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement for Directors, Officers and Employees is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Form 10-K for the year ended October 31, 1985.*
10.9#	—	HEICO Corporation 1993 Stock Option Plan, as amended, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.7 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Registration No. 333-81789) filed on June 29, 1999.*
10.10#	—	HEICO Corporation Amended and Restated 2002 Stock Option Plan, effective March 28, 2008, is incorporated by reference to Appendix A to the Form DEF-14A filed on February 28, 2008.*

 

84

Exhibit		Description
10.11#	—	HEICO Corporation Directors’ Retirement Plan, as amended, dated as of May 31, 1991, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to the Form 10-K for the year ended October 31, 1992.*
10.12#	—	Key Employee Termination Agreement, dated as of April 5, 1988, between HEICO Corporation and Thomas S. Irwin is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to the Form 10-K for the year ended October 31, 1992.*
10.13#	—	HEICO Corporation Leadership Compensation Plan, effective October 1, 2006, as Re-Amended and Restated effective January 1, 2009, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 8-K filed on September 17, 2009.*
10.14#	—	HEICO Corporation 2007 Incentive Compensation Plan, effective as of November 1, 2006, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 8-K filed on March 19, 2007.*
10.15	—	Shareholders Agreement, dated October 30, 1997, by and between HEICO Aerospace Holdings Corp., HEICO Aerospace Corporation and all of the shareholders of HEICO Aerospace Holdings Corp. and Lufthansa Technik AG is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.32 to Form 10-K/A for the year ended October 31, 1997.*
10.16	—	Second Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of May 27, 2008, among HEICO Corporation, as Borrower, the lenders from time to time party hereto, Regions Bank and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Co-Documentation Agents, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Syndication Agent, and SunTrust Bank, as Administrative Agent, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 8-K filed on May 30, 2008.*
10.17	—	Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of December 14, 2011, among HEICO Corporation, as Borrower, the lenders from time to time party hereto, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, and Bank of America, N.A., as Co-Syndication Agents, PNC Bank, National Association, as Documentation Agent and SunTrust Bank, as Administrative Agent, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 8-K filed on December 16, 2011*
21	—	Subsidiaries of HEICO Corporation.**
23	—	Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.**
31.1	—	Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of Chief Executive Officer.**
31.2	—	Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of Chief Financial Officer.**
32.1	—	Section 1350 Certification of Chief Executive Officer.***
32.2	—	Section 1350 Certification of Chief Financial Officer.***
101.INS	—	XBRL Instance Document.^
101.SCH	—	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document.^
101.CAL	—	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document.^
101.DEF	—	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document.^

 

85

Exhibit		Description
101.LAB	—	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Labels Linkbase Document.^
101.PRE	—	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document.^

# Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be filed as an exhibit.

* Previously filed.

** Filed herewith.

*** Furnished herewith.

^ Pursuant to Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, these interactive data files are deemed not filed or part of a registration statement prospectus for purposes of Sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933, are deemed not filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and otherwise are not subject to liability under those sections.

 

86

HEICO CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

SCHEDULE II – VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

	Year ended October 31,
	2011			2010			2009
Allowance for doubtful accounts:
Allowance as of beginning of year	$	2,468,000		$	2,535,000		$	2,587,000
Additions charged to costs and expenses (a)		194,000			1,452,000			52,000
Additions charged to other accounts (b)		299,000			—			26,000
Deductions (c)		(294,000	)		(1,519,000	)		(130,000	)
Allowance as of end of year	$	2,667,000		$	2,468,000		$	2,535,000

(a) Additions charged to costs and expenses in fiscal 2010 were higher than fiscal 2011 and 2009 principally as a result of ceased operations of certain customers within the Flight Support Group.

(b) Principally additions from acquisitions.

(c) Principally write-offs of uncollectible accounts receivable, net of recoveries.

	Year ended October 31,
	2011			2010			2009
Inventory valuation reserves:
Reserves as of beginning of year	$	35,947,000		$	34,330,000		$	27,186,000
Additions charged to costs and expenses		4,593,000			2,902,000			7,649,000
Additions charged to other accounts (a)		2,785,000			11,000			391,000
Deductions (b)		(2,117,000	)		(1,296,000	)		(896,000	)
Reserves as of end of year	$	41,208,000		$	35,947,000		$	34,330,000

(a) Principally additions from acquisitions.

(b) Principally write-offs of slow moving, obsolete or damaged inventory.

87

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

	HEICO CORPORATION
Date: December 21, 2011	By:	/s/  THOMAS S. IRWIN
		Thomas S. Irwin
		Executive Vice President
		and Chief Financial Officer
		(Principal Financial and
		Accounting Officer)

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

/s/ LAURANS A. MENDELSON	Chairman of the Board,	December 21, 2011
Laurans A. Mendelson	Chief Executive Officer, and Director (Principal Executive Officer)
/s/ ADOLFO HENRIQUES	Director	December 21, 2011
Adolfo Henriques
/s/ SAMUEL L. HIGGINBOTTOM	Director	December 21, 2011
Samuel L. Higginbottom
/s/ MARK H. HILDEBRANDT	Director	December 21, 2011
Mark H. Hildebrandt
/s/ WOLFGANG MAYRHUBER	Director	December 21, 2011
Wolfgang Mayrhuber
/s/ ERIC A. MENDELSON	Co-President and Director	December 21, 2011
Eric A. Mendelson
/s/ VICTOR H. MENDELSON	Co-President and Director	December 21, 2011
Victor H. Mendelson
/s/ ALAN SCHRIESHEIM	Director	December 21, 2011
Alan Schriesheim
/s/ FRANK J. SCHWITTER	Director	December 21, 2011
Frank J. Schwitter

88

EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit		Description
10.6	—	Fifth Amendment, effective as of July 1, 2011, to the HEICO Savings and Investment Plan.
10.7	—	Sixth Amendment, effective as of January 1, 2008, to the HEICO Savings and Investment Plan.
21	—	Subsidiaries of HEICO Corporation.
23	—	Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
31.1	—	Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of Chief Executive Officer.
31.2	—	Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of Chief Financial Officer.
32.1	—	Section 1350 Certification of Chief Executive Officer.
32.2	—	Section 1350 Certification of Chief Financial Officer.
101.INS	—	XBRL Instance Document.
101.SCH	—	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document.
101.CAL	—	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document.
101.DEF	—	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document.
101.LAB	—	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Labels Linkbase Document.
101.PRE	—	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document.

EX-10.6

Exhibit 10.6

FIFTH AMENDMENT TO THE

HEICO SAVINGS AND INVESTMENT PLAN

(AS AMENDED EFFECTIVE JANUARY 1, 2007)

THIS FIFTH AMENDMENT (the “Amendment”) to the HEICO Savings and Investment Plan, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2007 (the “Plan”), is made on the 13th day of June, 2011, by HEICO Corporation, a Florida corporation (the “Company”) as follows.

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, the Company maintains the Plan for the sole and exclusive benefit of its eligible participants and their respective beneficiaries under the terms and provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended; and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 15.01 of the Plan, the Company has the power to amend the Plan;

NOW, THEREFORE, the Plan shall be amended as follows:

Effective as of July 1, 2011:

1.  A new Section 2.02A is hereby added to read as follows:

“2.03A “Administrator” shall mean the Committee or such other person or entity designated by the Committee pursuant to Section 14.02 to administer the Plan on behalf of the Committee.”

2.  Section 2.26 is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:

“2.26 “Entry Date” shall mean each day of the Plan Year.”

3.  Section 3.02 is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:

“3.02         Rollover Contributions. An Eligible Employee who has not otherwise become a Participant may make a Rollover Contribution to the Plan before he is otherwise eligible to Participate in the Plan.  Such an Employee becomes a Participant if he makes a Rollover Contribution.  

However, until his Entry Date, such an Employee will not be eligible to make Elective Deferral Contributions or receive an allocation of Employer Contributions.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 3.20 shall not apply with respect to periods on or after July 1, 2011.”

4. The second paragraph of Section 4.01(b) is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:

“Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to each Eligible Employee who is hired by an Employer on or after January 1, 2006, such Eligible Employee shall be deemed to make an election to contribute to the Trust, and the Employer shall so contribute as soon as administratively feasible, an Elective Deferral Contribution in an amount equal to three percent (3%) of the Eligible Employee’s Compensation for the Plan Year, unless the Eligible Employee elects a greater or lesser percentage (including zero) in a salary reduction agreement entered into between the Eligible Employee and the Employer with respect to such Plan Year.  Each such Eligible Employee shall have an effective opportunity to receive notice of availability of such election, as well as a salary reduction agreement form, and the Eligible Employee shall have a reasonable period to make a salary reduction election change before the date on which the deemed election shall take place.  In addition, effective as of January 1, 2008, in the event that the automatic contribution arrangement under this Plan is an eligible automatic contribution arrangement as defined in Code Section 414(w)(3), then each Eligible Employee who is automatically enrolled in this Plan pursuant to this Section 4.01(b) shall be provided with a ninety (90) day period (commencing from the first day on which his or her participation begins) to elect out of the Plan and withdraw the contributions made on his or her behalf and the earnings thereon.”

5.  Section 4.02 is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:

“4.02 Elections Regarding Elective Deferral Contributions.

(a) A Participant may elect to change his Elective Deferral Contribution Amount on a daily basis by contacting the Administrator and executing any forms (whether hardcopy or electronic) as may be required by the Administrator from time to time.  Any change a Participant makes shall become effective as soon as administratively feasible following the receipt of such election by the Administrator.

(b) A Participant may suspend further Elective Deferral Contributions to the Plan at any time by contacting the Administrator and executing any forms (whether hardcopy or electronic) as may be required by the Administrator from time to time.  Any suspension a Participant requests shall

become effective as soon as administratively feasible following the receipt of such election by the Administrator.”

6. Section 4.06 is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:

“4.06    Rollover Contributions.  An Eligible Employee may make a Rollover Contribution to this Plan, provided, however, that the trust from which the funds are to be transferred must permit the transfer to be made, and provided, further, the Committee consents to such transfer and is reasonably satisfied that such transfer will not jeopardize the tax exempt status of this Plan or Trust.  Rollover Contributions shall be made by delivery to the Administrator for deposit in the Trust.  All Rollover Contributions must be in cash or property satisfactory to the Administrator, whose decision in this regard shall be final.  The Administrator will not accept rollovers of accumulated deductible employee contributions from a simplified employee pension plan.  Upon approval by the Administrator, the amount transferred shall be deposited in the Trust and shall be credited to the Participant’s Rollover Account.  A Rollover Contribution will not be matched by Employer Contributions, and is not subject to the restrictions provided in Section 4.01 or the limitations described in Article 5 and Article 7.”

7. Section 4.07 is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:

“4.07     Form and Timing of Contributions.

(a) Elective Deferral Contributions shall be deducted by the Employer from the Participant’s Compensation and paid to the Administrator as promptly as possible after the end of each regular pay period but in no event later than 15 days after the end of the month in which such Elective Deferral Contributions are retained by the Employer.

(b) All Employer Contributions for the purpose of paying or prepaying principal, interest or fees on Plan Indebtedness related to Financed Stock, as defined in Article 12,must be made in cash.  All other Employer Contributions may be made in cash, Company Stock or other property, in the contributing Employer’s discretion.  All Employer Contributions, whether in cash, Company Stock, or other property, are contingent upon acceptance by the Administrator and a determination that the contributions will not jeopardize the qualified status of this Plan.

(c) All Employer Contributions shall be paid to the Administrator on or before the time required by law for filing the Employer’s federal income tax return (including extensions) for its taxable year in or with which the Plan Year with respect to which the contribution is made ends.”

8. Section 4.10 is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:

“4.10      Investment Funds.  The Administrator will establish a Company Stock Fund for the investment of Plan assets in Common Stock.  The Committee may direct the Administrator to establish other Investment Funds within the Trust and to permit Participants to direct the allocation of their Account balances among these Investment Funds in accordance with rules prescribed by the Committee.  The Committee may alter the available Investment Funds or the procedures for allocating Account balances among them at any time.”

9. Section 4.11 is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:

“4.11      Investment of Contributions.  Contributions made by a Participant pursuant to Sections 4.01 and 4.06 shall be remitted to the Administrator for investment in the Investment Funds selected by each Participant in accordance with rules prescribed by the Committee. Such contributions shall not be invested in Company Stock.  If an investment election is not made by the Participant, funds will be invested in a default investment fund designated by the Committee.  Contributions, other than Elective Deferral Contributions, made by the Employer on behalf of a Participant shall be invested in the Company Stock Fund.”

10. Section 10.02 is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:

“(c) “Consent of Participant.  A Participant’s consent to a distribution of his Account shall be subject to the following:

(1) If the total value of the Participant’s vested Accounts to be distributed is less than or equal to $1,000, determined on or after the Participant’s Termination Date, the Participant’s vested Account balance shall be distributed to the Participant in a lump sum payment as soon as administratively feasible after his Termination Date.

(2) If the total value of the Participant’s vested Accounts to be distributed is greater than $1,000, determined on or after the Participant’s Termination Date, the Participant’s consent to a distribution shall be required; provided that,

notwithstanding the lack of consent, distribution shall be made no later than the date established under Section 10.07 for mandatory distributions.”

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be executed the day and year first above written.

HEICO Corporation, a Florida corporation
By:	/s/  THOMAS S. IRWIN
Title:	TREASURER

EX-10.7

Exhibit 10.7

SIXTH AMENDMENT TO THE

HEICO SAVINGS AND INVESTMENT PLAN

(AS AMENDED EFFECTIVE JANUARY 1, 2007)

THIS SIXTH AMENDMENT (the “Amendment”) to the HEICO Savings and Investment Plan, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2007 (the “Plan”), is made on the 12th day of September, 2011, by HEICO Corporation, a Florida corporation (the “Company”) as follows.

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, the Company maintains the Plan for the sole and exclusive benefit of its eligible participants and their respective beneficiaries under the terms and provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended; and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 15.01 of the Plan, the Company has the power to amend the Plan; and

WHEREAS, the Company wishes to amend the Plan to bring the Plan up to date with the changes requested by the Internal Revenue Service pursuant to a determination letter application;

NOW, THEREFORE, the Plan shall be amended, except as otherwise provided therein, effective for Plan Years beginning January 1, 2008, as follows:

1. Section 5.01(a) of the Plan is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:

5.01  Limitation on Annual Additions.

(b) Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan, for Plan Years beginning January 1, 2007, the sum of the Annual Additions to a Participant’s Accounts, when combined with Annual Additions to the Participant’s account under all other qualified plans maintained by the Employer, for any Plan Year shall not exceed the lesser of $45,000, or 100% of such Participant’s compensation (as such term is defined in Code Section 415(c)(3)).  For purposes of the Code Section 415(c)(3), payments made by the later of 2 ½ months after severance from employment or the end of the limitation year that includes the date of severance from employment are included in compensation for the limitation year if, absent a severance from employment, such payments would have been paid to the employee while the employee continued in employment with the employer and are regular compensation for services during the

employee’s regular working hours, compensation for services outside the employee’s regular working hours (such as overtime or shift differential), commissions, bonuses or other similar compensation.

The term Annual Additions to a Participant’s Accounts for any Plan Year means the sum of:

(1) such Participant’s allocable share of the Employer Contributions for the Plan Year;

(2) such Participant’s Elective Deferral Contributions for the Plan Year;

(3) forfeitures allocated to such Participant’s account; and

(4) amounts described in Code Sections 415(l)(1) and 419A(d)(2).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Annual Additions” shall not include the following: (i) the direct transfer of a benefit or employee contributions from a qualified plan to this Plan; (ii) rollover contributions (as described in Code Section 401(a)(31), 402(c)(1), 403(a)(4), 403(b)(8), 408(d)(3), and 457(e)(16)); (iii) repayments of loans made to a participant from the Plan; (iv) repayments of amounts described in Code Section 411(a)(7)(B) (in accordance with Code Section 411(a)(7)(C)) and Code Section 411(a)(3)(D) or repayment of contributions to a governmental plan (as defined in Code Section 414(d)) as described in Code Section 415(k)(3), as well as Employer restorations of benefits that are required pursuant to such repayments; and (v) restorative payments, which are payments made to restore losses to a Plan resulting from actions by a fiduciary for which there is reasonable risk of liability for breach of a fiduciary duty under ERISA or under other applicable federal or state law, where participants who are similarly situated are treated similarly with respect to the payments.

Elective Deferral Contributions and Employer Contributions do not fail to be Annual Additions merely because such contributions are Excess Deferral Amounts, Excess Contributions or Excess Aggregate Contributions or merely because such Excess Deferral Amounts, Excess Contributions and Excess Aggregate Contributions are corrected through distribution.

The 100% limitation shall not apply to (1) any post-retirement medical benefits account for a key employee (as defined in section 419A(d)(1)) which is otherwise treated as an Annual Addition or (2) any amount otherwise treated as an Annual Addition under Code Section 415(l)(1).

2. Section 13.02(a)(3) is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:

(3) Distributions during year ending on the determination date.  The present values of accrued benefits and the amounts of account balances of an

employee as of the determination date shall be increased by the distributions made with respect to the employee under the plan and any plan aggregated with the plan under Code Section 416(g)(2) during the 1-year period ending on the determination date.  The preceding sentence shall also apply to distributions under a terminated plan which, had it not been terminated, would have been aggregated with the plan under Code Section 416(g)(2)(A)(i).  In the case of a distribution made for a reason other than severance from employment, death, or disability, this provision shall be applied by substituting “5-year period” for “1-year period.”

3. In all other respects, the Plan shall remain unchanged by the Amendment.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be executed the day and year first above written.

HEICO Corporation, a Florida corporation
By:	/s/  THOMAS S. IRWIN
Title:	TREASURER

EX-21

Exhibit 21

SUBSIDIARIES OF HEICO CORPORATION

	State or Other
Name	Jurisdiction of Incorporation
HEICO Aerospace Holdings Corp.		Florida
HEICO Aerospace Corporation		Florida
Jet Avion Corporation		Florida
LPI Industries Corporation		Florida
Aircraft Technology, Inc.		Florida
Northwings Accessories Corp.		Florida
Aviation Engineered Services Corp.		Florida
HNW Building Corp.		Florida
HNW2 Building Corp.		Florida
McClain International, Inc.		Georgia
McClain Property Corp.		Florida
Rogers-Dierks, Inc.		Florida
Turbine Kinetics, Inc.		Florida
Thermal Structures, Inc.		California
Future Aviation, Inc.		Florida
ATK Acquisition Corp.		Florida
Parts Advantage, LLC		Delaware
AD HEICO Acquisition Corp.		Florida
Aero Design, Inc.		Tennessee
Battery Shop, LLC		Tennessee
Inertial Airline Services, Inc.		Ohio
HEICO Aerospace Parts Corp.		Florida
Aviation Facilities, Inc.		Florida
Jetseal, Inc.		Delaware
Niacc-Avitech Technologies Inc.		Florida
JA Engineering I Corp.		Florida
JA Engineering II Corp.		Florida
Jetavi Engineering Private Limited		India
Seal Dynamics LLC		Florida
Seal Dynamics LLC (Singapore Branch)		Singapore
Seal Dynamics Limited		United Kingdom
Arger Enterprises, Inc.		Nevada
Prime Air, LLC		Florida
Avisource Limited		United Kingdom
Prime Air Europe Limited		United Kingdom
DEC Technologies, Inc.		Florida
Meridian Industrial, Inc.		Florida
Dynatech Acquisition Corp.		Florida
Sunshine Avionics LLC		Florida
Blue Aerospace LLC		Florida
HEICO Parts Group, Inc.		Florida

	State or Other
Name	Jurisdiction of Incorporation
HEICO Electronic Technologies Corp.		Florida
Radiant Power Corp.		Florida
Leader Tech, Inc.		Florida
FerriShield, Inc.		Pennsylvania
Santa Barbara Infrared, Inc.		California
IRCameras LLC		Florida
Analog Modules, Inc.		Florida
Sierra Microwave Technology, LLC		Delaware
Connectronics Corp.		Florida
Lumina Power, Inc.		Florida
HVT Group, Inc.		Delaware
Dielectric Sciences, Inc.		Massachusetts
Essex X-Ray & Medical Equipment LTD		United Kingdom
High Voltage Technology Limited		United Kingdom
Engineering Design Team, Inc.		Oregon
EMD Acquisition Corp.		Florida
EMD Technologies Incorporated		Canada
VPT, Inc.		Virginia
Dukane Seacom, Inc.		Florida
dB Control Corp.		Florida
De-icing Investment Holdings Corp.		Florida
3D Acquisition Corp		Florida
3D Plus SA		France
3D Plus U.S.A., Inc.		Delaware
Switchcraft Holdco, Inc.*		Delaware
Switchcraft, Inc.*		Illinois
Conxall Corporation*		Illinois
Switchcraft Far East Company, Ltd.*		Republic of South Korea
HEICO East Corporation		Florida

* Acquired November 2011

EX-23

Exhibit 23

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement Nos. 33-4945, 33-62156, 333-08063, 333-26059, 333-81789, 333-108471 and 333-161956 on Forms S-8 and Registration Statement No. 333-161957 on Form S-3 of our reports dated December 21, 2011, relating to the consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule of HEICO Corporation and subsidiaries and the effectiveness of HEICO Corporation and subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting, appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of HEICO Corporation and subsidiaries for the year ended October 31, 2011.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Certified Public Accountants

Miami, Florida

December 21, 2011

EX-31.1

Exhibit 31.1

RULE 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) CERTIFICATION

I, Laurans A. Mendelson, Chief Executive Officer of HEICO Corporation, certify that:

(1) I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of HEICO Corporation;

(2) Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

(3) Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

(4) The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

(5) The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date:	December 21, 2011	/s/ LAURANS A. MENDELSON
		Laurans A. Mendelson
		Chief Executive Officer

EX-31.2

Exhibit 31.2

RULE 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) CERTIFICATION

I, Thomas S. Irwin, Chief Financial Officer of HEICO Corporation, certify that:

(1) I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of HEICO Corporation;

(2) Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

(3) Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

(4) The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

(5) The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date:	December 21, 2011	/s/ THOMAS S. IRWIN
		Thomas S. Irwin
		Chief Financial Officer

EX-32.1

Exhibit 32.1

SECTION 1350 CERTIFICATION

In connection with the Annual Report of HEICO Corporation (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ended October 31, 2011 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”) I, Laurans A. Mendelson, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date:	December 21, 2011	/s/ LAURANS A. MENDELSON
		Laurans A. Mendelson
		Chief Executive Officer

EX-32.2

Exhibit 32.2

SECTION 1350 CERTIFICATION

In connection with the Annual Report of HEICO Corporation (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ended October 31, 2011 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”) I, Thomas S. Irwin, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date:	December 21, 2011	/s/ THOMAS S. IRWIN
		Thomas S. Irwin
		Chief Financial Officer

XML

ACQUISITIONS (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Oct. 31, 2011	Oct. 31, 2010	Oct. 31, 2009
Fair value of assets acquired:
Liabilities assumed	$ 32,263,000	$ 3,952,000	$ 3,881,000
Noncontrolling interests in consolidated subsidiaries	5,612,000	0	3,305,000
Goodwill	51,448,000	15,372,000	30,389,000
Identifiable intangible assets	40,187,000	15,400,000	21,562,000
Inventories	16,964,000	3,184,000	4,249,000
Accounts receivable	9,072,000	6,685,000	4,720,000
Property, plant and equipment	9,115,000	573,000	553,000
Accrued additional purchase consideration	4,104,000	1,775,000	2,212,000
Other assets	1,640,000	24,000	3,299,000
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired	$ (94,655,000)	$ (39,061,000)	$ (59,798,000)

XML

INCOME TAXES (Details 1)	12 Months Ended
	Oct. 31, 2011	Oct. 31, 2010	Oct. 31, 2009
Federal statutory income tax rate	35.00%	35.00%	35.00%
State taxes, less applicable federal income tax reduction	1.80%	3.20%	2.50%
Net tax benefit on noncontrolling interests' share of income	(2.50%)	(2.60%)	(2.70%)
Net tax benefit on qualified research and development activities	(2.70%)	(1.00%)	(2.90%)
Net tax benefit on qualified domestic production activities	(1.00%)	(0.80%)	(0.60%)
Other, net	0.40%	(0.10%)	0.60%
Effective tax rate	31.00%	33.70%	31.90%

XML

GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS (Details 1) (USD $)	Oct. 31, 2011	Oct. 31, 2010
Acquired Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Gross Carrying Amount	$ 75,836,000	$ 47,912,000
Accumulated Amortization	(22,915,000)	(15,536,000)
Net Carrying Amount	52,921,000	32,376,000
Acquired Finite Lived And Indefinite Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Gross Carrying Amount	101,072,000	65,023,000
Net Carrying Amount	78,157,000	49,487,000
Trade Names [Member]
Acquired Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Gross Carrying Amount	25,236,000	17,111,000
Net Carrying Amount	25,236,000	17,111,000
Customer Relationships [Member]
Acquired Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Gross Carrying Amount	51,934,000	37,338,000
Accumulated Amortization	(18,085,000)	(12,142,000)
Net Carrying Amount	33,849,000	25,196,000
Intellectual Property [Member]
Acquired Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Gross Carrying Amount	18,493,000	7,281,000
Accumulated Amortization	(2,236,000)	(1,372,000)
Net Carrying Amount	16,257,000	5,909,000
Licensing Agreements [Member]
Acquired Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Gross Carrying Amount	2,900,000	1,000,000
Accumulated Amortization	(854,000)	(621,000)
Net Carrying Amount	2,046,000	379,000
Noncompete Agreements [Member]
Acquired Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Gross Carrying Amount	1,364,000	1,170,000
Accumulated Amortization	(1,203,000)	(1,019,000)
Net Carrying Amount	161,000	151,000
Patents [Member]
Acquired Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Gross Carrying Amount	576,000	554,000
Accumulated Amortization	(313,000)	(270,000)
Net Carrying Amount	263,000	284,000
Trade Names [Member]
Acquired Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Gross Carrying Amount	569,000	569,000
Accumulated Amortization	(224,000)	(112,000)
Net Carrying Amount	$ 345,000	$ 457,000

XML

RETIREMENT PLANS (Details Textuals) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Oct. 31, 2011	Oct. 31, 2010	Oct. 31, 2009
Defined contribution plan partcipants range minimum	25.00%
Defined contribution plan partcipants range maximum	50.00%
Defined contribution plan partcipants employees range maximum	6.00%
Defined contribution plan, vesting of employee contribution and cash dividends, percent	100.00%
Contributions to the plan charged to income (in dollars)	$ 24,000	$ 20,000	$ 40,000
Projected benefit obligation (in dollars)	$ 353,000	$ 409,000
Common Stock [Member]
Forfeited shares (in shares)	33,000
Class A Common Stock [Member]
Forfeited shares (in shares)	54,000

XML

INCOME TAXES (Details 2) (USD $)	Oct. 31, 2011	Oct. 31, 2010
Deferred tax assets:
Inventories	$ 15,581,000	$ 14,196,000
Deferred compensation liability	11,708,000	9,969,000
Foreign R and D carryforward and credit	3,277,000	2,788,000
Bonus accrual	2,373,000	1,568,000
Stock option compensation	1,947,000	1,068,000
Capital lease obligation	1,354,000	0
Allowance for doubtful accounts receivable	973,000	896,000
Vacation accrual	877,000	769,000
Warranty reserve	793,000	541,000
Net operating loss carryforward of acquired business	661,000	1,395,000
Customer rebates accrual	616,000	558,000
Other	2,325,000	1,323,000
Total deferred tax assets	42,485,000	35,071,000
Deferred tax liabilities:
Intangible asset amortization	68,601,000	55,750,000
Accelerated depreciation	4,942,000	3,044,000
Software development costs	2,127,000	1,905,000
Other	1,054,000	773,000
Total deferred tax liabilities	76,724,000	61,472,000
Net deferred tax liability	$ (34,239,000)	$ (26,401,000)

XML

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Details) (USD $)	Oct. 31, 2011
2012	$ 7,329,000
2013	5,564,000
2014	3,465,000
2015	3,265,000
2016	2,534,000
Thereafter	4,447,000
Total minimum lease commitments	$ 26,604,000

XML

SELECTED FINANCIAL STATEMENT INFORMATION (Details Textuals) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Oct. 31, 2011	Oct. 31, 2010	Oct. 31, 2009
Tooling costs	$ 3,875,000	$ 4,479,000
Amortization expense on capitalized tooling	2,066,000	1,857,000	1,825,000
Expenditures for capitalized tooling costs	1,948,000	1,750,000	2,193,000
Assets under capital lease, accumulated depreciation	13,000
Depreciation and amortization expense on property, plant and equipment excluding tooling	8,640,000	8,668,000	8,365,000
Total customer rebates and credits deducted within net sales	8,696,000	8,866,000	8,315,000
Contributions to the plan charged	3,612,000	2,862,000	2,195,000
Deferred compensation plans	31,087,000	26,887,000
Employee related deferred compensation plans, specified as other long-term liabilities	30,773,000	26,506,000
Other Deferred Compensation Plan [Member]
Employee related deferred compensation plans, specified as other long-term liabilities	4,095,000	4,283,000
Leadership Compensation Plan [Member]
Deferred compensation plans	26,992,000	22,604,000
Employee related deferred compensation plans, specified as other long-term liabilities	26,678,000	22,223,000
Building and Building Improvements [Member]
Assets under capital lease	4,092,000
Land [Member]
Assets under capital lease	$ 170,000

XML

STOCK OPTIONS (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Oct. 31, 2011

Stock Options (Tables) [Abstract]

Schedule Of Share Based Compensation Stock Options Activity And Shares Available For Grants [Table Text Block]

Schedule of stock option activity

 

	Shares			Shares Under Option
	Available						Weighted Average
	For Grant			Shares			Exercise Price
Outstanding as of October 31, 2008		2,599,309			2,537,097		$	6.29
Granted		(527,344	)		527,344		$	23.33
Exercised		—			(153,406	)	$	7.86
Outstanding as of October 31, 2009		2,071,965			2,911,035		$	9.30
Granted		(265,625	)		265,625		$	32.69
Cancelled		—			(930	)	$	8.73
Exercised		—			(503,920	)	$	6.74
Outstanding as of October 31, 2010		1,806,340			2,671,810		$	12.10
Granted		(473,125	)		473,125		$	40.31
Cancelled		—			(2,652	)	$	6.18
Exercised		—			(1,291,089	)	$	7.31
Outstanding as of October 31, 2011		1,333,215			1,851,194		$	22.66

Schedule of Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Options, Vested and Expected to Vest, Outstanding [Table Text Block]

Stock options outstanding and stock options exercisable by class of common stock

	Options Outstanding
			Weighted		Weighted Average			Aggregate
	Number		Average			Remaining Contractual		Intrinsic
	Outstanding		Exercise Price		Life (Years)			Value
Common Stock		954,975	$	27.82			7.2	$	27,881,189
Class A Common Stock		896,219	$	17.15			5.3		19,856,466
		1,851,194	$	22.66			6.3	$	47,737,655

	Options Exercisable
			Weighted		Weighted Average			Aggregate
	Number		Average			Remaining Contractual		Intrinsic
	Exercisable		Exercise Price		Life (Years)			Value
Common Stock		367,475	$	14.71			4.4	$	15,547,539
Class A Common Stock		481,687	$	6.52			2.2		15,792,217
		849,162	$	10.07			3.1	$	31,339,756

Schedule of Cash Proceeds Received from Share-based Payment Awards [Table Text Block]

Stock options exercised

 

	Year ended October 31,
	2011		2010		2009
Cash proceeds from stock option exercises	$	2,167,000	$	1,815,000	$	1,207,000
Tax benefit realized from stock option exercises		7,703,000		951,000		1,890,000
Intrinsic value of stock option exercises		48,952,000		10,379,000		1,586,000

 

Schedule of Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Options, Grants in Period, Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value [Table Text Block]

The weighted-average fair values of stock options granted are as follows:

 

	Year ended October 31,
	2011		2010		2009
Common Stock	$	22.93	$	17.85	$	13.43
Class A Common Stock	$	14.45	$	8.90	$	8.61

Schedule of Share-based Payment Award, Stock Options, Valuation Assumptions [Table Text Block]

Fair value of stock option grant estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model based on weighted average assumptions

  

	2011						2010						2009
				Class A						Class A						Class A
	Common			Common			Common			Common			Common			Common
	Stock			Stock			Stock			Stock			Stock			Stock
Expected stock price volatility		41.17	%		38.92	%		42.01	%		39.57	%		44.13	%		39.44	%
Risk-free interest rate		1.64	%		2.74	%		2.45	%		3.02	%		3.22	%		2.80	%
Dividend yield		.26	%		.33	%		.27	%		.33	%		.25	%		.33	%
Forfeiture rate		.00	%		.00	%		.00	%		.00	%		.00	%		.00	%
Expected option life (years)		9			7			9			7			9			6

XML

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Details 1) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Oct. 31, 2011	Oct. 31, 2010
Balances as of beginning of year	$ 1,636,000	$ 1,022,000
Accruals for warranties	1,693,000	1,613,000
Warranty claims settled	(1,098,000)	(1,079,000)
Acquired warranty liabilities	0	80,000
Balances as of end of year	$ 2,231,000	$ 1,636,000

XML

NET INCOME PER SHARE ATTRIBUTABLE TO HEICO SHAREHOLDERS (Details) (USD $)	3 Months Ended								12 Months Ended
	Oct. 31, 2011	Jul. 31, 2011	Apr. 30, 2011	Jan. 31, 2011	Oct. 31, 2010	Jul. 31, 2010	Apr. 30, 2010	Jan. 31, 2010	Oct. 31, 2011	Oct. 31, 2010	Oct. 31, 2009
Numerator:
Net income attributable to HEICO	$ 18,514,000	$ 20,402,000	$ 16,830,000	$ 17,074,000	$ 15,642,000	$ 14,930,000	$ 12,573,000	$ 11,793,000	$ 72,820,000	$ 54,938,000	$ 44,626,000
Less: redemption amount of redeemable noncontrolling interests in excess of fair value (see Note 12)									19,000	102,000	0
Net income attributable to HEICO, as adjusted									$ 72,839,000	$ 54,836,000	$ 44,626,000
Denominator:
Weighted average common shares outstanding - basic (in shares)									41,632,074	41,040,635	40,944,999
Effect of dilutive stock options (in shares)									869,178	1,172,903	1,280,050
Weighted average common shares outstanding - diluted (in shares)									42,501,252	42,213,538	42,225,049
Net income per share attributable to HEICO shareholders (Note 13):
Basic (in dollars per share)	$ 0.44	$ 0.49	$ 0.40	$ 0.41	$ 0.38	$ 0.36	$ 0.31	$ 0.29	$ 1.75	$ 1.34	$ 1.09
Diluted (in dollars per share)	$ 0.44	$ 0.48	$ 0.40	$ 0.40	$ 0.37	$ 0.35	$ 0.30	$ 0.28	$ 1.71	$ 1.30	$ 1.06
Anti-dilutive stock options excluded (in shares)									384,844	519,531	134,830

XML

INCOME TAXES (Details 4) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Oct. 31, 2011	Oct. 31, 2010
Balances as of beginning of year	$ 2,306,000	$ 3,328,000
Increases related to prior year tax positions	50,000	46,000
Decreases related to prior year tax positions	(482,000)	(1,229,000)
Increases related to current year tax positions	393,000	551,000
Settlements	(56,000)	(31,000)
Lapse of statutes of limitations	(377,000)	(359,000)
Balances as of end of year	$ 1,834,000	$ 2,306,000

XML

OPERATING SEGMENTS (Details) (USD $)	3 Months Ended								12 Months Ended
	Oct. 31, 2011	Jul. 31, 2011	Apr. 30, 2011	Jan. 31, 2011	Oct. 31, 2010	Jul. 31, 2010	Apr. 30, 2010	Jan. 31, 2010	Oct. 31, 2011	Oct. 31, 2010	Oct. 31, 2009
Segment Reporting, Reconciling Item For Operating Profit (Loss) and Capital Expenditure From Segment To Consolidated [Line Items]
Net sales	$ 208,919,000	$ 197,267,000	$ 184,486,000	$ 174,219,000	$ 169,370,000	$ 158,270,000	$ 153,845,000	$ 135,535,000	$ 764,891,000	$ 617,020,000	$ 538,296,000
Depreciation and amortization									18,543,000	17,597,000	14,967,000
Operating income									138,431,000	109,173,000	88,255,000
Capital expenditures									9,446,000	8,877,000	10,253,000
Total assets	941,069,000				781,643,000				941,069,000	781,643,000	732,910,000
Flight Support Group [Member]
Segment Reporting, Reconciling Item For Operating Profit (Loss) and Capital Expenditure From Segment To Consolidated [Line Items]
Net sales									539,563,000	412,337,000	395,423,000
Depreciation and amortization									10,661,000	9,899,000	9,801,000
Operating income									95,001,000	67,896,000	60,003,000
Capital expenditures									6,866,000	7,343,000	8,518,000
Total assets	458,624,000				410,666,000				458,624,000	410,666,000	414,030,000
Electronic Technologies Group [Member]
Segment Reporting, Reconciling Item For Operating Profit (Loss) and Capital Expenditure From Segment To Consolidated [Line Items]
Net sales									227,771,000	205,648,000	143,372,000
Depreciation and amortization									7,502,000	7,308,000	4,728,000
Operating income									59,465,000	56,126,000	39,981,000
Capital expenditures									2,543,000	1,502,000	1,670,000
Total assets	429,869,000				328,577,000				429,869,000	328,577,000	285,602,000
Other Primarily Corporate and Inter Segment [Member]
Segment Reporting, Reconciling Item For Operating Profit (Loss) and Capital Expenditure From Segment To Consolidated [Line Items]
Net sales									(2,443,000)	(965,000)	(499,000)
Depreciation and amortization									380,000	390,000	438,000
Operating income									(16,035,000)	(14,849,000)	(11,729,000)
Capital expenditures									37,000	32,000	65,000
Total assets	$ 52,576,000				$ 42,400,000				$ 52,576,000	$ 42,400,000	$ 33,278,000

XML

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION (Details Textuals) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Oct. 31, 2011	Oct. 31, 2010	Oct. 31, 2009
Cash paid for interest	$ 125,000	$ 532,000	$ 617,000
Cash paid for income taxes	33,928,000	37,300,000	30,209,000
Cash received from income tax refunds	$ 845,000	$ 3,031,000	$ 5,398,000

XML

OPERATING SEGMENTS (Details 1) (USD $)	3 Months Ended								12 Months Ended
	Oct. 31, 2011	Jul. 31, 2011	Apr. 30, 2011	Jan. 31, 2011	Oct. 31, 2010	Jul. 31, 2010	Apr. 30, 2010	Jan. 31, 2010	Oct. 31, 2011	Oct. 31, 2010	Oct. 31, 2009
Net sales	$ 208,919,000	$ 197,267,000	$ 184,486,000	$ 174,219,000	$ 169,370,000	$ 158,270,000	$ 153,845,000	$ 135,535,000	$ 764,891,000	$ 617,020,000	$ 538,296,000
United States of America [Member]
Net sales									507,237,000	423,916,000	367,736,000
Other Countries [Member]
Net sales									$ 257,654,000	$ 193,104,000	$ 170,560,000

XML

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT EXPENSES (Details Textuals) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Oct. 31, 2011	Oct. 31, 2010	Oct. 31, 2009
New product research and development expenses	$ 25,400,000	$ 22,700,000	$ 19,700,000

XML

SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

12 Months Ended

Oct. 31, 2011

Subsequent Events [Abstract]

Subsequent Events [Text Block]

18. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

On November 22, 2011, the Company, through HEICO Electronic, acquired Switchcraft, Inc. (“Switchcraft”) through the purchase of all of the stock of Switchcraft’s parent company, Switchcraft Holdco, Inc. for approximately $143 million.  The purchase price of this acquisition was paid in cash, principally using proceeds from the Company’s revolving credit facility.  Switchcraft is a leading designer and manufacturer of high performance, high reliability and harsh environment electronic connectors and other interconnect products.  The Company is still in the process of allocating the purchase price of Switchcraft to the tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed given the limited time since the acquisition date and expects to provide such information in its quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the three months ending January 31, 2012.

On December 14, 2011, the Company entered into a $670 million Revolving Credit Agreement (“New Credit Facility”) with a bank syndicate, which matures in December 2016.  Under certain circumstances, the maturity of the New Credit Facility may be extended for two one-year periods.  The New Credit Facility also includes a feature that will allow the Company to increase the New Credit Facility by $130 million, at its option, to become an $800 million facility through increased commitments from existing lenders or the addition of new lenders.  The New Credit Facility may be used for working capital and general corporate needs of the Company, including capital expenditures and to finance acquisitions.  The New Credit Facility replaced the $300 million Second Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement (as discussed in Note 5, Long-Term Debt).

Advances under the New Credit Facility accrue interest at the Company’s choice of the “Base Rate” or the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) plus applicable margins (based on the Company’s ratio of total funded debt to earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, noncontrolling interests and non-cash charges, or “leverage ratio”).  The Base Rate is the highest of (i) the Prime Rate; (ii) the Federal Funds rate plus .50% per annum; and (iii) the Adjusted LIBO Rate determined on a daily basis for an Interest Period of one month plus 1.00% per annum, as such capitalized terms are defined in the New Credit Facility.  The applicable margins for LIBOR-based borrowings range from .75% to 2.25%.  The applicable margins for Base Rate borrowings range from 0% to 1.25%.  A fee is charged on the amount of the unused commitment ranging from .125% to .35% (depending on the Company’s leverage ratio).  The New Credit Facility also includes a $50 million sublimit for borrowings made in foreign currencies, letters of credit and swingline borrowings.  Outstanding principal, accrued and unpaid interest and other amounts payable under the New Credit Facility may be accelerated upon an event of default, as such events are described in the New Credit Facility.  The New Credit Facility is unsecured and contains covenants that require, among other things, the maintenance of a total leverage ratio, a senior leverage ratio and a fixed charge coverage ratio.  In the event the Company’s leverage ratio exceeds a specified level, the New Credit Facility would become secured by the capital stock owned in substantially all of the Company’s subsidiaries.

XML

LONG-TERM DEBT (Details) (USD $)	Oct. 31, 2011	Oct. 31, 2010
Borrowings under revolving credit facility	$ 36,000,000	$ 14,000,000
Capital leases and notes payable	4,158,000	221,000
Total debt and capital leases	40,158,000	14,221,000
Less: Current maturities of long-term debt	(335,000)	(148,000)
Long-term debt, net of current maturities	$ 39,823,000	$ 14,073,000

XML

SELECTED FINANCIAL STATEMENT INFORMATION (Details 1) (USD $)	Oct. 31, 2011	Oct. 31, 2010
Costs incurred on uncompleted contracts	$ 4,443,000	$ 6,323,000
Estimated earnings	4,206,000	7,603,000
Total cost incurred and estimated earnings on uncompleted percentage-of completed contracts	8,649,000	13,926,000
Less: Billings to date	(4,876,000)	(8,967,000)
Cost and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts, net	3,773,000	4,959,000
Included in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets under the following captions:
Accounts receivable, net (costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings)	3,773,000	5,135,000
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities (billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings)	0	(176,000)
Cost and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts, net	$ 3,773,000	$ 4,959,000

XML

QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED) (Details Textuals) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Oct. 31, 2011	Oct. 31, 2010
Income tax credit for qualified research and development activities	$ 800,000
Income tax credit for qualified research and development activities per basic and diluted share (in dollars per share)	$ 0.02
Income tax credit from tax related item	2,000,000
Income tax credit from tax related item per basic and diluted share	$ 0.05
Impact of impairment losses on intangible assets in net income attributable to parent, Amount	$ 2,394,000	$ 713,000
Impact of impairment losses on intangible assets in net income attributable to parent, per basic and diluted share (in dollars per share)	$ 0.06	$ 0.02

XML

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Oct. 31, 2011

Commitments and Contingencies (Tables) [Abstract]

Schedule of Future Minimum Rental Payments for Operating Leases [Table Text Block]

Schedule of future minimum payments under non-cancelable operating leases

  

Year ending October 31,
2012	$	7,329,000
2013		5,564,000
2014		3,465,000
2015		3,265,000
2016		2,534,000
Thereafter		4,447,000
Total minimum lease commitments	$	26,604,000

Schedule of Product Warranty Liability [Table Text Block]

Schedule of changes in the Company’s product warranty liability

 

	Year ended October 31,
	2011			2010
Balances as of beginning of year	$	1,636,000		$	1,022,000
Accruals for warranties		1,693,000			1,613,000
Warranty claims settled		(1,098,000	)		(1,079,000	)
Acquired warranty liabilities		—			80,000
Balances as of end of year	$	2,231,000		$	1,636,000

XML

LONG-TERM DEBT (Details Textuals) (USD $)	3 Months Ended					12 Months Ended				0 Months Ended	2 Months Ended
	Jan. 31, 2012	Oct. 31, 2011	Oct. 31, 2010	Oct. 31, 2011 Letter Of Credit [Member]	Oct. 31, 2011 Swingline [Member]	Oct. 31, 2011 Base Rate [Member]	Oct. 31, 2011 Credit Facility [Member]	Oct. 31, 2011 Libor Rate [Member]	Oct. 31, 2011 Credit Facility Maximum [Member] Euros [Member]	Dec. 14, 2011 New Credit Facility [Member]	Dec. 31, 2011 New Credit Facility [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Aggregate balance of long term debt		$ 43,000
Aggregate balance of long term debt		36,053,000
Maximum amount of borrowing capacity and limit availability under the revolving credit facility		500,000,000		30,000,000	20,000,000		300,000,000		50,000,000	670,000,000
Line of credit facility, interest rate description										The Base Rate is the highest of (i) the Prime Rate; (ii) the Federal Funds rate plus .50% per annum; and (iii)the Adjusted LIBO Rate determined on a daily basis for an Interest Period of one month plus 1.0% per annum.
Line of credit facility interest rate range minimum						0.125%		0.625%
Line of credit facility interest rate range maximum						0.35%		2.25%
Borrowings under revolving credit facility		$ 36,000,000	$ 14,000,000
Weighted average interest rate		0.90%	0.90%
Line of Credit Facility, Expiration Date	In December 2011, the Company entered into a $670 million Revolving Credit Agreement with a bank syndicate, which matures in December 2016 and replaces the current Credit Facility.						2013, May				2016, December

XML

STOCK OPTIONS (Details 3) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Oct. 31, 2011	Oct. 31, 2010	Oct. 31, 2009
Common Stock [Member]
Weighted-average fair value of stock options granted per share for Common Stock (in dollars per share)	$ 22.93	$ 17.85	$ 13.43
Class A Common Stock [Member]
Weighted-average fair value of stock options granted per share for Common Stock (in dollars per share)	$ 14.45	$ 8.90	$ 8.61

XML

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (Details 2) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Oct. 31, 2011	Oct. 31, 2010
Net Carrying Amount	$ 52,921,000	$ 32,376,000
Impairment Loss	(4,987,000)	(1,438,000)
Customer Relationships [Member]
Net Carrying Amount	7,848,000	1,871,000
Impairment Loss	(4,351,000)	(1,080,000)
Customer Relationships [Member] | Fair Value, Inputs, Level 3 [Member]
Fair Value (Level 3)	3,497,000	791,000
Intellectual Property [Member]
Net Carrying Amount	2,369,000	20,000
Impairment Loss	(459,000)	(20,000)
Intellectual Property [Member] | Fair Value, Inputs, Level 3 [Member]
Fair Value (Level 3)	1,910,000	0
Trade Names [Member]
Net Carrying Amount	3,400,000	1,937,000
Impairment Loss	(177,000)	(330,000)
Trade Names [Member] | Fair Value, Inputs, Level 3 [Member]
Fair Value (Level 3)	3,223,000	1,607,000
Other Intangible Assets [Member]
Net Carrying Amount	0	8,000
Impairment Loss	0	(8,000)
Other Intangible Assets [Member] | Fair Value, Inputs, Level 3 [Member]
Fair Value (Level 3)	$ 0	$ 0

XML

GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Oct. 31, 2011	Oct. 31, 2010
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Balances	$ 385,016,000	$ 365,243,000
Goodwill acquired	48,968,000	12,920,000
Accrued additional purchase consideration	4,849,000	4,104,000
Adjustments to Goodwill	2,480,000	1,960,000
Foreign currency translation adjustments	2,089,000	789,000
Balances	443,402,000	385,016,000
Flight Support Group [Member]
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Balances	188,459,000	188,459,000
Goodwill acquired	3,898,000	0
Accrued additional purchase consideration	0	0
Adjustments to Goodwill	0	0
Foreign currency translation adjustments	0	0
Balances	192,357,000	188,459,000
Electronic Technologies Group [Member]
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Balances	196,557,000	176,784,000
Goodwill acquired	45,070,000	12,920,000
Accrued additional purchase consideration	4,849,000	4,104,000
Adjustments to Goodwill	2,480,000	1,960,000
Foreign currency translation adjustments	2,089,000	789,000
Balances	$ 251,045,000	$ 196,557,000

XML

ACQUISITIONS

12 Months Ended

Oct. 31, 2011

Business Combinations [Abstract]

Business Combination Disclosure [Text Block]

2.      ACQUISITIONS

In May 2009, the Company, through HEICO Electronic, acquired 82.5% of the stock of VPT, Inc., a U.S. company that designs and provides power conversion products principally serving the defense, space and aviation industries.  The remaining 17.5% continues to be owned by an existing VPT shareholder which is also a supplier to the acquired company.  During the first and second year following the acquisition, VPT met certain earnings objectives which obligated the Company to pay additional purchase consideration of $1.3 million in both fiscal 2011 and 2010.  In addition, subject to meeting certain earnings objectives during the third year following the acquisition, the Company may be obligated to pay additional purchase consideration of up to $10.1 million in fiscal 2012, which will be recorded as additional goodwill.

In October 2009, the Company, through HEICO Electronic, acquired the business, assets and certain liabilities of the Seacom division of privately-held Dukane Corp. and formed a new subsidiary, Dukane Seacom, Inc. (“Seacom”).  Seacom is a designer and manufacturer of underwater locator beacons used to locate aircraft cockpit voice recorders, flight data recorders, marine ship voyage recorders and various other devices which have been submerged under water.  During the first year following the acquisition, Seacom met certain earnings objectives which obligated the Company to pay additional purchase consideration of $5.3 million in fiscal 2011.  Based on the subsidiary’s earnings in the second year following the acquisition, the Company accrued $4.8 million of additional purchase consideration and increased goodwill as of October 31, 2011, which it expects to pay in fiscal 2012.

In February 2010, the Company, through HEICO Electronic, acquired substantially all of the assets and assumed certain liabilities of dB Control.  dB Control produces high-power devices used in both defense and commercial applications.

In December 2010, the Company, through HEICO Aerospace, acquired 80.1% of the assets and assumed certain liabilities of Blue Aerospace LLC.  Blue Aerospace is a supplier, distributor, and integrator of military aircraft parts and support services primarily to foreign military organizations allied with the United States.  The remaining 19.9% interest continues to be owned by certain members of Blue Aerospace’s management team.

In September 2011, the Company, through HEICO Electronic, acquired all of the outstanding capital stock of 3D Plus SA (“3D”).  3D is a leading designer and manufacturer of three-dimensional microelectronic and stacked memory products used predominately in satellites and also utilized in medical equipment.  Pursuant to the terms of the Stock Purchase Agreement (“SPA”), the purchase consideration for 3D shall reflect certain adjustments, which principally include any difference between 3D’s actual working capital as of the acquisition date and the amount estimated per the SPA.  Accordingly, the Company has accrued approximately $6.2 million of additional purchase consideration and increased goodwill as of October 31, 2011, which it expects to pay in fiscal 2012.

The purchase price of each of the above referenced acquisitions was paid principally in cash using proceeds from the Company’s revolving credit facility and is not material or significant to the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Cash investing activities related to acquisitions, including contingent purchase price payments to previous owners of businesses acquired prior to fiscal 2010, is as follows:

	Year ended October 31,
	2011			2010			2009
Fair value of assets acquired:
Liabilities assumed	$	32,263,000		$	3,952,000		$	3,881,000
Noncontrolling interests in consolidated subsidiaries		5,612,000			—			3,305,000
Less:
Goodwill		51,448,000			15,372,000			30,389,000
Identifiable intangible assets		40,187,000			15,400,000			21,562,000
Inventories		16,964,000			3,184,000			4,249,000
Accounts receivable		9,072,000			6,685,000			4,720,000
Property, plant and equipment		9,115,000			573,000			553,000
Accrued additional purchase consideration		4,104,000			1,775,000			2,212,000
Other assets		1,640,000			24,000			3,299,000
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired	$	(94,655,000	)	$	(39,061,000	)	$	(59,798,000	)

The fiscal 2011 liabilities assumed is inclusive of the aformentioned 3D additional purchase consideration.  The allocation of the purchase price of 3D to the tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed in these consolidated financial statements is preliminary until the Company obtains final information regarding their fair values.  However, the Company does not expect any adjustments to such allocation to be material to the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

The operating results of the Company’s fiscal 2011 acquisitions were included in the Company’s results of operations from the effective acquisition dates.  The amount of net sales and earnings of the 2011 acquisitions included in the Consolidated Statements of Operations is not material.  Had the fiscal 2011 acquisitions been consummated as of the beginning of fiscal 2010, net sales on a pro forma basis for fiscal 2010 would have been approximately $679 million and net sales for fiscal 2011 as well as net income from consolidated operations, net income attributable to HEICO, and basic and diluted net income per share attributable to HEICO shareholders on a pro forma basis for fiscal 2011 and 2010 would not have been materially different than the reported amounts.

XML

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (Details Textuals) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Oct. 31, 2011	Oct. 31, 2010	Oct. 31, 2009
Business Acquisition, Contingent Consideration [Line Items]
Impairment of intangible assets	$ 4,987,000	$ 1,438,000	$ 300,000
Employee related deferred compensation plans, specified as other long-term liabilities	30,773,000	26,506,000
Fair value of contingent consideration as of the acquisition date	0	1,150,000
Fair Value, Inputs, Level 3 [Member]
Business Acquisition, Contingent Consideration [Line Items]
Fair value of contingent consideration as of the acquisition date	0	1,150,000
Electronic Technologies Group [Member]
Business Acquisition, Contingent Consideration [Line Items]
Obligation to pay additional Purchase consideration for acquiring a subsidiary that meets certain earnings objectives through fiscal 2012	$ 2,000,000

XML

SELECTED FINANCIAL STATEMENT INFORMATION (Details 2) (USD $)	Oct. 31, 2011	Oct. 31, 2010
Finished products	$ 86,487,000	$ 72,263,000
Work in process	19,708,000	13,739,000
Materials, parts, assemblies and supplies	52,173,000	46,918,000
Contracts-in-process	8,291,000	5,295,000
Less: Billings to date	(1,692,000)	0
Inventories, net of valuation reserves	$ 164,967,000	$ 138,215,000

XML

GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Oct. 31, 2011

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets (Tables) [Abstract]

Schedule of Goodwill [Table Text Block]

Schedule of operating segments for the Flight Support Group (“FSG”) and the Electronic Technologies Group (“ETG”).

	Segment				Consolidated
	FSG		ETG		Totals
Balances as of October 31, 2009	$	188,459,000	$	176,784,000	$	365,243,000
Goodwill acquired		—		12,920,000		12,920,000
Accrued additional purchase consideration		—		4,104,000		4,104,000
Adjustments to goodwill		—		1,960,000		1,960,000
Foreign currency translation adjustments		—		789,000		789,000
Balances as of October 31, 2010		188,459,000		196,557,000		385,016,000
Goodwill acquired		3,898,000		45,070,000		48,968,000
Accrued additional purchase consideration		—		4,849,000		4,849,000
Adjustments to goodwill		—		2,480,000		2,480,000
Foreign currency translation adjustments		—		2,089,000		2,089,000
Balances as of October 31, 2011	$	192,357,000	$	251,045,000	$	443,402,000

Schedule Of Identifiable Intangible Assets [Table Text Block]

Intangible assets consist of:

	As of October 31, 2011							As of October 31, 2010
	Gross					Net		Gross					Net
	Carrying		Accumulated			Carrying		Carrying		Accumulated			Carrying
	Amount		Amortization			Amount		Amount		Amortization			Amount
Amortizing Assets:
Customer relationships	$	51,934,000	$	(18,085,000	)	$	33,849,000	$	37,338,000	$	(12,142,000	)	$	25,196,000
Intellectual property		18,493,000		(2,236,000	)		16,257,000		7,281,000		(1,372,000	)		5,909,000
Licenses		2,900,000		(854,000	)		2,046,000		1,000,000		(621,000	)		379,000
Non-compete agreements		1,364,000		(1,203,000	)		161,000		1,170,000		(1,019,000	)		151,000
Patents		576,000		(313,000	)		263,000		554,000		(270,000	)		284,000
Trade names		569,000		(224,000	)		345,000		569,000		(112,000	)		457,000
		75,836,000		(22,915,000	)		52,921,000		47,912,000		(15,536,000	)		32,376,000
Non-Amortizing Assets:
Trade names		25,236,000		—			25,236,000		17,111,000		—			17,111,000
	$	101,072,000	$	(22,915,000	)	$	78,157,000	$	65,023,000	$	(15,536,000	)	$	49,487,000

XML

SELECTED FINANCIAL STATEMENT INFORMATION (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Oct. 31, 2011

Selected Financial Statement Information (Tables) [Abstract]

Schedule of Accounts, Notes, Loans and Financing Receivable [Table Text Block]

Accounts Receivable

	As of October 31,
	2011			2010
Accounts receivable	$	109,081,000		$	94,283,000
Less:  Allowance for doubtful accounts		(2,667,000	)		(2,468,000	)
Accounts receivable, net	$	106,414,000		$	91,815,000

Costs And Estimated Earnings On Uncompleted Percentage Of Completion Contracts [Table Text Block]

Costs and Estimated Earnings on Uncompleted Percentage-of-Completion Contracts

	As of October 31,
	2011			2010
Costs incurred on uncompleted contracts	$	4,443,000		$	6,323,000
Estimated earnings		4,206,000			7,603,000
		8,649,000			13,926,000
Less:  Billings to date		(4,876,000	)		(8,967,000	)
	$	3,773,000		$	4,959,000
Included in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets under the following captions:
Accounts receivable, net (costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings)	$	3,773,000		$	5,135,000
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities (billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings)		—			(176,000	)
	$	3,773,000		$	4,959,000

Schedule of Inventory, Current [Table Text Block]

Inventories

	As of October 31,
	2011			2010
Finished products	$	86,487,000		$	72,263,000
Work in process		19,708,000			13,739,000
Materials, parts, assemblies and supplies		52,173,000			46,918,000
Contracts-in-process		8,291,000			5,295,000
Less: Billings to date		(1,692,000	)		—
Inventories, net of valuation reserves	$	164,967,000		$	138,215,000

Property, Plant and Equipment [Table Text Block]

Property, Plant and Equipment

	As of October 31,
	2011			2010
Land	$	3,825,000		$	3,656,000
Buildings and improvements		46,892,000			38,772,000
Machinery, equipment and tooling		94,297,000			85,095,000
Construction in progress		3,671,000			6,319,000
		148,685,000			133,842,000
Less:  Accumulated depreciation and amortization		(81,611,000	)		(74,839,000	)
Property, plant and equipment, net	$	67,074,000		$	59,003,000

Schedule Of Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities [Table Text Block]

Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities

	As of October 31,
	2011		2010
Accrued employee compensation and related payroll taxes	$	39,330,000	$	26,556,000
Accrued customer rebates and credits		9,595,000		9,230,000
Accrued additional purchase consideration		11,016,000		4,104,000
Other		16,435,000		12,211,000
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities	$	76,376,000	$	52,101,000

XML

INCOME TAXES (Details 3) (USD $)	Oct. 31, 2011	Oct. 31, 2010
Current asset	$ 22,286,000	$ 18,907,000
Long-term asset	2,374,000	0
Long-term liability	58,899,000	45,308,000
Net deferred tax liability	$ (34,239,000)	$ (26,401,000)

XML

SELECTED FINANCIAL STATEMENT INFORMATION (Details 3) (USD $)	Oct. 31, 2011	Oct. 31, 2010
Land	$ 3,825,000	$ 3,656,000
Buildings and improvements	46,892,000	38,772,000
Machinery, equipment and tooling	94,297,000	85,095,000
Construction in progress	3,671,000	6,319,000
Property, plant and equipment, gross	148,685,000	133,842,000
Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization	(81,611,000)	(74,839,000)
Property, plant and equipment, net	$ 67,074,000	$ 59,003,000

XML

LONG-TERM DEBT (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Oct. 31, 2011

Long Term Debt Tables [Abstract]

Schedule of Long-term Debt Instruments [Table Text Block]

 Long-term debt consists of the following:

	As of October 31,
	2011			2010
Borrowings under revolving credit facility	$	36,000,000		$	14,000,000
Capital leases and notes payable		4,158,000			221,000
		40,158,000			14,221,000
Less: Current maturities of long-term debt		(335,000	)		(148,000	)
	$	39,823,000		$	14,073,000

Schedule of Future Minimum Lease Payments for Capital Leases [Table Text Block]

Schedule of estimated future minimum lease payments

 

Year ending October 31,
2012	$	455,000
2013		455,000
2014		455,000
2015		455,000
2016		455,000
Thereafter		2,790,000
Total minimum lease payments		5,065,000
Less: amount representing interest		(1,003,000	)
Present value of minimum lease payments	$	4,062,000

XML

INCOME TAXES (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Oct. 31, 2011

Income Taxes (Tables) [Abstract]

Schedule of Components of Income Tax Expense (Benefit) [Table Text Block]

Components of the provision for income taxes on income before income taxes and noncontrolling interests

	Year ended October 31,
	2011		2010		2009
Current:
Federal	$	38,002,000	$	29,180,000	$	25,920,000
State		4,008,000		4,659,000		3,890,000
Foreign		861,000		1,044,000		841,000
		42,871,000		34,883,000		30,651,000
Deferred		29,000		1,817,000		(2,651,000	)
Total income tax expense	$	42,900,000	$	36,700,000	$	28,000,000

Schedule of Effective Income Tax Rate Reconciliation [Table Text Block]

Reconciliation of the federal statutory income tax rate to the Company’s effective tax rate

	Year ended October 31,
	2011			2010			2009
Federal statutory income tax rate		35.0	%		35.0	%		35.0	%
State taxes, less applicable federal income tax reduction		1.8			3.2			2.5
Net tax benefit on noncontrolling interests’ share of income		(2.5	)		(2.6	)		(2.7	)
Net tax benefit on qualified research and development activities		(2.7	)		(1.0	)		(2.9	)
Net tax benefit on qualified domestic production activities		(1.0	)		(.8	)		(.6	)
Other, net		.4			(.1	)		.6
Effective tax rate		31.0	%		33.7	%		31.9	%

Schedule of Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities [Table Text Block]

 Schedule of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities

	As of October 31,
	2011			2010
Deferred tax assets:
Inventories	$	15,581,000		$	14,196,000
Deferred compensation liability		11,708,000			9,969,000
Foreign R&D carryforward and credit		3,277,000			2,788,000
Bonus accrual		2,373,000			1,568,000
Stock option compensation		1,947,000			1,068,000
Capital lease obligation		1,354,000			—
Allowance for doubtful accounts receivable		973,000			896,000
Vacation accrual		877,000			769,000
Warranty reserve		793,000			541,000
Net operating loss carryforward of acquired business		661,000			1,395,000
Customer rebates accrual		616,000			558,000
Other		2,325,000			1,323,000
Total deferred tax assets		42,485,000			35,071,000
Deferred tax liabilities:
Intangible asset amortization		68,601,000			55,750,000
Accelerated depreciation		4,942,000			3,044,000
Software development costs		2,127,000			1,905,000
Other		1,054,000			773,000
Total deferred tax liabilities		76,724,000			61,472,000
Net deferred tax liability	$	(34,239,000	)	$	(26,401,000	)

Schedule Of Net Deferred Tax Liability [Table Text Block]

 Schedule of net deferred tax liability

 

	As of October 31,
	2011			2010
Current asset	$	22,286,000		$	18,907,000
Long-term asset		2,374,000			—
Long-term liability		58,899,000			45,308,000
Net deferred tax liability	$	(34,239,000	)	$	(26,401,000	)

Summary of Income Tax Contingencies [Table Text Block]

 Schedule of reconciliation of the activity related to the liability for gross unrecognized tax benefits

	Year ended October 31,
	2011			2010
Balances as of beginning of year	$	2,306,000		$	3,328,000
Increases related to prior year tax positions		50,000			46,000
Decreases related to prior year tax positions		(482,000	)		(1,229,000	)
Increases related to current year tax positions		393,000			551,000
Settlements		(56,000	)		(31,000	)
Lapse of statutes of limitations		(377,000	)		(359,000	)
Balances as of end of year	$	1,834,000		$	2,306,000

XML

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

12 Months Ended

Oct. 31, 2011

Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Significant Accounting Policies [Text Block]

1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Nature of Business

HEICO Corporation, through its principal subsidiaries HEICO Aerospace Holdings Corp. (“HEICO Aerospace”) and HEICO Electronic Technologies Corp. (“HEICO Electronic”) and their subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”), is principally engaged in the design, manufacture and sale of aerospace, defense and electronic related products and services throughout the United States and internationally.  The Company’s customer base is primarily the aviation, defense, space, medical, telecommunication and electronic industries.

Basis of Presentation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of HEICO Corporation and its subsidiaries, all of which are wholly-owned except for HEICO Aerospace, which is 20%-owned by Lufthansa Technik AG, the technical services subsidiary of Lufthansa German Airlines.  In addition, HEICO Aerospace consolidates four subsidiaries which are 80%, 80.1%, 80.1%, and 82.3% owned, respectively, and a joint venture formed in March 2001, which is 16% owned by American Airlines’ parent company, AMR Corporation.  Also, HEICO Electronic consolidates three subsidiaries, which are 80.1%, 82.5%, and 95.9% owned, respectively (see Note 12, Redeemable Noncontrolling Interests).  All significant intercompany balances and transactions are eliminated.

Stock Splits

In March of 2011 and 2010, the Company’s Board of Directors declared a 5-for-4 stock split on both classes of the Company’s common stock.  The stock splits were effected as of April 26, 2011 and April 27, 2010, respectively, in the form of a 25% stock dividend distributed to shareholders of record as of April 15, 2011 and April 16, 2010, respectively.  All applicable share and per share information has been adjusted retrospectively to give effect to the 5-for-4 stock splits.

Use of Estimates and Assumptions

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period.  Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

For purposes of the consolidated financial statements, the Company considers all highly liquid investments such as U.S. Treasury bills and money market funds with an original maturity of three months or less at the time of purchase to be cash equivalents.

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable consist of amounts billed and currently due from customers and unbilled costs and estimated earnings related to revenue from certain fixed price contracts recognized on the percentage-of-completion method that have been recognized for accounting purposes, but not yet billed to customers.  The valuation of accounts receivable requires that the Company set up an allowance for estimated uncollectible accounts and record a corresponding charge to bad debt expense.  The Company estimates uncollectible receivables based on such factors as its prior experience, its appraisal of a customer’s ability to pay, age of receivables outstanding and economic conditions within and outside of the aviation, defense, space, medical, telecommunication and electronic industries.

Concentrations of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of temporary cash investments and trade accounts receivable.  The Company places its temporary cash investments with high credit quality financial institutions and limits the amount of credit exposure to any one financial institution.  Concentrations of credit risk with respect to trade receivables are limited due to the large number of customers comprising the Company’s customer base and their dispersion across many different geographical regions.  The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers, but does not generally require collateral to support customer receivables.

Inventory

Inventory is stated at the lower of cost or market, with cost being determined on the first-in, first-out or the average cost basis.  Losses, if any, are recognized fully in the period when identified.

The Company periodically evaluates the carrying value of inventory, giving consideration to factors such as its physical condition, sales patterns and expected future demand in order to estimate theamount necessary to write down any slow moving, obsolete or damaged inventory.  These estimates could vary significantly from actual amounts based upon future economic conditions, customer inventory levels or competitive factors that were not foreseen or did not exist when the estimated write-downs were made.

In accordance with industry practice, all inventories are classified as a current asset including portions with long production cycles, some of which may not be realized within one year.

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment is recorded at cost.  Depreciation and amortization is generally provided on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the various assets.  The Company’s property, plant and equipment is depreciated over the following estimated useful lives:

Buildings and improvements	15 to	40 years
Leasehold improvements	2 to	20 years
Machinery and equipment	3 to	10 years
Tooling	2 to	5 years

The costs of major additions and improvements are capitalized.  Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the leasehold improvement’s useful life or the lease term.  Repairs and maintenance are expensed as incurred.  Upon disposition, the cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is reflected within earnings.

Business Combinations

The Company adopted new accounting guidance for business combinations effective prospectively for acquisitions consummated on or after November 1, 2009 (the beginning of fiscal 2010).  Under the new guidance, any contingent consideration is recognized as a liability at fair value as of the acquisition date with subsequent fair value adjustments recorded in operations.  Acquisition costs are generally expensed as incurred under the new guidance, but were previously capitalized as part of the purchase price.  Contingent consideration paid or accrued in fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009 related to acquisitions consummated prior to fiscal 2010 were based on a multiple of each applicable subsidiary’s earnings relative to target and were not contingent upon the former shareholders of the respective acquired entity remaining employed by the Company or providing future services to the Company.  Accordingly, these amounts represent an additional cost of the respective entity recorded as additional goodwill.  Information regarding additional contingent purchase consideration related to acquisitions prior to fiscal 2010 may be found in Note 2, Acquisitions, and Note 16, Commitments and Contingencies.

The Company allocates the purchase price of acquired entities to the underlying tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values, with any excess recorded as goodwill.  The operating results of acquired businesses are included in the Company’s results of operations beginning as of their effective acquisition dates.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

The Company tests goodwill for impairment annually as of October 31, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of goodwill may not be fully recoverable.  The test requires the Company to compare the fair value of each of its reporting units to its carrying value to determine potential impairment.  If the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the implied fair value of that reporting unit’s goodwill is to be calculated and an impairment loss is recognized in the amount by which the carrying value of the reporting unit’s goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, if any.

The Company’s intangible assets not subject to amortization consist principally of its trade names.  The Company’s intangible assets subject to amortization are amortized on the straight-line method (except for certain customer relationships amortized on an accelerated method) over the following estimated useful lives:

Customer relationships	5 to	10 years
Intellectual property	6 to	15 years
Licenses	10 to	17 years
Non-compete agreements	2 to	7 years
Patents	5 to	19 years
Trade names	5 to	10 years

Amortization expense of intellectual property, licenses and patents is recorded as a component of cost of sales, and amortization expense of customer relationships, non-compete agreements and trade names is recorded as a component of selling, general and administrative expenses in the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Operations.  The Company tests each non-amortizing intangible asset for impairment annually as of October 31, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired.  To derive the fair value of its trade names, the Company utilizes an income approach.  The Company also tests each amortizing intangible asset for impairment if events or circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired.  The test consists of determining whether the carrying value of such assets will be recovered through undiscounted expected future cash flows.  If the total of the undiscounted future cash flows is less than the carrying amount of those assets, the Company recognizes an impairment loss based on the excess of the carrying amount over the fair value of the assets.

Investments

Investments are stated at fair value based on quoted market prices.  Investments that are intended to be held for less than one year are included within prepaid expenses and other current assets in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets, while those intended to be held for longer than one year are classified within other assets.  Unrealized gains or losses associated with available-for-sale securities are reported net of tax within other comprehensive income in shareholders’ equity.  Unrealized gains or losses associated with trading securities are recorded as a component of other income in the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Operations.

Derivative Instruments

From time to time, the Company utilizes certain derivative instruments (e.g. interest rate swap agreements and foreign currency forward contracts) to hedge the variability of foreign currency exchange rates and the expected future cash flows of certain transactions.  Changes in the fair value of derivative instruments are recognized immediately in earnings, unless the derivative is designated as a hedge and qualifies for hedge accounting.  There are three hedging relationships where a derivative (hedging instrument) may qualify for hedge accounting: (1) a hedge of the change in fair value of a recognized asset or liability or firm commitment (fair value hedge), (2) a hedge of the variability in cash flows from forecasted transactions (cash flow hedge), and (3) a hedge of the variability caused by changes in foreign currency exchange rates (foreign currency hedge).

Under hedge accounting, recognition of derivative gains and losses can be matched in the same period with that of the hedged exposure and thereby minimize earnings volatility.  In order for a derivative to qualify for hedge accounting, the derivative must be formally designated as a fair value, cash flow, or a foreign currency hedge by documenting the relationship between the derivative and the hedged item.  Additionally, the hedge relationship must be expected to be highly effective at offsetting changes in either the fair value or cash flows of the hedged item at both inception and on an ongoing basis.  For a derivative instrument that qualifies for hedge accounting, the effective portion of changes in fair value of the derivative is deferred and recorded as a component of other comprehensive income until the hedged transaction occurs and is recognized in earnings.  All other portions of changes in fair value of the derivative are recognized in earnings immediately.  If the derivative does not qualify for hedge accounting, the Company considers the transaction to be an “economic hedge” and changes in the fair value of the derivative asset or liability are recognized immediately in earnings.

During fiscal 2011, the Company entered into foreign currency forward contracts to mitigate foreign exchange risk for transactions involving a currency other than its functional currency.  The impact of these forward contracts did not have a material effect on the Company’s results of operations, financial position or cash flows in fiscal 2011.  The Company did not utilize any derivative instruments in fiscal 2010 or 2009.

Customer Rebates and Credits

The Company records accrued customer rebates and credits as a component of accrued expenses and other current liabilities in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets.  These amounts generally relate to discounts negotiated with customers as part of certain sales contracts that are usually tied to sales volume thresholds.  The Company accrues customer rebates and credits as a reduction within net sales as the revenue is recognized based on the estimated level of discount rate expected to be earned by each customer over the life of the contract period (generally one year).  Accrued customer rebates and credits are monitored by management and discount levels are updated at least quarterly.

Product Warranties

Product warranty liabilities are estimated at the time of shipment and recorded as a component of accrued expenses and other current liabilities in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets.  The amount recognized is based on historical claims experience.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue from the sale of products and the rendering of services is recognized when title and risk of loss passes to the customer, which is generally at the time of shipment.  Revenue from the rendering of services represented less than 10% of consolidated net sales for all periods presented.  Revenue from certain fixed price contracts for which costs can be dependably estimated is recognized on the percentage-of-completion method, measured by the percentage of costs incurred to date to estimated total costs for each contract.  The percentage of the Company’s net sales recognized under the percentage-of-completion method was approximately 1%, 2%, and 1% in fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.  Contract costs include all direct material and labor costs and those indirect costs related to contract performance, such as indirect labor, supplies, tools, repairs and depreciation costs.  Selling, general and administrative costs are charged to expense as incurred.

Revisions in cost estimates as contracts progress have the effect of increasing or decreasing profits in the period of revision.  Provisions for estimated losses on uncompleted contracts are made in the period in which such losses are determined.  Variations in actual labor performance, changes to estimated profitability, and final contract settlements may result in revisions to cost estimates and are recognized in income in the period in which the revisions are determined.  Changes in estimates pertaining to percentage-of-completion contracts did not have a material effect on net income from consolidated operations in fiscal 2011, 2010 or 2009.

The asset, “costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings” on uncompleted percentage-of-completion contracts, included in accounts receivable, represents revenue recognized in excess of amounts billed.  The liability, “billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings,” included in accrued expenses and other current liabilities, represents billings in excess of revenue recognized on contracts accounted for under the percentage-of-completion method.  Billings are made based on the completion of certain milestones as provided for in the contracts.

For fixed price contracts in which costs cannot be dependably estimated, revenue is recognized on the completed-contract method.  A contract is considered complete when all significant costs have been incurred or the item has been accepted by the customer.  Progress billings and customer advances (“billings to date”) on fixed price contracts accounted for under the completed contract method are classified as a reduction to contracts in process (a component of inventories), if any, and any excess is included in accrued expenses and other current liabilities.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company records compensation expense associated with stock options in its Consolidated Statements of Operations based on the grant date fair value of those awards.  The fair value of each stock option on the date of grant is estimated using the Black-Scholes pricing model based on certain valuation assumptions.  Expected volatilities are based on the Company’s historical stock prices over the contractual terms of the options and other factors.  The risk-free interest rates used are based on the published U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of the grant for instruments with a similar life.  The dividend yield reflects the Company’s expected dividend yield at the date of grant.  The expected life represents the period that the stock options are expected to be outstanding, taking into consideration the contractual terms of the options and employee historical exercise behavior.  The Company generally recognizes stock option compensation expense ratably over the award’s vesting period.

The Company calculates the amount of excess tax benefit that is available to offset future write-offs of deferred tax assets, or additional paid-in-capital pool (“APIC Pool”) by tracking each stock option award granted after November 1, 1996 on an employee-by-employee basis and on a grant-by-grant basis to determine whether there is a tax benefit situation or tax deficiency situation for each such award.  The Company then compares the fair value expense to the tax deduction received for each stock option grant and aggregates the benefits and deficiencies, which have the effect of increasing or decreasing, respectively, the APIC Pool.  Should the amount of future tax deficiencies be greater than the available APIC Pool, the Company will record the excess as income tax expense in its Consolidated Statements of Operations.  The excess tax benefit resulting from tax deductions in excess of the cumulative compensation expense recognized for stock options exercised is presented as a financing activity in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.  All other tax benefits related to stock options have been presented as a component of operating activities.

Income Taxes

Income tax expense includes United States and foreign income taxes, plus the provision for United States taxes on undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries not deemed to be permanently invested.  Deferred income taxes are provided on elements of income that are recognized for financial accounting purposes in periods different from periods recognized for income tax purposes.

The Company accounts for uncertainty in income taxes and evaluates tax positions utilizing a two-step process.  The first step is to determine whether it is more-likely-than-not that a tax position will be sustained upon examination based on the technical merits of the position.  The second step is to measure the benefit to be recorded from tax positions that meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold by determining the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement and recognizing that amount in the financial statements.  The Company’s policy is to recognize interest and penalties related to income tax matters as a component of income tax expense.  Further information regarding income taxes can be found in Note 6, Income Taxes.

Redeemable Noncontrolling Interests

As further detailed in Note 12, Redeemable Noncontrolling Interests, the holders of equity interests in certain of the Company’s subsidiaries have rights (“Put Rights”) that require the Company to provide cash consideration for their equity interests (the “Redemption Amount”) at fair value or at a formula that management intended to reasonably approximate fair value based solely on a multiple of future earnings over a measurement period.  The Put Rights are embedded in the shares owned by the noncontrolling interest holders and are not freestanding.  The Company tracks the carrying cost of such redeemable noncontrolling interests at historical cost plus an allocation of subsidiary earnings based on ownership interest, less dividends paid to the noncontrolling interest holders.  Redeemable noncontrolling interests are recorded outside of permanent equity at the higher of their carrying cost or management’s estimate of the Redemption Amount.  The initial adjustment to record redeemable noncontrolling interests at the Redemption Amount results in a corresponding decrease to retained earnings.  Subsequent adjustments to the Redemption Amount of redeemable noncontrolling interests may result in corresponding decreases or increases to retained earnings, provided any increases to retained earnings may only be recorded to the extent of decreases previously recorded.  Adjustments to Redemption Amounts based on fair value will have no effect on net income per share attributable to HEICO shareholders whereas the portion of periodic adjustments to the carrying amount of redeemable noncontrolling interests based solely on a multiple of future earnings that reflect a redemption amount in excess of fair value will effect net income per share attributable to HEICO shareholders.  Acquisitions of redeemable noncontrolling interests are treated as equity transactions.

Net Income per Share Attributable to HEICO Shareholders

Basic net income per share attributable to HEICO shareholders is computed by dividing net income attributable to HEICO by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period.  Diluted net income per share attributable to HEICO shareholders is computed by dividing net income attributable to HEICO by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period plus potentially dilutive common shares arising from the assumedexercise of stock options, if dilutive.  The dilutive impact of potentially dilutive common shares is determined by applying the treasury stock method.

As further detailed in “Redeemable Noncontrolling Interests” above, the portion of periodic adjustments to the carrying amount of redeemable noncontrolling interests based solely on a multiple of future earnings that reflect a redemption amount in excess of fair value effect net income attributable to HEICO for purposes of determining net income per share attributable to HEICO shareholders (see Note 13, Net Income per Share Attributable to HEICO Shareholders).

Foreign Currency Translation

All assets and liabilities of foreign subsidiaries that do not utilize the United States dollar as its functional currency are translated at period-end exchange rates, while revenue and expenses are translated using average exchange rates for the period.  Unrealized translation gains or losses are reported as foreign currency translation adjustments through other comprehensive income in shareholders’ equity.

Contingencies

Losses for contingencies such as product warranties, litigation and environmental matters are recognized in income when they are probable and can be reasonably estimated.  Gain contingencies are not recognized in income until they have been realized.

New Accounting Pronouncements

In January 2010, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2010-06, “Improving Disclosures About Fair Value Measurements,” which requires additional disclosures regarding transfers in and out of Level 1 and Level 2 fair value measurements and more detailed information of activity in Level 3 fair value measurements.  The Company adopted ASU 2010-06 as of the beginning of the second quarter of fiscal 2010, except the additional Level 3 disclosures, which are effective in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2010, or in fiscal 2012 for HEICO.  The Company will make the additional Level 3 disclosures, if applicable, as of the date of adoption.

In December 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-29, “Disclosure of Supplementary Pro Forma Information for Business Combinations.”  Under ASU 2010-29, supplemental pro forma information disclosures pertaining to acquisitions should be presented as if the business combination(s) occurred as of the beginning of the prior annual period when comparative financial statements are presented.  ASU 2010-29 is effective for business combinations consummated in fiscal periods beginning after December 15, 2010.  Early adoption is permitted and the Company adopted the new guidance on a prospective basis as of December 2010.

In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-05, “Presentation of Comprehensive Income,” which requires the presentation of total comprehensive income, the components of net income and the components of other comprehensive income in either a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate, but consecutive statements.  ASU 2011-05 eliminates the option to present other comprehensive income and its components in the statement of shareholders’ equity and requires reclassification adjustments for items that were reclassified from other comprehensive income and net income to be presented on the face of the financial statements.  ASU 2011-05 must be applied retroactively and is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2011, or in the second quarter of fiscal 2012 for HEICO.  The Company is currently evaluating which presentation option it will elect, but the adoption of these provisions will have no effect on its results of operations, financial position or cash flows.

In September 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-08, “Testing Goodwill for Impairment,” which is intended to reduce complexity and costs by permitting an entity the option to perform a qualitative evaluation about the likelihood of goodwill impairment in order to determine whether it should calculate the fair value of a reporting unit.  The update also improves previous guidance by expanding upon the examples of events and circumstances that an entity should consider between annual impairment tests in determining whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount.  ASU 2011-08 is effective for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011, or in fiscal 2013 for HEICO’s annual impairment test.  The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations, financial position or cash flows.

XML

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Oct. 31, 2011

Fair Value Measurements (Tables) [Abstract]

Schedule of Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis [Table Text Block]

Schedule of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis

 

	As of October 31, 2011
	Quoted Prices		Significant		Significant
	in Active Markets		Other Observable		Unobservable
	for Identical Assets		Inputs		Inputs
	(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)		Total
Assets:
Deferred compensation plans:
Corporate owned life insurance	$	—	$	26,989,000	$	—	$	26,989,000
Equity securities		1,150,000		—		—		1,150,000
Money market funds and cash		920,000		—		—		920,000
Mutual funds		1,004,000		—		—		1,004,000
Other		—		451,000		573,000		1,024,000
Total assets	$	3,074,000	$	27,440,000	$	573,000	$	31,087,000
Liabilities	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—

	As of October 31, 2010
	Quoted Prices		Significant		Significant
	in Active Markets		Other Observable		Unobservable
	for Identical Assets		Inputs		Inputs
	(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)		Total
Assets:
Deferred compensation plans:
Corporate owned life insurance	$	—	$	22,908,000	$	—	$	22,908,000
Equity securities		1,267,000		—		—		1,267,000
Money market funds and cash		1,165,000		—		—		1,165,000
Mutual funds		1,002,000		—		—		1,002,000
Other		—		545,000		—		545,000
Total assets	$	3,434,000	$	23,453,000	$	—	$	26,887,000
Liabilities:
Contingent consideration	$	—	$	—	$	1,150,000	$	1,150,000

Fair Value, Assets Measured on Recurring Basis, Unobservable Input Reconciliation [Table Text Block]

Company’s assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis using unobservable inputs (Level 3)

 

	Assets		Liabilities
Balances as of October 31, 2009	$	—	$	—
Contingent consideration related to acquisition		—		1,150,000
Balances as of October 31, 2010		—		1,150,000
Reduction in value of contingent consideration		—		(1,150,000	)
Purchases		550,000		—
Total unrealized gains		23,000		—
Balances as of October 31, 2011	$	573,000	$	—

Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured On Nonrecurring Basis [Table Text Block]

 Level 3 Fair value measurement of non financial assets and liabilities on nonrecurring basis

	2011							2010
	Carrying		Impairment			Fair Value		Carrying		Impairment			Fair Value
	Amount		Loss			(Level 3)		Amount		Loss			(Level 3)
Assets:
Customer relationships	$	7,848,000	$	(4,351,000	)	$	3,497,000	$	1,871,000	$	(1,080,000	)	$	791,000
Intellectual property		2,369,000		(459,000	)		1,910,000		20,000		(20,000	)		—
Trade names		3,400,000		(177,000	)		3,223,000		1,937,000		(330,000	)		1,607,000
Other intangible assets		—		—			—		8,000		(8,000	)		—
Impairment of intangible assets			$	(4,987,000	)					$	(1,438,000	)

XML

ACQUISITIONS (Details Textuals) (USD $)	12 Months Ended				1 Months Ended	3 Months Ended					1 Months Ended	12 Months Ended	1 Months Ended				1 Months Ended
	Oct. 31, 2011	Oct. 31, 2010	Apr. 30, 2011	Oct. 31, 2009	May 31, 2009 Vpt [Member]	Jul. 31, 2011 Vpt [Member]	Jul. 31, 2010 Vpt [Member]	Oct. 31, 2012 Vpt [Member]	Oct. 31, 2011 Vpt [Member]	Oct. 31, 2009 Vpt [Member]	Oct. 31, 2009 Dukan Seacom [Member]	Oct. 31, 2011 Dukan Seacom [Member]	Feb. 28, 2010 Db Control [Member]	Dec. 31, 2010 Blue Aerospace [Member]	Oct. 31, 2011 Blue Aerospace [Member]	Oct. 31, 2010 Blue Aerospace [Member]	Sep. 30, 2011 Three D Plus [Member]	Oct. 31, 2011 Three D Plus [Member]
Restructuring Cost and Reserve [Line Items]
Acquisition of interest in the subsidiary	80.10%	80.10%	95.90%	82.50%						82.50%						80.10%
Name of the entity in which interest is owned					VPT, Inc						Dukane Seacom, Inc.		dB Control	Blue Aerospace LLC.			3D Plus
Date on which the acquirer obtains control of the acquiree					31-May-09						31-Oct-09		28-Feb-10	31-Dec-10			30-Sep-11
Description of the acquired entity					VPT Inc is a U.S. company that designs and provides power conversion products principally serving the defense, space and aviation industries.						Seacom is a designer and manufacturer of underwater locator beacons used to locate aircraft cockpit voice recorders, flight data recorders, marine ship voyage recorders and various other devices which have been submerged under water.		"dB Control produces high-power devices used in both defense and commercial applications. "	Blue Aerospace is a supplier, distributor, and integrator of military aircraft parts and support services primarily to foreign military organizations allied with the United States.			3D is a leading designer and manufacturer of three-dimensional microelectronic and stacked memory products used predominately in satellites and also utilized in medical equipment.
Adjustments to Goodwill	$ (2,480,000)	$ (1,960,000)				$ 1,300,000	$ 1,300,000					$ 5,300,000
Accrued additional purchase consideration	11,016,000	4,104,000										4,800,000						6,200,000
Percentage of interest owned by noncontrolling shareholders									17.50%						19.90%
Estimate To Acquire Additional Purchase Consideration								$ 10,100,000

XML

INCOME TAXES (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Oct. 31, 2011	Oct. 31, 2010	Oct. 31, 2009
Current:
Federal	$ 38,002,000	$ 29,180,000	$ 25,920,000
State	4,008,000	4,659,000	3,890,000
Foreign	861,000	1,044,000	841,000
Current income tax expense	42,871,000	34,883,000	30,651,000
Deferred	29,000	1,817,000	(2,651,000)
Income tax expense	$ 42,900,000	$ 36,700,000	$ 28,000,000

XML

REDEEMABLE NONCONTROLLING INTERESTS (Details Textuals) (USD $)	3 Months Ended	12 Months Ended							48 Months Ended		60 Months Ended	78 Months Ended			1 Months Ended			36 Months Ended	48 Months Ended		1 Months Ended		3 Months Ended		1 Months Ended
	Jan. 31, 2009	Oct. 31, 2011	Oct. 31, 2010	Oct. 31, 2009	Apr. 30, 2011	Oct. 31, 2005 Electronic Technologies Group [Member]	Oct. 31, 2004 Electronic Technologies Group [Member] Subsidiary One [Member]	Oct. 31, 2009 Electronic Technologies Group [Member] Subsidiary Three [Member]	Apr. 30, 2015 Electronic Technologies Group [Member] Subsidiary Two [Member]	Oct. 31, 2012 Electronic Technologies Group [Member] Subsidiary Two [Member]	Oct. 31, 2011 Electronic Technologies Group [Member] Subsidiary Two [Member]	Apr. 30, 2011 Electronic Technologies Group [Member] Subsidiary Two [Member]	Oct. 31, 2005 Electronic Technologies Group [Member] Subsidiary Two [Member]	Oct. 31, 2011 Aerospace Holdings Corp. [Member] Subsidiary One [Member]	Feb. 28, 2011 Flight Support Group [Member] Subsidiary One [Member]	Dec. 31, 2008 Flight Support Group [Member] Subsidiary One [Member]	Apr. 30, 2008 Flight Support Group [Member] Subsidiary One [Member]	Oct. 31, 2014 Flight Support Group [Member] Subsidiary One [Member]	Oct. 31, 2011 Flight Support Group [Member] Subsidiary One [Member]	Oct. 31, 2006 Flight Support Group [Member] Subsidiary One [Member]	May 31, 2010 Flight Support Group [Member] Subsidiary Three [Member]	Nov. 30, 2008 Flight Support Group [Member] Subsidiary Three [Member]	Jan. 31, 2009 Flight Support Group [Member] Subsidiary Four [Member]	Oct. 31, 2008 Flight Support Group [Member] Subsidiary Four [Member]	Feb. 28, 2011 Flight Support Group [Member] Subsidiary Two [Member]	Nov. 30, 2006 Flight Support Group [Member] Subsidiary Two [Member]	Dec. 31, 2010 Flight Support Group [Member] Subsidiary Five [Member]
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Management's estimate of the aggregate redemption amount of all put rights		$ 65,430,000	$ 55,048,000
Estimated Redemption Amount of equity interest redeemable at fair value		34,000,000
Acquisition of interest in the subsidiary		80.10%	80.10%	82.50%	95.90%	85.00%	80.10%	82.50%					85.00%	80.00%	80.00%					51.00%	82.30%	80.10%		100.00%		80.10%	80.10%
Estimated Redemption Amount of equity interest redeemable based on a multiple of future earnings		31,000,000
Percentage of additional equity interest acquired in one of our subsidiaries	10.00%									10.50%	3.00%	10.90%			29.00%	14.00%	7.00%		28.00%		2.20%		10.00%		1.00%
Less: redemption amount of redeemable noncontrolling interests in excess of fair value (see Note 12)		19,000	102,000	0
Adjustments To Redemption Amount Of Redeemable Noncontrolling Interests Determined In Excess Of Fair Value		13,000
Excess Of Redemption Amount Of Redeemable Noncontrolling Interests Paid		70,000
Payments For Repurchase Of Redeemable Noncontrolling Interest		$ (7,241,000)	$ (795,000)	$ (11,268,000)
Percentage To Be Acquired As Additional Equity Interest In Subsidiary									1.50%									20.00%

XML

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (USD $)	Oct. 31, 2011	Oct. 31, 2010
ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents	$ 17,500,000	$ 6,543,000
Accounts receivable, net	106,414,000	91,815,000
Inventories, net	164,967,000	138,215,000
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	5,471,000	3,769,000
Deferred income taxes	22,286,000	18,907,000
Total current assets	316,638,000	259,249,000
Property, plant and equipment, net	67,074,000	59,003,000
Goodwill	443,402,000	385,016,000
Intangible assets, net	78,157,000	49,487,000
Deferred income taxes	2,374,000	0
Other assets	33,424,000	28,888,000
Total assets	941,069,000	781,643,000
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
Current maturities of long-term debt	335,000	148,000
Trade accounts payable	43,547,000	28,604,000
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities	76,376,000	52,101,000
Income taxes payable	3,132,000	979,000
Total current liabilities	123,390,000	81,832,000
Long-term debt, net of current maturities	39,823,000	14,073,000
Deferred income taxes	58,899,000	45,308,000
Other long-term liabilities	33,373,000	30,556,000
Total liabilities	255,485,000	171,769,000
Commitments and contingencies (Notes 2 and 16)
Redeemable noncontrolling interests (Note 12)	65,430,000	55,048,000
Shareholders' equity:
Preferred Stock, $.01 par value per share; 10,000,000 shares authorized; 300,000 shares designated as Series B Junior Participating Preferred Stock and 300,000 shares designated as Series C Junior Participating Preferred Stock; none issued	0	0
Common Stock	171,000	131,000
Capital in excess of par value	226,120,000	227,993,000
Deferred compensation obligation	522,000	0
HEICO stock held by irrevocable trust	(522,000)	0
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)	3,033,000	(124,000)
Retained earnings	299,497,000	240,913,000
Total HEICO shareholders' equity	529,071,000	469,112,000
Noncontrolling interests	91,083,000	85,714,000
Total shareholders' equity	620,154,000	554,826,000
Total liabilities and equity	941,069,000	781,643,000
Class A Common Stock [Member]
Shareholders' equity:
Common Stock	250,000	199,000
Total shareholders' equity	$ 250,000	$ 199,000

XML

SELECTED FINANCIAL STATEMENT INFORMATION (Details 4) (USD $)	Oct. 31, 2011	Oct. 31, 2010
Accrued employee compensation and related payroll taxes	$ 39,330,000	$ 26,556,000
Accrued customer rebates and credits	9,595,000	9,230,000
Accrued additional purchase consideration	11,016,000	4,104,000
Other	16,435,000	12,211,000
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities	$ 76,376,000	$ 52,101,000

XML

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME [PARENTHETICAL] (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Oct. 31, 2011	Oct. 31, 2010	Oct. 31, 2009
Cash dividends per share (in dollars per share)	$ 0.108	$ 0.086	$ 0.077

XML

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (Details) (USD $)	Oct. 31, 2011	Oct. 31, 2010
Assets:
Deferred compensation plans	$ 31,087,000	$ 26,887,000
Liabilities
Contingent consideration	0	1,150,000
Corporate owned life insurance [Member]
Assets:
Deferred compensation plans	26,989,000	22,908,000
Equity securities [Member]
Assets:
Deferred compensation plans	1,150,000	1,267,000
Money market funds and cash [Member]
Assets:
Deferred compensation plans	920,000	1,165,000
Mutual funds [Member]
Assets:
Deferred compensation plans	1,004,000	1,002,000
Other [Member]
Assets:
Deferred compensation plans	1,024,000	545,000
Fair Value, Inputs, Level 1 [Member]
Assets:
Deferred compensation plans	3,074,000	3,434,000
Liabilities
Contingent consideration	0	0
Fair Value, Inputs, Level 1 [Member] | Corporate owned life insurance [Member]
Assets:
Deferred compensation plans	0	0
Fair Value, Inputs, Level 1 [Member] | Equity securities [Member]
Assets:
Deferred compensation plans	1,150,000	1,267,000
Fair Value, Inputs, Level 1 [Member] | Money market funds and cash [Member]
Assets:
Deferred compensation plans	920,000	1,165,000
Fair Value, Inputs, Level 1 [Member] | Mutual funds [Member]
Assets:
Deferred compensation plans	1,004,000	1,002,000
Fair Value, Inputs, Level 1 [Member] | Other [Member]
Assets:
Deferred compensation plans	0	0
Fair Value, Inputs, Level 2 [Member]
Assets:
Deferred compensation plans	27,440,000	23,453,000
Liabilities
Contingent consideration	0	0
Fair Value, Inputs, Level 2 [Member] | Corporate owned life insurance [Member]
Assets:
Deferred compensation plans	26,989,000	22,908,000
Fair Value, Inputs, Level 2 [Member] | Equity securities [Member]
Assets:
Deferred compensation plans	0	0
Fair Value, Inputs, Level 2 [Member] | Money market funds and cash [Member]
Assets:
Deferred compensation plans	0	0
Fair Value, Inputs, Level 2 [Member] | Mutual funds [Member]
Assets:
Deferred compensation plans	0	0
Fair Value, Inputs, Level 2 [Member] | Other [Member]
Assets:
Deferred compensation plans	451,000	545,000
Fair Value, Inputs, Level 3 [Member]
Assets:
Deferred compensation plans	573,000	0
Liabilities
Contingent consideration	0	1,150,000
Fair Value, Inputs, Level 3 [Member] | Corporate owned life insurance [Member]
Assets:
Deferred compensation plans	0	0
Fair Value, Inputs, Level 3 [Member] | Equity securities [Member]
Assets:
Deferred compensation plans	0	0
Fair Value, Inputs, Level 3 [Member] | Money market funds and cash [Member]
Assets:
Deferred compensation plans	0	0
Fair Value, Inputs, Level 3 [Member] | Mutual funds [Member]
Assets:
Deferred compensation plans	0	0
Fair Value, Inputs, Level 3 [Member] | Other [Member]
Assets:
Deferred compensation plans	$ 573,000	$ 0

XML

QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED) (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Oct. 31, 2011

Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited) (Tables) [Abstract]

Schedule of Quarterly Financial Information [Table Text Block]

QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION

	First		Second		Third		Fourth
	Quarter		Quarter		Quarter		Quarter
Net sales:
2011	$	174,219,000	$	184,486,000	$	197,267,000	$	208,919,000
2010	$	135,535,000	$	153,845,000	$	158,270,000	$	169,370,000
Gross profit:
2011	$	63,926,000	$	66,371,000	$	69,825,000	$	74,319,000
2010	$	50,120,000	$	53,626,000	$	57,553,000	$	61,048,000
Net income from consolidated operations:
2011	$	22,523,000	$	22,126,000	$	26,392,000	$	24,412,000
2010	$	16,030,000	$	16,908,000	$	19,526,000	$	19,891,000
Net income attributable to HEICO:
2011	$	17,074,000	$	16,830,000	$	20,402,000	$	18,514,000
2010	$	11,793,000	$	12,573,000	$	14,930,000	$	15,642,000
Net income per share attributable to HEICO:
Basic:
2011	$	.41	$	.40	$	.49	$	.44
2010	$	.29	$	.31	$	.36	$	.38
Diluted:
2011	$	.40	$	.40	$	.48	$	.44
2010	$	.28	$	.30	$	.35	$	.37

XML

STOCK OPTIONS (Details 1) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Oct. 31, 2011	Oct. 31, 2010	Oct. 31, 2009	Oct. 31, 2008
Common stock (in shares)	1,851,194	2,671,810	2,911,035	2,537,097
Common stock (in dollars per share)	$ 22.66	$ 12.10	$ 9.30	$ 6.29
Common stock (in years)	6.3
Common stock (in dollars)	$ 47,737,655
Common stock (in shares)	849,162
Common stock (in dollars per share)	$ 10.07
Common stock (in years)	3.1
Common stock (in dollars)	31,339,756
Common Stock [Member]
Common stock (in shares)	954,975
Common stock (in dollars per share)	$ 27.82
Common stock (in years)	7.2
Common stock (in dollars)	27,881,189
Common stock (in shares)	367,475
Common stock (in dollars per share)	$ 14.71
Common stock (in years)	4.4
Common stock (in dollars)	15,547,539
Class A Common Stock [Member]
Common stock (in shares)	896,219
Common stock (in dollars per share)	$ 17.15
Common stock (in years)	5.3
Common stock (in dollars)	19,856,466
Common stock (in shares)	481,687
Common stock (in dollars per share)	$ 6.52
Common stock (in years)	2.2
Common stock (in dollars)	$ 15,792,217

XML

OPERATING SEGMENTS

12 Months Ended

Oct. 31, 2011

Segment Reporting [Abstract]

Segment Reporting Disclosure [Text Block]

15.      OPERATING SEGMENTS

The Company has two operating segments:  the Flight Support Group (“FSG”), consisting of HEICO Aerospace and its subsidiaries and the Electronic Technologies Group (“ETG”), consistingof HEICO Electronic and its subsidiaries.  The Flight Support Group designs, manufactures, repairs, overhauls and distributes jet engine and aircraft component replacement parts.  The parts and services are approved by the FAA.  The FSG also manufactures and sells specialty parts as a subcontractor for aerospace and industrial original equipment manufacturers and the United States government.  The Electronic Technologies Group designs and manufactures electronic, microwave, and electro-optical equipment and components, three-dimensional microelectronic and stacked memory products, high-speed interface products, high voltage interconnection devices, high voltage advanced power electronics products, power conversion products, underwater locator beacons and traveling wave tube amplifiers primarily for the aviation, defense, space, medical, telecommunication and electronic industries.

The Company’s reportable operating segments offer distinctive products and services that are marketed through different channels.  They are managed separately because of their unique technology and service requirements.

Segment Profit or Loss

The accounting policies of the Company’s operating segments are the same as those described in Note 1, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.  Management evaluates segment performance based on segment operating income.

Information on the Company’s two operating segments, the FSG and the ETG, for each of the last three fiscal years ended October 31 is as follows:

					Other,
					Primarily
	Segment				Corporate and			Consolidated
	FSG		ETG		Intersegment			Totals
Year ended October 31, 2011:
Net sales	$	539,563,000	$	227,771,000	$	(2,443,000	)	$	764,891,000
Depreciation and amortization		10,661,000		7,502,000		380,000			18,543,000
Operating income		95,001,000		59,465,000		(16,035,000	)		138,431,000
Capital expenditures		6,866,000		2,543,000		37,000			9,446,000
Total assets		458,624,000		429,869,000		52,576,000			941,069,000
Year ended October 31, 2010:
Net sales	$	412,337,000	$	205,648,000	$	(965,000	)	$	617,020,000
Depreciation and amortization		9,899,000		7,308,000		390,000			17,597,000
Operating income		67,896,000		56,126,000		(14,849,000	)		109,173,000
Capital expenditures		7,343,000		1,502,000		32,000			8,877,000
Total assets		410,666,000		328,577,000		42,400,000			781,643,000
Year ended October 31, 2009:
Net sales	$	395,423,000	$	143,372,000	$	(499,000	)	$	538,296,000
Depreciation and amortization		9,801,000		4,728,000		438,000			14,967,000
Operating income		60,003,000		39,981,000		(11,729,000	)		88,255,000
Capital expenditures		8,518,000		1,670,000		65,000			10,253,000
Total assets		414,030,000		285,602,000		33,278,000			732,910,000

Major Customer and Geographic Information

No one customer accounted for 10% or more of the Company’s consolidated net sales during the last three fiscal years.  The Company’s net sales originating and long-lived assets held outside of the United States during each of the last three fiscal years were not material.

The Company markets its products and services in approximately 95 countries.  The Company’s net sales to any country other than the United States of America did not exceed 10% of consolidated net sales.  Sales are attributed to countries based on the location of customers.  The composition of the Company’s net sales to customers located in the United States of America and to those in other countries for each of the last three fiscal years ended October 31 is as follows:

	Year ended October 31,
	2011		2010		2009
United States of America	$	507,237,000	$	423,916,000	$	367,736,000
Other countries		257,654,000		193,104,000		170,560,000
Total	$	764,891,000	$	617,020,000	$	538,296,000

XML

OPERATING SEGMENTS (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Oct. 31, 2011

Operating Segments (Tables) [Abstract]

Schedule of Segment Reporting Information by Segment [Table Text Block]

Segment revenues and consolidated segment reporting income and total assets

 

					Other,
					Primarily
	Segment				Corporate and			Consolidated
	FSG		ETG		Intersegment			Totals
Year ended October 31, 2011:
Net sales	$	539,563,000	$	227,771,000	$	(2,443,000	)	$	764,891,000
Depreciation and amortization		10,661,000		7,502,000		380,000			18,543,000
Operating income		95,001,000		59,465,000		(16,035,000	)		138,431,000
Capital expenditures		6,866,000		2,543,000		37,000			9,446,000
Total assets		458,624,000		429,869,000		52,576,000			941,069,000
Year ended October 31, 2010:
Net sales	$	412,337,000	$	205,648,000	$	(965,000	)	$	617,020,000
Depreciation and amortization		9,899,000		7,308,000		390,000			17,597,000
Operating income		67,896,000		56,126,000		(14,849,000	)		109,173,000
Capital expenditures		7,343,000		1,502,000		32,000			8,877,000
Total assets		410,666,000		328,577,000		42,400,000			781,643,000
Year ended October 31, 2009:
Net sales	$	395,423,000	$	143,372,000	$	(499,000	)	$	538,296,000
Depreciation and amortization		9,801,000		4,728,000		438,000			14,967,000
Operating income		60,003,000		39,981,000		(11,729,000	)		88,255,000
Capital expenditures		8,518,000		1,670,000		65,000			10,253,000
Total assets		414,030,000		285,602,000		33,278,000			732,910,000

Schedule of Revenue from External Customers Attributed to Foreign Countries by Geographic Area [Table Text Block]

Composition of  Company’s net sales to customers in United States of America and foreign countires

	Year ended October 31,
	2011		2010		2009
United States of America	$	507,237,000	$	423,916,000	$	367,736,000
Other countries		257,654,000		193,104,000		170,560,000
Total	$	764,891,000	$	617,020,000	$	538,296,000

XML

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION

12 Months Ended

Oct. 31, 2011

Supplemental Cash Flow Elements [Abstract]

Cash Flow, Supplemental Disclosures [Text Block]

17. SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION

Cash paid for interest was $125,000, $532,000 and $617,000 in fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.  Cash paid for income taxes was $33,928,000, $37,300,000 and $30,209,000 in fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.  Cash received from income tax refunds in fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $845,000, $3,031,000 and $5,398,000 respectively.

XML

STOCK OPTIONS (Details 4)	12 Months Ended
	Oct. 31, 2011	Oct. 31, 2010	Oct. 31, 2009
Common Stock [Member]
Expected stock price volatility	41.17%	42.01%	44.13%
Risk-free interest rate	1.64%	2.45%	3.22%
Dividend yield	0.26%	0.27%	0.25%
Forfeiture rate	0.00%	0.00%	0.00%
Expected option life (years)	9	9	9
Class A Common Stock [Member]
Expected stock price volatility	38.92%	39.57%	39.44%
Risk-free interest rate	2.74%	3.02%	2.80%
Dividend yield	0.33%	0.33%	0.33%
Forfeiture rate	0.00%	0.00%	0.00%
Expected option life (years)	7	7	6

XML

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Oct. 31, 2011	Oct. 31, 2010	Oct. 31, 2009
Operating Activities:
Net income from consolidated operations	$ 95,453,000	$ 72,355,000	$ 59,845,000
Adjustments to reconcile net income from consolidated operations to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization	18,543,000	17,597,000	14,967,000
Impairment of intangible assets	4,987,000	1,438,000	300,000
Reduction in value of contingent consideration	(1,150,000)	0	0
Deferred income tax provision (benefit)	29,000	1,817,000	(2,651,000)
Tax benefit from stock option exercises	7,703,000	951,000	1,890,000
Excess tax benefit from stock option exercises	(6,346,000)	(669,000)	(1,573,000)
Stock option compensation expense	2,647,000	1,353,000	181,000
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions:
(Increase) decrease in accounts receivable	(5,327,000)	(10,684,000)	15,214,000
(Increase) decrease in inventories	(9,405,000)	6,359,000	(87,000)
(Increase) decrease in prepaid expenses and other current assets	(343,000)	549,000	5,216,000
Increase (decrease) in trade accounts payable	7,257,000	125,000	(5,619,000)
Increase (decrease) in accrued expenses and other current liabilities	10,425,000	11,474,000	(11,296,000)
Increase (decrease) in income taxes payable	1,516,000	(1,196,000)	(936,000)
Other	(471,000)	248,000	366,000
Net cash provided by operating activities	125,518,000	101,717,000	75,817,000
Investing Activities:
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired	(94,655,000)	(39,061,000)	(59,798,000)
Capital expenditures	(9,446,000)	(8,877,000)	(10,253,000)
Other	201,000	(325,000)	20,000
Net cash used in investing activities	(103,900,000)	(48,263,000)	(70,031,000)
Financing Activities:
Payments on revolving credit facility	(50,000,000)	(78,000,000)	(73,000,000)
Borrowings on revolving credit facility	72,000,000	37,000,000	91,000,000
Distributions to noncontrolling interests	(14,893,000)	(10,360,000)	(9,591,000)
Redemptions of common stock related to stock option exercises	(14,298,000)	(681,000)	0
Acquisitions of noncontrolling interests	(7,241,000)	(795,000)	(11,268,000)
Repurchases of common stock	0	0	(8,098,000)
Cash dividends paid	(4,494,000)	(3,546,000)	(3,150,000)
Excess tax benefit from stock option exercises	6,346,000	669,000	1,573,000
Proceeds from stock option exercises	2,167,000	1,815,000	1,207,000
Other	(256,000)	(294,000)	(219,000)
Net cash used in financing activities	(10,669,000)	(54,192,000)	(11,546,000)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash	8,000	114,000	365,000
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	10,957,000	(624,000)	(5,395,000)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year	6,543,000	7,167,000	12,562,000
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year	$ 17,500,000	$ 6,543,000	$ 7,167,000

XML

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS [PARENTHETICAL] (USD $)	Oct. 31, 2011	Oct. 31, 2010
Preferred stock, par value (in dollars per share)	$ 0.01	$ 0.01
Preferred stock, shares authorized	10,000,000	10,000,000
Preferred stock, shares issued	0	0
Common stock, par value (in dollar per share)	$ 0.01	$ 0.01
Common stock, shares authorized	30,000,000	30,000,000
Common stock, shares issued	17,054,339	16,407,506
Common stock, shares outstanding	17,054,339	16,407,506
Series B Junior Participating Preferred Stock [Member]
Preferred stock, shares designated	300,000	300,000
Preferred stock, shares issued	0	0
Series C Junior Participating Preferred Stock [Member]
Preferred stock, shares designated	300,000	300,000
Preferred stock, shares issued	0	0
Class A Common Stock [Member]
Common stock, par value (in dollar per share)	$ 0.01	$ 0.01
Common stock, shares authorized	30,000,000	30,000,000
Common stock, shares issued	25,022,688	24,829,465
Common stock, shares outstanding	25,022,688	24,829,465

XML

RETIREMENT PLANS

12 Months Ended

Oct. 31, 2011

Compensation and Retirement Disclosure [Abstract]

Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits Disclosure [Text Block]

10.      RETIREMENT PLANS

                The Company has a qualified defined contribution retirement plan (the “Plan”) under which eligible employees of the Company and its participating subsidiaries may make Elective Deferral Contributions up to the limitations set forth in Section 402(g) of the Internal Revenue Code.  The Company generally makes a 25% or 50% Employer Matching Contribution, as determined by the Board of Directors, based on a participant’s Elective Deferral Contribution up to 6% of the participant’s Compensation for the Elective Deferral Contribution period.  The Employer Matching Contribution may be contributed to the Plan in the form of the Company’s common stock or cash, as determined by the Company.  The Company’s match of a portion of a participant’s contribution is invested in Company common stock and is based on the fair value of the shares as of the date of contribution.  The Plan also provides that the Company may contribute to the Plan additional amounts in its common stock or cash at the discretion of the Board of Directors.  Employee contributions cannot be invested in Company common stock.

Participants receive 100% vesting of employee contributions and cash dividends received on Company common stock.  Vesting in Company contributions is based on a participant’s number of years of vesting service.  Contributions to the Plan charged to income in fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009 totaled $24,000, $20,000 and $40,000, respectively.  Company contributions are made with the use of forfeited shares within the Plan.  As of October 31, 2011, the Plan held approximately 33,000 forfeited shares of Common Stock and 54,000 forfeited shares of Class A Common Stock, which are available to make future Company contributions.

In 1991, the Company established a Directors Retirement Plan covering its then current directors.  The net assets and expenses of this plan as of October 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 were not material to the financial position or results of operations of the Company.  The projected benefit obligation of this plan was $353,000 and $409,000 as of October 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, and is classified within other long-term liabilities in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets.

XML

DOCUMENT AND ENTITY INFORMATION (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Oct. 31, 2011	Apr. 30, 2011	Dec. 16, 2011 Common Stock [Member]	Dec. 16, 2011 Class A Common Stock [Member]
Document and Entity Information [Abstract]
Entity Registrant Name	HEICO CORP
Entity Central Index Key	0000046619
Current Fiscal Year End Date	--10-31
Entity Filer Category	Large Accelerated Filer
Trading Symbol	hei
Entity Common Stock, Shares Outstanding			17,054,339	25,034,862
Document Type	10-K
Amendment Flag	false
Document Period End Date	Oct. 31, 2011
Document Fiscal Period Focus	FY
Document Fiscal Year Focus	2011
Entity Well-Known Seasoned Issuer	Yes
Entity Voluntary Filers	No
Entity Current Reporting Status	Yes
Entity Public Float		$ 1,563,691,000

XML

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT EXPENSES

12 Months Ended

Oct. 31, 2011

Research and Development [Abstract]

Research, Development, and Computer Software Disclosure [Text Block]

11.      RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT EXPENSES

Cost of sales amounts in fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009 include approximately $25.4 million, $22.7 million and $19.7 million, respectively, of new product research and development expenses.

XML

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Details Textuals) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Oct. 31, 2011	Oct. 31, 2010	Oct. 31, 2009
Loss Contingencies [Line Items]
Business acquisition contingent consideration potential cash payment two	$ 10,100,000
Operating Leases, Rent Expense, Net	7,632,000	6,963,000	6,274,000
Standby letter of credit to meet the security requirement of its insurance company for potential workers' compensation claims	1,500,000
Contigent Purchase Consideration On Fifth Year [Member]
Loss Contingencies [Line Items]
Obligation to pay additional Purchase consideration for acquiring a subsidiary that meets certain earnings objectives through fiscal 2012	74,000,000
Contigent Purchase Consideration On Fifth Year [Member] | Canadian Dollar [Member]
Loss Contingencies [Line Items]
Obligation to pay additional Purchase consideration for acquiring a subsidiary that meets certain earnings objectives through fiscal 2012	73,000,000
Contigent Purchase Consideration On Third Year [Member]
Loss Contingencies [Line Items]
Obligation to pay additional Purchase consideration for acquiring a subsidiary that meets certain earnings objectives through fiscal 2012	$ 10,100,000

XML

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Oct. 31, 2011	Oct. 31, 2010	Oct. 31, 2009
Net sales	$ 764,891,000	$ 617,020,000	$ 538,296,000
Operating costs and expenses:
Cost of sales	490,450,000	394,673,000	357,285,000
Selling, general and administrative expenses	136,010,000	113,174,000	92,756,000
Total operating costs and expenses	626,460,000	507,847,000	450,041,000
Operating income	138,431,000	109,173,000	88,255,000
Interest expense	(142,000)	(508,000)	(615,000)
Other income	64,000	390,000	205,000
Income before income taxes and noncontrolling interests	138,353,000	109,055,000	87,845,000
Income tax expense	42,900,000	36,700,000	28,000,000
Net income from consolidated operations	95,453,000	72,355,000	59,845,000
Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests	22,633,000	17,417,000	15,219,000
Net income attributable to HEICO	$ 72,820,000	$ 54,938,000	$ 44,626,000
Net income per share attributable to HEICO shareholders (Note 13):
Basic (in dollars per share)	$ 1.75	$ 1.34	$ 1.09
Diluted (in dollars per share)	$ 1.71	$ 1.30	$ 1.06
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding:
Basic (in shares)	41,632,074	41,040,635	40,944,999
Diluted (in shares)	42,501,252	42,213,538	42,225,049

XML

LONG-TERM DEBT

12 Months Ended

Oct. 31, 2011

Debt Disclosure [Abstract]

Long-term Debt [Text Block]

5.      LONG-TERM DEBT

	As of October 31,
	2011			2010
Borrowings under revolving credit facility	$	36,000,000		$	14,000,000
Capital leases and notes payable		4,158,000			221,000
		40,158,000			14,221,000
Less: Current maturities of long-term debt		(335,000	)		(148,000	)
	$	39,823,000		$	14,073,000

As of October 31, 2011, the aggregate amount of long-term debt, excluding capital leases, will mature within the next two fiscal years with $43,000 in fiscal 2012 and $36,053,000 in fiscal 2013.

Capital Lease Obligation

In connection with the acquisition of 3D, the Company assumed a capital lease for a manufacturing facility and related property in France.  The lease contains a bargain purchase option and has a twelve-year term, which began in February 2011.  The estimated future minimum lease payments for the next five fiscal years and thereafter are as follows:

Year ending October 31,
2012	$	455,000
2013		455,000
2014		455,000
2015		455,000
2016		455,000
Thereafter		2,790,000
Total minimum lease payments		5,065,000
Less: amount representing interest		(1,003,000	)
Present value of minimum lease payments	$	4,062,000

Revolving Credit Facility

            In May 2008, the Company amended its revolving credit facility by entering into a $300 million Second Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement (“Credit Facility”) with a bank syndicate, which matures in May 2013.  Under certain circumstances, the maturity may be extended for two one-year periods.  The Credit Facility also includes a feature that will allow the Company to increase the Credit Facility, at its option, up to $500 million through increased commitments from existing lenders or the addition of new lenders.  The Credit Facility may be used for working capital and general corporate needs of the Company, including letters of credit, capital expenditures and to finance acquisitions.  Advances under the Credit Facility accrue interest at the Company’s choice of the “Base Rate” or the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) plus applicable margins (based on the Company’s ratio of total funded debt to earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, noncontrolling interests and non-cash charges, or “leverage ratio”).  The Base Rate is the higher of (i) the Prime Rate or (ii) the Federal Funds rate plus .50%.  The applicable margins for LIBOR-based borrowings range from .625% to 2.25%.  The applicable margins for Base Rate borrowings range from .125% to .35%.  The Credit Facility also includes a $50 million sublimit for borrowings made in euros, a $30 million sublimit for letters of credit and a $20 million swingline sublimit.  The Credit Facility is unsecured and contains covenants that require, among other things, the maintenance of the leverage ratio, a senior leverage ratio and a fixed charge coverage ratio.  In the event the Company’s leverage ratio exceeds a specified level, the Credit Facility would become secured by the capital stock owned in substantially all of the Company’s subsidiaries.

As of October 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company had a total of $36 million and $14 million, respectively, borrowed under its revolving credit facility at a weighted average interest rate of .9% as of each period.  The amounts were primarily borrowed to fund acquisitions (see Note 2, Acquisitions) as well as for working capital and general corporate purposes.  The revolving credit facility contains both financial and non-financial covenants.  As of October 31, 2011, the Company was in compliance with all such covenants.

In December 2011, the Company entered into a $670 million Revolving Credit Agreement with a bank syndicate, which matures in December 2016 and replaces the current Credit Facility (see Note 18, Subsequent Events, for additional information).

XML

GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

12 Months Ended

Oct. 31, 2011

Goodwill and Intangible Assets Disclosure [Abstract]

Goodwill and Intangible Assets Disclosure [Text Block]

4.      GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

The Company has two operating segments:  the Flight Support Group (“FSG”) and the Electronic Technologies Group (“ETG”).  Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill during fiscal 2011 and 2010 by operating segment are as follows:

	Segment				Consolidated
	FSG		ETG		Totals
Balances as of October 31, 2009	$	188,459,000	$	176,784,000	$	365,243,000
Goodwill acquired		—		12,920,000		12,920,000
Accrued additional purchase consideration		—		4,104,000		4,104,000
Adjustments to goodwill		—		1,960,000		1,960,000
Foreign currency translation adjustments		—		789,000		789,000
Balances as of October 31, 2010		188,459,000		196,557,000		385,016,000
Goodwill acquired		3,898,000		45,070,000		48,968,000
Accrued additional purchase consideration		—		4,849,000		4,849,000
Adjustments to goodwill		—		2,480,000		2,480,000
Foreign currency translation adjustments		—		2,089,000		2,089,000
Balances as of October 31, 2011	$	192,357,000	$	251,045,000	$	443,402,000

The goodwill acquired during fiscal 2011 and 2010 relates to the acquisitions consummated in those respective years as described in Note 2, Acquisitions.  Goodwill acquired represents the residual value after the allocation of the total consideration to the tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed.  The adjustments to goodwill during fiscal 2011 and 2010 principally represent additional purchase consideration paid relating to prior year acquisitions for which the earnings objectives were met in fiscal 2011 and 2010, respectively, and any adjustments to such purchase consideration accrued as of the end of the prior fiscal year.  The accrued additional purchase consideration recognized in fiscal 2011 and 2010 is the result of a subsidiary of the ETG meeting certain earnings objectives in those respective fiscal years.  See Note 2 and Note 16, Commitments and Contingencies, for additional information regarding additional contingent purchase consideration.  The foreign currency translation adjustment reflects unrealized translation gains on the goodwill recognized in connection with foreign subsidiaries.  Foreign currency translation adjustments are included in other comprehensive income in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Income.  The Company estimates that approximately $57 million and $19 million of the goodwill recognized in fiscal 2011 and 2010, respectively, will be deductible for income tax purposes.  Based on the annual test for goodwill impairment as of October 31, 2011, the Company determined there is no impairment of its goodwill as the fair value of each of the Company’s reporting units significantly exceeded their carrying value.

Identifiable intangible assets consist of:

	As of October 31, 2011							As of October 31, 2010
	Gross					Net		Gross					Net
	Carrying		Accumulated			Carrying		Carrying		Accumulated			Carrying
	Amount		Amortization			Amount		Amount		Amortization			Amount
Amortizing Assets:
Customer relationships	$	51,934,000	$	(18,085,000	)	$	33,849,000	$	37,338,000	$	(12,142,000	)	$	25,196,000
Intellectual property		18,493,000		(2,236,000	)		16,257,000		7,281,000		(1,372,000	)		5,909,000
Licenses		2,900,000		(854,000	)		2,046,000		1,000,000		(621,000	)		379,000
Non-compete agreements		1,364,000		(1,203,000	)		161,000		1,170,000		(1,019,000	)		151,000
Patents		576,000		(313,000	)		263,000		554,000		(270,000	)		284,000
Trade names		569,000		(224,000	)		345,000		569,000		(112,000	)		457,000
		75,836,000		(22,915,000	)		52,921,000		47,912,000		(15,536,000	)		32,376,000
Non-Amortizing Assets:
Trade names		25,236,000		—			25,236,000		17,111,000		—			17,111,000
	$	101,072,000	$	(22,915,000	)	$	78,157,000	$	65,023,000	$	(15,536,000	)	$	49,487,000

The increase in the gross carrying amount of customer relationships, intellectual property, licenses, non-compete agreements and non-amortizing trade names as of October 31, 2011 compared to October 31, 2010 principally relates to such intangible assets recognized in connection with acquisitions made during fiscal 2011 (see Note 2, Acquisitions), partially offset by any impairment related write-downs referenced below.  Included within the acquired intellectual property (“IPR&D”) is $518,000 of in process research and development.  The acquired IPR&D will not be amortized until completion of the related products as it was determined that the underlying projects had not reached technological feasibility as of the date of acquisition.

The increase in the gross carrying amount of customer relationships and intellectual property recognized in connection with the fiscal 2011 acquisitions was partially offset by a write-down to fair value of certain other such intangible assets.  During fiscal 2011, the Company recognized impairment losses of approximately $4.3 million, $.5 million and $.2 million from the write-down of certain customer relationships, intellectual property and trade names, respectively.  During fiscal 2010, the Company recognized impairment losses of approximately $1.1 million and $.3 million from the write-down of certain customer relationships and trade names, respectively.  The impairment losses recognized in both fiscal years were within the ETG and due to reductions in the future cash flows associated with such intangible assets.  The impairment losses pertaining to customer relationships and trade names were recorded as a component of selling, general and administrative expenses in the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Operations and the impairment losses pertaining to intellectual property were recorded as a component of cost of goods sold.

The weighted average amortization period of the customer relationships, intellectual property, licenses and non-compete agreements acquired during fiscal 2011 is 8 years, 10 years, 10 years and 2 years, respectively.

Amortization expense of other intangible assets was $7,561,000, $6,795,000 and $4,499,000 for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.  Amortization expense for each of the next five fiscal years and thereafter is estimated to be $9,167,000 in fiscal 2012, $8,432,000 in fiscal 2013, $7,902,000 in fiscal 2014, $6,517,000 in fiscal 2015, $5,280,000 in fiscal 2016 and $15,623,000 thereafter.

XML

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

12 Months Ended

Oct. 31, 2011

Commitments and Contingencies Disclosure [Abstract]

Commitments and Contingencies Disclosure [Text Block]

16.   COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Lease Commitments

The Company leases certain property and equipment, including manufacturing facilities and office equipment under operating leases.  Some of these leases provide the Company with the option after the initial lease term either to purchase the property at the then fair market value or renew the lease at the then fair rental value.  Generally, management expects that leases will be renewed or replaced by other leases in the normal course of business.

Future minimum payments under non-cancelable operating leases for the next five fiscal years and thereafter are estimated to be as follows:

Year ending October 31,
2012	$	7,329,000
2013		5,564,000
2014		3,465,000
2015		3,265,000
2016		2,534,000
Thereafter		4,447,000
Total minimum lease commitments	$	26,604,000

Total rent expense charged to operations for operating leases in fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009 amounted to $7,632,000, $6,963,000 and $6,274,000, respectively.

Guarantees

The Company has arranged for a standby letter of credit for $1.5 million to meet the security requirement of its insurance company for potential workers’ compensation claims, which is supported by the Company’s revolving credit facility.

Product Warranty

Changes in the Company’s product warranty liability in fiscal 2011 and 2010 are as follows:

	Year ended October 31,
	2011			2010
Balances as of beginning of year	$	1,636,000		$	1,022,000
Accruals for warranties		1,693,000			1,613,000
Warranty claims settled		(1,098,000	)		(1,079,000	)
Acquired warranty liabilities		—			80,000
Balances as of end of year	$	2,231,000		$	1,636,000

Additional Contingent Purchase Consideration

As part of the agreement to acquire a subsidiary by the ETG in fiscal 2009, the Company may be obligated to pay additional purchase consideration of up to $10.1 million in fiscal 2012 should the subsidiary meet certain earnings objectives during the third year following the acquisition.  Assuming the subsidiary performs over its respective future measurement period at the same earnings levels it performed in the comparable historical measurement period, the aggregate amount of such contingent purchase consideration that the Company would be required to pay is $10.1 million.  The actual contingent purchase consideration may be different.

The above referenced additional contingent purchase consideration will be accrued when the earnings objectives are met.  Such additional contingent purchase consideration is based on a multiple of earnings above a threshold (subject to a cap in certain cases) and is not contingent upon the former shareholders of the acquired entities remaining employed by the Company or providing future services to the Company.  Accordingly, such consideration will be recorded as an additional cost of the respective acquired entity when paid.

As part of the agreement to acquire a subsidiary by the ETG in fiscal 2007, the Company may have been obligated to pay additional purchase consideration of up to 73 million Canadian dollars in aggregate, which translates to approximately $74 million U.S. dollars based on the October 31, 2011 exchange rate, should the subsidiary have met certain earnings objectives through June 2012.  Assuming the subsidiary performs over the remaining future measurement period at the same earnings levels it performed in the comparable historical measurement period, the Company would not be required to pay any additional purchase consideration.

Litigation

The Company is involved in various legal actions arising in the normal course of business.  Based upon the Company’s and its legal counsel’s evaluations of any claims or assessments, management is of the opinion that the outcome of these matters will not have a material effect on the Company’s results of operations, financial position or cash flows.

XML

REDEEMABLE NONCONTROLLING INTERESTS

12 Months Ended

Oct. 31, 2011

Temporary Equity Redeemable Noncontrolling Interests [Abstract]

Temporary Equity Redeemable Noncontrolling Interests [Text Block]

12.      REDEEMABLE NONCONTROLLING INTERESTS

The holders of equity interests in certain of the Company’s subsidiaries have rights (“Put Rights”) that may be exercised on varying dates causing the Company to purchase their equity interests in fiscal 2012 through fiscal 2018.  The Put Rights, all of which relate either to common shares or membership interests in limited liability companies, provide that the cash consideration to be paid for their equity interests (the “Redemption Amount”) be at fair value or at a formula that management intended to reasonably approximate fair value based solely on a multiple of future earnings over a measurement period.  As of October 31, 2011, management’s estimate of the aggregate Redemption Amount of all Put Rights that the Company would be required to pay is approximately $65 million.  The actual Redemption Amount will likely be different.  The aggregate Redemption Amount of all Put Rights was determined using probability adjusted internal estimates of future earnings of the Company’s subsidiaries with Put Rights while considering the actual or earliest exercise date, the measurement period and any applicable fair value adjustments.  The portion of the estimated Redemption Amount as of October 31, 2011 redeemable at fair value is approximately $34 million and the portion redeemable based solely on a multiple of future earnings is approximately $31 million.

The portion of adjustments to the redemption amount of redeemable noncontrolling interests determined to be in excess of fair value was $102,000 in fiscal 2010, which affects the calculation of basic and diluted net income per share attributable to HEICO shareholders.  During fiscal 2011, $70,000 of the fiscal 2010 excess was paid as part of the acquisition of redeemable noncontrolling interests and the remainder was adjusted down by $19,000 such that the portion of adjustments to the redemption amount of redeemable noncontrolling interests determined to be in excess of fair value was $13,000 as of October 31, 2011.  No portion of the fiscal 2009 adjustments to the redemption amount of redeemable noncontrolling interests was determined to be in excess of fair value.  See Note 13, Net Income per Share Attributable to HEICO Shareholders.

A summary of the put and call rights associated with the redeemable noncontrolling interests in certain of the Company’s subsidiaries and transactions involving redeemable noncontrolling interests during fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009 is as follows:

As part of the agreement to acquire an 80.1% interest in a subsidiary by the ETG in fiscal 2004, the noncontrolling interest holders currently have the right to cause the Company to purchase their interests over a four-year period ending in fiscal 2015 and the Company has the right to purchase the noncontrolling interests over a five-year period beginning in fiscal 2015, or sooner under certain conditions.

Pursuant to the purchase agreement related to the acquisition of an 85% interest in a subsidiary by the ETG in fiscal 2005, certain noncontrolling interest holders exercised their option during fiscal 2007 to cause the Company to purchase their aggregate 3% interest over a four-year period that ended in fiscal 2010.  Pursuant to this same purchase agreement, certain other noncontrolling interest holders exercised their option during fiscal 2009 to cause the Company to purchase their aggregate 10.5% interest over a four-year period ending in fiscal 2012.  Accordingly, the Company increased its ownership interest in the subsidiary by an aggregate 10.9% to 95.9% effective April 2011.  Further, the remaining noncontrolling interest holders currently have the right to cause the Company to purchase their 1.5% interest over a four-year period ending in fiscal 2015.

Pursuant to the purchase agreement related to the acquisition of a 51% interest in a subsidiary by the FSG in fiscal 2006, the noncontrolling interest holders exercised their option during fiscal 2008 to cause the Company to purchase an aggregate 28% interest over a four-year period ending in fiscal 2011.  Accordingly, the Company increased its ownership interest in the subsidiary by 7% effective April 2008, by 14% effective December 2008, and by 7% effective February 2011.  Pursuant to this same purchase agreement, certain other noncontrolling interest holders exercised their option during fiscal 2011 to cause the Company to purchase their aggregate 1% interest in the subsidiary effective February 2011.  Accordingly, the Company increased its ownership interest in the subsidiary by an aggregate 29% to 80% effective February 2011.  Further, the Company has the right to purchase the remaining 20% of the equity interests of the subsidiary over a three-year period beginning in fiscal 2012, or sooner under certain conditions, and the noncontrolling interest holders have the right to cause the Company to purchase the same equity interests over the same period.

As part of the agreement to acquire an 80.1% interest in a subsidiary by the FSG in fiscal 2006, the Company has the right to purchase the noncontrolling interests over a four-year period beginning in fiscal 2014, or sooner under certain conditions, and the noncontrolling interest holders have the right to cause the Company to purchase the same equity interests over the same period.

As part of the agreement to acquire an 80.1% interest in a subsidiary by the FSG in fiscal 2008, the Company has the right to purchase the noncontrolling interests over a five-year period beginning in fiscal 2014, or sooner under certain conditions, and the noncontrolling interest holders have the right to cause the Company to purchase the same equity interests over the same period.  In May 2010, the Company, through the FSG, acquired an additional 2.2% equity interest in the subsidiary, which increased the Company’s ownership interest to 82.3%.  The additional equity interest acquired was pursuant to an amendment to the original agreement which does not affect the put/call provisions pertaining to the remaining noncontrolling interests.

During the first quarter of fiscal 2009, the Company, through HEICO Aerospace, acquired the remaining 10% equity interest in one of its subsidiaries, which increased the Company’s ownership interest to 100% effective October 31, 2008.

As part of an agreement to acquire an 82.5% interest in a subsidiary by the ETG in fiscal 2009, the Company has the right to purchase the noncontrolling interests beginning in fiscal 2014, or sooner under certain conditions, and the noncontrolling interest holder has the right to cause the Company to purchase the same equity interests over the same period.

As discussed in Note 2, Acquisitions, the Company entered into an agreement to acquire an 80.1% interest in a subsidiary by the FSG in December 2010.  As part of the agreement, the Company has the right to purchase the noncontrolling interests over a two-year period beginning in fiscal 2015, or sooner under certain conditions, and the noncontrolling interest holders have the right to cause the Company to purchase the same equity interests over the same period.

The purchase prices of the redeemable noncontrolling interests acquired in fiscal 2011 and 2010 were paid using cash provided by operating activities.  The purchase prices of the redeemable noncontrolling interests acquired in fiscal 2009 were principally paid in cash using proceeds from the Company’s revolving credit facility.  The aggregate cost of the redeemable noncontrolling interests acquired was $7.2 million, $.8 million and  $11.3 million in fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

XML

SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

12 Months Ended

Oct. 31, 2011

Stockholders Equity Note [Abstract]

Stockholders' Equity Note Disclosure [Text Block]

8.      SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Preferred Stock Purchase Rights Plan

The Company’s Board of Directors adopted, as of November 2, 2003, a Shareholder Rights Agreement (the “2003 Plan”).  Pursuant to the 2003 Plan, the Board declared a dividend of one preferred share purchase right for each outstanding share of Common Stock and Class A Common Stock (with the preferred share purchase rights collectively as the “Rights”).  The Rights trade with the common stock and are not exercisable or transferable apart from the Common Stock and Class A Common Stock until after a person or group either acquires 15% or more of the outstanding common stock or commences or announces an intention to commence a tender offer for 15% or more of the outstanding common stock.  Absent either of the aforementioned events transpiring, the Rights will expire as of the close of business on November 2, 2013.

The Rights have certain anti-takeover effects and, therefore, will cause substantial dilution to a person or group who attempts to acquire the Company on terms not approved by the Company’s Board of Directors or who acquires 15% or more of the outstanding common stock without approval of the Company’s Board of Directors.  The Rights should not interfere with any merger or other business combination approved by the Board since they may be redeemed by the Company at $.01 per Right at any time until the close of business on the tenth day after a person or group has obtained beneficial ownership of 15% or more of the outstanding common stock or until a person commences or announces an intention to commence a tender offer for 15% or more of the outstanding common stock.  The 2003 Plan also contains a provision to help ensure a potential acquirer pays all shareholders a fair price for the Company.

Common Stock and Class A Common Stock

Each share of Common Stock is entitled to one vote per share.  Each share of Class A Common Stock is entitled to a 1/10 vote per share.  Holders of the Company’s Common Stock and Class A Common Stock are entitled to receive when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, dividends and other distributions payable in cash, property, stock or otherwise.  In the event of liquidation, after payment of debts and other liabilities of the Company, and after making provision for the holders of preferred stock, if any, the remaining assets of the Company will be distributable ratably among the holders of all classes of common stock.

Stock Splits

In March of 2011 and 2010, the Company’s Board of Directors declared a 5-for-4 stock split on both classes of the Company’s common stock.  The stock splits were effected as of April 26, 2011 and April 27, 2010, respectively, in the form of a 25% stock dividend distributed to shareholders of record as of April 15, 2011 and April 16, 2010, respectively.  All applicable share and per share information has been adjusted retrospectively to give effect to the 5-for-4 stock splits.

Share Repurchases

In accordance with the Company’s share repurchase program, 302,713 shares of Class A Common Stock were repurchased at a total cost of $3.9 million and 288,281 shares of Common Stock were repurchased at a total cost of $4.2 million during the second quarter of 2009.

In March 2009, the Company’s Board of Directors approved an increase in the Company’s share repurchase program by an aggregate 1,562,500 shares of either or both Class A Common Stock and Common Stock, bringing the total authorized for future purchase to 1,601,160 shares.

During fiscal 2011, the Company repurchased an aggregate 268,842 shares of Common Stock at a total cost of approximately $13.6 million and an aggregate 22,299 shares of Class A Common Stock at a total cost of approximately $.7 million.  During fiscal 2010, the Company repurchased an aggregate 21,971 shares of Common Stock at a total cost of $.6 million and an aggregate 3,266 shares of Class A Common Stock at a total cost of $.1 million.  The transactions in fiscal 2011 and 2010 occurred as settlement for employee taxes due pertaining to exercises of non-qualified stock options and did not impact the number of shares authorized for future purchase under the Company’s share repurchase program.

XML

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (Details 1) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Oct. 31, 2011	Oct. 31, 2010	Oct. 31, 2009
Balance, Assets	$ 0	$ 0
Contingent consideration related to acquisition	0
Reduction in value of contingent consideration	0
Purchases	550,000
Total unrealized gains	23,000
Balance, Assets	573,000	0	0
Balance, Liabilities	1,150,000	0
Contingent consideration related to acquisition	1,150,000	0	0
Reduction in value of contingent consideration	(1,150,000)
Purchases	0
Total unrealized gains	0
Balance, Liabilities	$ 0	$ 1,150,000	$ 0

XML

INCOME TAXES

12 Months Ended

Oct. 31, 2011

Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]

Income Tax Disclosure [Text Block]

6.      INCOME TAXES

The components of the provision for income taxes on income before income taxes and noncontrolling interests are as follows:

	Year ended October 31,
	2011		2010		2009
Current:
Federal	$	38,002,000	$	29,180,000	$	25,920,000
State		4,008,000		4,659,000		3,890,000
Foreign		861,000		1,044,000		841,000
		42,871,000		34,883,000		30,651,000
Deferred		29,000		1,817,000		(2,651,000	)
Total income tax expense	$	42,900,000	$	36,700,000	$	28,000,000

A reconciliation of the federal statutory income tax rate to the Company’s effective tax rate is as follows:

	Year ended October 31,
	2011			2010			2009
Federal statutory income tax rate		35.0	%		35.0	%		35.0	%
State taxes, less applicable federal income tax reduction		1.8			3.2			2.5
Net tax benefit on noncontrolling interests’ share of income		(2.5	)		(2.6	)		(2.7	)
Net tax benefit on qualified research and development activities		(2.7	)		(1.0	)		(2.9	)
Net tax benefit on qualified domestic production activities		(1.0	)		(.8	)		(.6	)
Other, net		.4			(.1	)		.6
Effective tax rate		31.0	%		33.7	%		31.9	%

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes.  The Company believes that it is more likely than not that it will generate sufficient future taxable income to utilize all of its deferred tax assets and has therefore not recorded a valuation allowance on any such asset.  Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:

	As of October 31,
	2011			2010
Deferred tax assets:
Inventories	$	15,581,000		$	14,196,000
Deferred compensation liability		11,708,000			9,969,000
Foreign R&D carryforward and credit		3,277,000			2,788,000
Bonus accrual		2,373,000			1,568,000
Stock option compensation		1,947,000			1,068,000
Capital lease obligation		1,354,000			—
Allowance for doubtful accounts receivable		973,000			896,000
Vacation accrual		877,000			769,000
Warranty reserve		793,000			541,000
Net operating loss carryforward of acquired business		661,000			1,395,000
Customer rebates accrual		616,000			558,000
Other		2,325,000			1,323,000
Total deferred tax assets		42,485,000			35,071,000
Deferred tax liabilities:
Intangible asset amortization		68,601,000			55,750,000
Accelerated depreciation		4,942,000			3,044,000
Software development costs		2,127,000			1,905,000
Other		1,054,000			773,000
Total deferred tax liabilities		76,724,000			61,472,000
Net deferred tax liability	$	(34,239,000	)	$	(26,401,000	)

The net deferred tax liability is classified in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets as follows:

	As of October 31,
	2011			2010
Current asset	$	22,286,000		$	18,907,000
Long-term asset		2,374,000			—
Long-term liability		58,899,000			45,308,000
Net deferred tax liability	$	(34,239,000	)	$	(26,401,000	)

The increase in the Company’s net deferred tax liability from $26.4 million as of October 31, 2010 to $34.2 million as of October 31, 2011 is principally related to the deferred tax liabilities recognized in connection with the acquisition of 3D (see Note 2, Acquisitions).

As of October 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company’s liability for gross unrecognized tax benefits related to uncertain tax positions was $1,834,000 and $2,306,000, respectively, of which $1,491,000 and $1,927,000, respectively, would decrease the Company’s income tax expense and effective income tax rate if the tax benefits were recognized.

A reconciliation of the activity related to the liability for gross unrecognized tax benefits during the fiscal years ended October 31, 2011 and 2010 is as follows:

	Year ended October 31,
	2011			2010
Balances as of beginning of year	$	2,306,000		$	3,328,000
Increases related to prior year tax positions		50,000			46,000
Decreases related to prior year tax positions		(482,000	)		(1,229,000	)
Increases related to current year tax positions		393,000			551,000
Settlements		(56,000	)		(31,000	)
Lapse of statutes of limitations		(377,000	)		(359,000	)
Balances as of end of year	$	1,834,000		$	2,306,000

The Company’s net liability for unrecognized tax benefits was $1,784,000 as of October 31, 2011, including $217,000 of interest and $152,000 of penalties and net of $419,000 in related deferred tax assets.  During the fiscal year ended October 31, 2011, the Company accrued interest of $21,000 and penalties of $18,000 related to the unrecognized tax benefits noted above.

In December 2010, Section 41 of the Internal Revenue Code, “Credit for Increasing Research Activities,” was retroactively extended for two years to cover the period from January 1, 2010 to December 31, 2011.  As a result, the Company recognized an income tax credit for qualified research and development activities for the last ten months of fiscal 2010 in the first quarter of fiscal 2011.  The tax credit, net of expenses, increased net income attributable to HEICO by approximately $.8 million in fiscal 2011.  The Company also filed its fiscal 2010 U.S. federal and state tax returns and amended certain prior year state tax returns during the third quarter of fiscal 2011.  As a result, the Company recognized an aggregate benefit from tax related items, which increased net income attributable to HEICO by approximately $2.0 million, net of expenses, in fiscal 2011 principally from state income apportionment updates ($.9 million), higher research and development tax credits ($.9 million) and other prior year tax return to accrual adjustments ($.2 million).  The state income apportionment related benefit principally reflects a change to the applicable methodology for apportioning income to certain states in the fiscal 2010 and amended returns.  The higher research and development tax credits reflect the finalization of a study of qualifying fiscal 2010 research and development activities and reduction in the liability for gross unrecognized research and development related tax positions due to both lapses of statutes of limitations and the conclusion of a foreign research and development tax credit audit.

The $1,022,000 decrease in the liability during fiscal 2010 was principally related to the finalization of a study of qualifying research and development activities used to prepare the Company’s fiscal 2009 U.S. federal and state income tax returns and the settlement of the California Franchise Tax Board examination of the income tax credit claimed for qualified research and development activities on the Company’s state of California filings for fiscal years 2001 through 2005.  The decrease in the liability reduced the Company’s income tax expense by $932,000.

The Company files income tax returns in the United States (“U.S.”) federal jurisdiction and in multiple state jurisdictions.  The Company is also subject to income taxes in certain jurisdictions outside the U.S., none of which are individually material to the accompanying consolidated financial statements.  Generally, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal or state examinations by tax authorities for fiscal years prior to 2008.

The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits can change due to audit settlements, tax examination activities, lapse of applicable statutes of limitations and the recognition and measurement criteria under the guidance related to accounting for uncertainty in income taxes.  The Company is unable to estimate what this change could be within the next twelve months, but does not believe it would be material to its consolidated financial statements.

XML

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

12 Months Ended

Oct. 31, 2011

Fair Value Disclosures [Abstract]

Fair Value Disclosures [Text Block]

7.      FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

The following tables set forth by level within the fair value hierarchy, the Company’s assets and liabilities that were measured at fair value on a recurring basis:

	As of October 31, 2011
	Quoted Prices		Significant		Significant
	in Active Markets		Other Observable		Unobservable
	for Identical Assets		Inputs		Inputs
	(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)		Total
Assets:
Deferred compensation plans:
Corporate owned life insurance	$	—	$	26,989,000	$	—	$	26,989,000
Equity securities		1,150,000		—		—		1,150,000
Money market funds and cash		920,000		—		—		920,000
Mutual funds		1,004,000		—		—		1,004,000
Other		—		451,000		573,000		1,024,000
Total assets	$	3,074,000	$	27,440,000	$	573,000	$	31,087,000
Liabilities	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—

	As of October 31, 2010
	Quoted Prices		Significant		Significant
	in Active Markets		Other Observable		Unobservable
	for Identical Assets		Inputs		Inputs
	(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)		Total
Assets:
Deferred compensation plans:
Corporate owned life insurance	$	—	$	22,908,000	$	—	$	22,908,000
Equity securities		1,267,000		—		—		1,267,000
Money market funds and cash		1,165,000		—		—		1,165,000
Mutual funds		1,002,000		—		—		1,002,000
Other		—		545,000		—		545,000
Total assets	$	3,434,000	$	23,453,000	$	—	$	26,887,000
Liabilities:
Contingent consideration	$	—	$	—	$	1,150,000	$	1,150,000

           The Company maintains two non-qualified deferred compensation plans.  The assets of the HEICO Corporation Leadership Compensation Plan (the “LCP”) principally represent cash surrender values of life insurance policies, which derive their fair values from investments in mutual funds that are managed by an insurance company and are classified within Level 2 and are valued using a market approach.  Certain other assets of the LCP represent investments in money market funds that are classified within Level 1.  The majority of the assets of the Company’s other deferred compensation plan are principally invested in equity securities, mutual funds and money market funds that are classified within Level 1.  A portion of the assets within the other deferred compensation plan is currently invested in a fund that invests in future and forward contracts; most of which are privately negotiated with counterparties without going through a public exchange, and that use trading methods that are proprietary and confidential.  These assets are therefore classified within Level 3 and are valued using a market approach with corresponding gains and losses reported within other income in the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Operations.  The assets of both plans are held within irrevocable trusts and classified within other assets in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets.  The related liabilities of the two deferred compensation plans are included within other long-term liabilities in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets and have an aggregate value of $30,773,000 as of October 31, 2011 and $26,506,000 as of October 31, 2010.

Changes in the Company’s assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis using unobservable inputs (Level 3) for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2011 and 2010 are as follows:

	Assets		Liabilities
Balances as of October 31, 2009	$	—	$	—
Contingent consideration related to acquisition		—		1,150,000
Balances as of October 31, 2010		—		1,150,000
Reduction in value of contingent consideration		—		(1,150,000	)
Purchases		550,000		—
Total unrealized gains		23,000		—
Balances as of October 31, 2011	$	573,000	$	—

The Company did not have any transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 fair value measurements during fiscal 2011.

As part of the agreement to acquire a subsidiary by the ETG in fiscal 2010, the Company may have been obligated to pay contingent consideration of up to $2,000,000 in fiscal 2013 should the acquired entity meet certain earnings objectives during the second and third years following the acquisition.  As of the acquisition date, the Company recorded $1,150,000 as the fair value of the contingent consideration, which was determined using a discounted cash flow model and probability adjusted internal estimates of the subsidiary’s future earnings and is classified in Level 3.  Based on the Company’s estimate that this contingent consideration had a fair value of $0 as of October 31, 2011, the $1,150,000 accrued additional purchase consideration was reversed with a corresponding reduction recorded to selling general and administrative expenses within the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations.  The fair value reduction was primarily attributed to a lower forecast of the subsidiary’s future earnings relative to such projections as of the time of acquisition.

The carrying amounts of the Company’s cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, trade accounts payable and accrued expenses and other current liabilities approximate fair value as of October 31, 2011 due to the relatively short maturity of the respective instruments.  The carrying value of long-term debt approximates fair value due to its variable interest rates.

During fiscal 2011 and 2010, certain intangible assets within the ETG were measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis, resulting in the recognition of impairment losses aggregating $5.0 million and $1.4 million, respectively (see Note 4, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets).  The fair value of each asset was determined using a discounted cash flow model and internal estimates of each asset’s future cash flows.

The following table sets forth as of October 31, 2011 and 2010 the fair values of the Company’s nonfinancial assets and liabilities that were measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis, all of which are classified in Level 3, and related impairment losses recognized during fiscal 2011 and 2010:

	2011							2010
	Carrying		Impairment			Fair Value		Carrying		Impairment			Fair Value
	Amount		Loss			(Level 3)		Amount		Loss			(Level 3)
Assets:
Customer relationships	$	7,848,000	$	(4,351,000	)	$	3,497,000	$	1,871,000	$	(1,080,000	)	$	791,000
Intellectual property		2,369,000		(459,000	)		1,910,000		20,000		(20,000	)		—
Trade names		3,400,000		(177,000	)		3,223,000		1,937,000		(330,000	)		1,607,000
Other intangible assets		—		—			—		8,000		(8,000	)		—
Impairment of intangible assets			$	(4,987,000	)					$	(1,438,000	)

XML

STOCK OPTIONS

12 Months Ended

Oct. 31, 2011

Disclosure Of Compensation Related Costs, Share-Based Payments [Abstract]

Disclosure of Compensation Related Costs, Share-based Payments [Text Block]

9.      STOCK OPTIONS

The Company currently has two stock option plans, the 2002 Stock Option Plan (“2002 Plan”) and the Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan, under which stock options may be granted.  The Company’s 1993 Stock Option Plan (“1993 Plan”) terminated in March 2003 on the tenth anniversary of its effective date.  No options may be granted under the 1993 Plan after such termination date; however, options outstanding as of the termination date may be exercised pursuant to their terms.  In addition, the Company granted stock options in fiscal 2002 to a former shareholder of an acquired business pursuant to an employment agreement entered into in connection with the acquisition in fiscal 1999.  A total of 3,184,409 shares of the Company’s stock are reserved for issuance to employees, directors, officers and consultants as of October 31, 2011, including 1,851,194 shares currently under option and 1,333,215 shares available for future grants.  Options issued under the 2002 Plan may be designated as incentive stock options or non-qualified stock options.  Incentive stock options are granted with an exercise price of no less than fair market value of the Company’s common stock as of date of grant and are exercisable in percentages specified as of the date of grant over a period up to ten years.  Only employees are eligible to receive incentive stock options.  Non-qualified stock options under the 2002 Plan may be immediately exercisable.  The options granted pursuant to the 2002 Plan may be designated as Common Stock and/or Class A Common Stock in such proportions as shall be determined by the Board of Directors or the Stock Option Plan Committee at its sole discretion.  Options granted under the Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan may be granted with an exercise price of no less than the fair market value of the Company’s common stock as of the date of grant and are generally exercisable in four equal annual installments commencing one year from the date of grant.  The stock options granted to a former shareholder of an acquired business were fully vested and transferable as of the grant date and expire ten years from the date of grant.  The exercise price of such options was the fair market value as of the date of grant.  Options under all stock option plans expire no later than ten years after the date of grant, unless extended by the Stock Option Plan Committee or the Board of Directors.

Information concerning stock option activity for each of the three fiscal years ended October 31 is as follows:

	Shares			Shares Under Option
	Available						Weighted Average
	For Grant			Shares			Exercise Price
Outstanding as of October 31, 2008		2,599,309			2,537,097		$	6.29
Granted		(527,344	)		527,344		$	23.33
Exercised		—			(153,406	)	$	7.86
Outstanding as of October 31, 2009		2,071,965			2,911,035		$	9.30
Granted		(265,625	)		265,625		$	32.69
Cancelled		—			(930	)	$	8.73
Exercised		—			(503,920	)	$	6.74
Outstanding as of October 31, 2010		1,806,340			2,671,810		$	12.10
Granted		(473,125	)		473,125		$	40.31
Cancelled		—			(2,652	)	$	6.18
Exercised		—			(1,291,089	)	$	7.31
Outstanding as of October 31, 2011		1,333,215			1,851,194		$	22.66

Information concerning stock options outstanding and stock options exercisable by class of common stock as of October 31, 2011 is as follows:

	Options Outstanding
			Weighted		Weighted Average			Aggregate
	Number		Average			Remaining Contractual		Intrinsic
	Outstanding		Exercise Price		Life (Years)			Value
Common Stock		954,975	$	27.82			7.2	$	27,881,189
Class A Common Stock		896,219	$	17.15			5.3		19,856,466
		1,851,194	$	22.66			6.3	$	47,737,655

	Options Exercisable
			Weighted		Weighted Average			Aggregate
	Number		Average			Remaining Contractual		Intrinsic
	Exercisable		Exercise Price		Life (Years)			Value
Common Stock		367,475	$	14.71			4.4	$	15,547,539
Class A Common Stock		481,687	$	6.52			2.2		15,792,217
		849,162	$	10.07			3.1	$	31,339,756

Information concerning stock options exercised is as follows:

	Year ended October 31,
	2011		2010		2009
Cash proceeds from stock option exercises	$	2,167,000	$	1,815,000	$	1,207,000
Tax benefit realized from stock option exercises		7,703,000		951,000		1,890,000
Intrinsic value of stock option exercises		48,952,000		10,379,000		1,586,000

 

Net income attributable to HEICO for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 includes compensation expense of $2,647,000, $1,353,000 and $181,000, respectively, and an income tax benefit of $1,003,000, $516,000 and $64,000, respectively, related to the Company’s stock options.  Substantially all of the stock option compensation expense was recorded as a component of selling, general and administrative expenses in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations.  As of October 31, 2011, there was $15,017,000 of pre-tax unrecognized compensation expense related to nonvested stock options, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately 4.2 years.  The total fair value of stock options that vested in 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $2,130,000, $1,212,000 and $14,000, respectively.  If there were a change in control of the Company, all of the unvested options outstanding as of October 31, 2011 would become immediately exercisable.

For the fiscal years ended October 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, the excess tax benefit resulting from tax deductions in excess of the cumulative compensation cost recognized for stock options exercised was $6,346,000, $669,000 and $1,573,000, respectively, and is presented as a financing activity in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.

The weighted-average fair values of stock options granted are as follows:

	Year ended October 31,
	2011		2010		2009
Common Stock	$	22.93	$	17.85	$	13.43
Class A Common Stock	$	14.45	$	8.90	$	8.61

The fair value of each stock option grant was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model based on the following weighted average assumptions for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:

	2011						2010						2009
				Class A						Class A						Class A
	Common			Common			Common			Common			Common			Common
	Stock			Stock			Stock			Stock			Stock			Stock
Expected stock price volatility		41.17	%		38.92	%		42.01	%		39.57	%		44.13	%		39.44	%
Risk-free interest rate		1.64	%		2.74	%		2.45	%		3.02	%		3.22	%		2.80	%
Dividend yield		.26	%		.33	%		.27	%		.33	%		.25	%		.33	%
Forfeiture rate		.00	%		.00	%		.00	%		.00	%		.00	%		.00	%
Expected option life (years)		9			7			9			7			9			6

XML

STOCK OPTIONS (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Oct. 31, 2011	Oct. 31, 2010	Oct. 31, 2009
Outstanding (Shares Available For Grant)	1,806,340	2,071,965	2,599,309
Granted (Shares Available For Grant)	(473,125)	(265,625)	(527,344)
Cancelled (Shares Available For Grant)	0	0	0
Outstanding (Shares Available For Grant)	1,333,215	1,806,340	2,071,965
Outstanding (Shares Under Option)	2,671,810	2,911,035	2,537,097
Granted (Shares Under Option)	473,125	265,625	527,344
Cancelled (Shares Under Option)	(2,652)	(930)
Exercised (Shares Under Option)	(1,291,089)	(503,920)	(153,406)
Outstanding (Shares Under Option)	1,851,194	2,671,810	2,911,035
Outstanding (in dollars per share)	$ 12.10	$ 9.30	$ 6.29
Granted (in dollars per share)	$ 40.31	$ 32.69	$ 23.33
Cancelled (in dollars per share)	$ 6.18	$ 8.73
Exercised (in dollars per share)	$ 7.31	$ 6.74	$ 7.86
Outstanding (in dollars per share)	$ 22.66	$ 12.10	$ 9.30

XML

STOCK OPTIONS (Details 2) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Oct. 31, 2011	Oct. 31, 2010	Oct. 31, 2009
Cash proceeds from stock option exercises	$ 2,167,000	$ 1,815,000	$ 1,207,000
Tax benefit realized from stock option exercises	7,703,000	951,000	1,890,000
Intrinsic value of stock option exercises	$ 48,952,000	$ 10,379,000	$ 1,586,000

XML

SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (Details Textuals) (USD $)	3 Months Ended		12 Months Ended
	Apr. 30, 2009	Mar. 31, 2009	Oct. 31, 2011	Oct. 31, 2010	Oct. 31, 2009	Apr. 26, 2011	Apr. 27, 2010
Preferred stock, redemption price per share (in dollars per share)			$ 0.01
Percentage of purchase rights of outstanding common Stock			15.00%
Repurchase of common stock, shares (in shares)	288,281		268,842	21,971
Repurchase of common stock, amounts (in dollars)	$ 4,200,000		$ 13,600,000	$ 600,000	$ 8,098,000
Stock dividend rate percentage						25.00%	25.00%
Increase in share repurchase program, shares (in shares)		1,562,500
Stock repurchase program, number of shares authorized to be repurchased (in shares)					1,601,160
Class A Common Stock [Member]
Repurchase of common stock, shares (in shares)	302,713		22,299	3,266
Repurchase of common stock, amounts (in dollars)	$ 3,900,000		$ 700,000	$ 100,000	$ 2,000

XML

NET INCOME PER SHARE ATTRIBUTABLE TO HEICO SHAREHOLDERS (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Oct. 31, 2011

Net Income Per Share Attributable To Heico Shareholders (Tables) [Abstract]

Schedule of Calculation of Numerator and Denominator in Earnings Per Share [Table Text Block]

Computation of basic and diluted net income per share attributable to HEICO shareholders

	Year ended October 31,
	2011		2010			2009
Numerator:
Net income attributable to HEICO	$	72,820,000	$	54,938,000		$	44,626,000
Adjustments to redemption amount of redeemable noncontrolling interests (see Note 12)		19,000		(102,000	)		—
Net income attributable to HEICO, as adjusted	$	72,839,000	$	54,836,000		$	44,626,000
Denominator:
Weighted average common shares outstanding - basic		41,632,074		41,040,635			40,944,999
Effect of dilutive stock options		869,178		1,172,903			1,280,050
Weighted average common shares outstanding - diluted		42,501,252		42,213,538			42,225,049
Net income per share attributable to HEICO shareholders:
Basic	$	1.75	$	1.34		$	1.09
Diluted	$	1.71	$	1.30		$	1.06
Anti-dilutive stock options excluded		384,844		519,531			134,830

XML

LONG-TERM DEBT (Details 1) (USD $)	Oct. 31, 2011
2012	$ 455,000
2013	455,000
2014	455,000
2015	455,000
2016	455,000
Thereafter	2,790,000
Total minimum lease payments	5,065,000
Less: amount representing interest	(1,003,000)
Present value of minimum lease payments	$ 4,062,000

XML

QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION

12 Months Ended

Oct. 31, 2011

Quarterly Financial Information Disclosure [Abstract]

Quarterly Financial Information [Text Block]

14.      QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)

	First		Second		Third		Fourth
	Quarter		Quarter		Quarter		Quarter
Net sales:
2011	$	174,219,000	$	184,486,000	$	197,267,000	$	208,919,000
2010	$	135,535,000	$	153,845,000	$	158,270,000	$	169,370,000
Gross profit:
2011	$	63,926,000	$	66,371,000	$	69,825,000	$	74,319,000
2010	$	50,120,000	$	53,626,000	$	57,553,000	$	61,048,000
Net income from consolidated operations:
2011	$	22,523,000	$	22,126,000	$	26,392,000	$	24,412,000
2010	$	16,030,000	$	16,908,000	$	19,526,000	$	19,891,000
Net income attributable to HEICO:
2011	$	17,074,000	$	16,830,000	$	20,402,000	$	18,514,000
2010	$	11,793,000	$	12,573,000	$	14,930,000	$	15,642,000
Net income per share attributable to HEICO:
Basic:
2011	$	.41	$	.40	$	.49	$	.44
2010	$	.29	$	.31	$	.36	$	.38
Diluted:
2011	$	.40	$	.40	$	.48	$	.44
2010	$	.28	$	.30	$	.35	$	.37

In the first quarter of fiscal 2011, the Company recognized an income tax credit for qualified research and development activities for the last ten months of fiscal 2010 upon the retroactive extension in December 2010 of Section 41 of the Internal Revenue Code, “Credit for Increasing Research Activities,” to cover the period from January 1, 2010 to December 31, 2011.  The tax credit, net of expenses, increased net income attributable to HEICO by $797,000, or $.02 per basic and diluted share.

During the third quarter of fiscal 2011, the Company filed its fiscal 2010 U.S. federal and state tax returns and amended certain prior year state tax returns.  As a result, the Company recognized an aggregate benefit, which increased net income attributable to HEICO by $2,035,000, or $.05 per basic and diluted share, net of expenses, principally from state income apportionment updates and higher research and development tax credits.

During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2011, the Company recorded impairment losses related to the write-down of certain intangible assets to their estimated fair values that was partially offset by a reduction in the value of contingent consideration related to a prior year acquisition, which decreased net income attributable to HEICO by $2,394,000, or $.06 per basic and diluted share, in aggregate.

During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2010, the Company recorded impairment losses related to the write-down of certain intangible assets to their estimated fair values, which decreased net income attributable to HEICO by $713,000, or $.02 per diluted share, in aggregate.

Due to changes in the average number of common shares outstanding, net income per share attributable to HEICO for the full fiscal year may not equal the sum of the four individual quarters.

XML

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Policies)

12 Months Ended

Oct. 31, 2011

Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies (Policies) [Abstract]

Nature Of Business Policy [Policy Text Block]

Nature of Business

HEICO Corporation, through its principal subsidiaries HEICO Aerospace Holdings Corp. (“HEICO Aerospace”) and HEICO Electronic Technologies Corp. (“HEICO Electronic”) and their subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”), is principally engaged in the design, manufacture and sale of aerospace, defense and electronic related products and services throughout the United States and internationally.  The Company’s customer base is primarily the aviation, defense, space, medical, telecommunication and electronic industries.

Basis Of Presentation Policy [Policy Text Block]

Basis of Presentation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of HEICO Corporation and its subsidiaries, all of which are wholly-owned except for HEICO Aerospace, which is 20%-owned by Lufthansa Technik AG, the technical services subsidiary of Lufthansa German Airlines.  In addition, HEICO Aerospace consolidates three subsidiaries which are 80% owned, one subsidiary which is 82.3% owned, and a joint venture formed in March 2001, which is 16% owned by American Airlines’ parent company, AMR Corporation.  Also, HEICO Electronic consolidates three subsidiaries, which are 80%, 82.5%, and 95.9% owned, respectively (see Note 12, Redeemable Noncontrolling Interests).  All significant intercompany balances and transactions are eliminated.

Stock Split Policies [Policy Text Block]

Stock Splits

In March of 2011 and 2010, the Company’s Board of Directors declared a 5-for-4 stock split on both classes of the Company’s common stock.  The stock splits were effected as of April 26, 2011 and April 27, 2010, respectively, in the form of a 25% stock dividend distributed to shareholders of record as of April 15, 2011 and April 16, 2010, respectively.  All applicable share and per share information has been adjusted retrospectively to give effect to the 5-for-4 stock splits.

Use of Estimates, Policy [Policy Text Block]

Use of Estimates and Assumptions

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period.  Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents, Policy [Policy Text Block]

Cash and Cash Equivalents

For purposes of the consolidated financial statements, the Company considers all highly liquid investments such as U.S. Treasury bills and money market funds with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

Receivables, Policy [Policy Text Block]

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable consist of amounts billed and currently due from customers and unbilled costs and estimated earnings related to revenue from certain fixed price contracts recognized on the percentage-of-completion method that have been recognized for accounting purposes, but not yet billed to customers.  The valuation of accounts receivable requires that the Company set up an allowance for estimated uncollectible accounts and record a corresponding charge to bad debt expense.  The Company estimates uncollectible receivables based on such factors as its prior experience, its appraisal of a customer’s ability to pay, age of receivables outstanding and economic conditions within and outside of the aviation, defense, space, medical, telecommunication and electronic industries.

Concentrations Of Credit Risk Policy [Policy Text Block]

Concentrations of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of temporary cash investments and trade accounts receivable.  The Company places its temporary cash investments with high credit quality financial institutions and limits the amount of credit exposure to any one financial institution.  Concentrations of credit risk with respect to trade receivables are limited due to the large number of customers comprising the Company’s customer base and their dispersion across many different geographical regions.  The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers, but does not generally require collateral to support customer receivables.

Inventory, Policy [Policy Text Block]

Inventory

Inventory is stated at the lower of cost or market, with cost being determined on the first-in, first-out or the average cost basis.  Losses, if any, are recognized fully in the period when identified.

The Company periodically evaluates the carrying value of inventory, giving consideration to factors such as its physical condition, sales patterns and expected future demand in order to estimate theamount necessary to write down its slow moving, obsolete or damaged inventory.  These estimates could vary significantly from actual amounts based upon future economic conditions, customer inventory levels or competitive factors that were not foreseen or did not exist when the estimated write-downs were made.

In accordance with industry practice, all inventories are classified as a current asset including portions with long production cycles, some of which may not be realized within one year.

Property, Plant and Equipment, Policy [Policy Text Block]

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment is recorded at cost.  Depreciation and amortization is generally provided on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the various assets.  The Company’s property, plant and equipment is depreciated over the following estimated useful lives:

Buildings and improvements	15 to 40 years
Leasehold improvements	2 to 20 years
Machinery and equipment	3 to 10 years
Tooling	2 to  5 years

The costs of major additions and improvements are capitalized.  Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the leasehold improvement’s useful life or the lease term.  Repairs and maintenance are expensed as incurred.  Upon disposition, the cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is reflected within earnings.

Business Combinations Policy [Policy Text Block]

Business Combinations

The Company adopted new accounting guidance for business combinations effective prospectively for acquisitions consummated on or after November 1, 2009 (the beginning of fiscal 2010).  Under the new guidance, any contingent consideration is recognized as a liability at fair value as of the acquisition date with subsequent fair value adjustments recorded in operations.  Acquisition costs are generally expensed as incurred under the new guidance, but were previously capitalized as part of the purchase price.  Contingent consideration paid or accrued in fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009 related to acquisitions consummated prior to fiscal 2010 were based on a multiple of each applicable subsidiary’s earnings relative to target and were not contingent upon the former shareholders of the respective acquired entity remaining employed by the Company or providing future services to the Company.  Accordingly, these amounts represent an additional cost of the respective entity recorded as additional goodwill.  Information regarding additional contingent purchase consideration related to acquisitions prior to fiscal 2010 may be found in Note 2, Acquisitions, and Note 16, Commitments and Contingencies.

The Company allocates the purchase price of acquired entities to the underlying tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values, with any excess recorded as goodwill.  The operating results of acquired businesses are included in the Company’s results of operations beginning as of their effective acquisition dates.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets, Policy [Policy Text Block]

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

The Company tests goodwill for impairment annually as of October 31, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of goodwill may not be fully recoverable.  The test requires the Company to compare the fair value of each of its reporting units to its carrying value to determine potential impairment.  If the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the implied fair value of that reporting unit’s goodwill is to be calculated and an impairment loss is recognized in the amount by which the carrying value of the reporting unit’s goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, if any.

The Company’s intangible assets not subject to amortization consist principally of its trade names.  The Company’s intangible assets subject to amortization are amortized on the straight-line method over the following estimated useful lives:

Customer relationships	5 to 10 years
Intellectual property	6 to 15 years
Licenses	10 to  17 years
Non-compete agreements	2 to 7 years
Patents	5 to 19 years
Trade names	5 to 10 years

Amortization expense of intellectual property, licenses and patents is recorded as a component of cost of sales, and amortization expense of customer relationships, non-compete agreements and trade names is recorded as a component of selling, general and administrative expenses in the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Operations.  The Company tests each non-amortizing intangible asset for impairment annually as of October 31, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired.  To derive the fair value of its trade names, the Company utilizes an income approach.  The Company also tests each amortizing intangible asset for impairment if events or circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired.  The test consists of determining whether the carrying value of such assets will be recovered through undiscounted expected future cash flows.  If the total of the undiscounted future cash flows is less than the carrying amount of those assets, the Company recognizes an impairment loss based on the excess of the carrying amount over the fair value of the assets.

Investment, Policy [Policy Text Block]

Investments

Investments are stated at fair value based on quoted market prices.  Investments that are intended to be held for less than one year are included within prepaid expenses and other current assets in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets, while those intended to be held for longer than one year are classified within other assets.  Unrealized gains or losses associated with available-for-sale securities are reported net of tax within other comprehensive income in shareholders’ equity.  Unrealized gains or losses associated with trading securities are recorded as a component of other income in the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Operations.

Derivatives, Policy [Policy Text Block]

Derivative Instruments

From time to time, the Company utilizes certain derivative instruments (e.g. interest rate swap agreements and foreign currency forward contracts) to hedge the variability of foreign currency exchange rates and the expected future cash flows of certain transactions.  Changes in the fair value of derivative instruments are recognized immediately in earnings, unless the derivative is designated as a hedge and qualifies for hedge accounting.  There are three hedging relationships where a derivative (hedging instrument) may qualify for hedge accounting: (1) a hedge of the change in fair value of a recognized asset or liability or firm commitment (fair value hedge), (2) a hedge of the variability in cash flows from forecasted transactions (cash flow hedge), and (3) a hedge of the variability caused by changes in foreign currency exchange rates (foreign currency hedge).

Under hedge accounting, recognition of derivative gains and losses can be matched in the same period with that of the hedged exposure and thereby minimize earnings volatility.  In order for a derivative to qualify for hedge accounting, the derivative must be formally designated as a fair value, cash flow, or a foreign currency hedge by documenting the relationship between the derivative and the hedged item.  Additionally, the hedge relationship must be expected to be highly effective at offsetting changes in either the fair value or cash flows of the hedged item at both inception and on an ongoing basis.  For a derivative instrument that qualifies for hedge accounting, the effective portion of changes in fair value of the derivative is deferred and recorded as a component of other comprehensive income until the hedged transaction occurs and is recognized in earnings.  All other portions of changes in fair value of the derivative are recognized in earnings immediately.  If the derivative does not qualify for hedge accounting, the Company considers the transaction to be an “economic hedge” and changes in the fair value of the derivative asset or liability are recognized immediately in earnings.

During fiscal 2011, the Company entered into foreign currency forward contracts to mitigate foreign exchange risk for transactions involving a currency other than its functional currency.  The impact of these forward contracts did not have a material effect on the Company’s results of operations, financial position or cash flows in fiscal 2011.  The Company did not utilize any derivative instruments in fiscal 2010 or 2009.

Customer Rebates and Credits Policy [Policy Text Block]

Customer Rebates and Credits

The Company records accrued customer rebates and credits as a component of accrued expenses and other current liabilities in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets.  These amounts generally relate to discounts negotiated with customers as part of certain sales contracts that are usually tied to sales volume thresholds.  The Company accrues customer rebates and credits as a reduction within net sales as the revenue is recognized based on the estimated level of discount rate expected to be earned by each customer over the life of the contract period (generally one year).  Accrued customer rebates and credits are monitored by management and discount levels are updated at least quarterly.

Guarantees, Indemnifications and Warranties Policies [Policy Text Block]

Product Warranties

Product warranty liabilities are estimated at the time of shipment and recorded as a component of accrued expenses and other current liabilities in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets.  The amount recognized is based on historical claims experience.

Revenue Recognition, Policy [Policy Text Block]

Revenue Recognition

Revenue is recognized on an accrual basis, primarily upon the shipment of products and the rendering of services.  Revenue earned from rendering services represented less than 10% of consolidated net sales for all periods presented.  Revenue from certain fixed price contracts for which costs can be dependably estimated is recognized on the percentage-of-completion method, measured by the percentage of costs incurred to date to estimated total costs for each contract.  The percentage of the Company’s net sales recognized under the percentage-of-completion method was approximately 1%, 2%, and 1% in fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.  Contract costs include all direct material and labor costs and those indirect costs related to contract performance, such as indirect labor, supplies, tools, repairs and depreciation costs.  Selling, general and administrative costs are charged to expense as incurred.

Revisions in cost estimates as contracts progress have the effect of increasing or decreasing profits in the period of revision.  Provisions for estimated losses on uncompleted contracts are made in the period in which such losses are determined.  Variations in actual labor performance, changes to estimated profitability, and final contract settlements may result in revisions to cost estimates and are recognized in income in the period in which the revisions are determined.

The asset, “costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings” on uncompleted percentage-of-completion contracts, included in accounts receivable, represents revenue recognized in excess of amounts billed.  The liability, “billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings,” included in accrued expenses and other current liabilities, represents billings in excess of revenue recognized on contracts accounted for under the percentage-of-completion method.  Billings are made based on the completion of certain milestones as provided for in the contracts.

For fixed price contracts in which costs cannot be dependably estimated, revenue is recognized on the completed-contract method.  A contract is considered complete when all significant costs have been incurred or the item has been accepted by the customer.  Billings collected (“billings to date”) on fixed price contracts accounted for under the completed contract method are classified as a reduction to contracts in-process (a component of inventories), if any, and any excess is included in accrued expenses and other current liabilities.  Changes in estimates relating to long-term contracts did not have a material effect on net income from consolidated operations in fiscal 2011, 2010 or 2009.

Share-based Compensation, Option and Incentive Plans Policy [Policy Text Block]

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company records compensation expense associated with stock options in its Consolidated Statements of Operations based on the grant date fair value of those awards.  The fair value of each stock option on the date of grant is estimated using the Black-Scholes pricing model based on certain valuation assumptions.  Expected volatilities are based on the Company’s historical stock prices over the contractual terms of the options and other factors.  The risk-free interest rates used are based on the published U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of the grant for instruments with a similar life.  The dividend yield reflects the Company’s expected dividend yield at the date of grant.  The expected life represents the period that the stock options are expected to be outstanding, taking into consideration the contractual terms of the options and employee historical exercise behavior.  The Company generally recognizes stock option compensation expense ratably over the award’s vesting period.

The Company calculates the amount of excess tax benefit that is available to offset future write-offs of deferred tax assets, or additional paid-in-capital pool (“APIC Pool”) by tracking each stock option award granted after November 1, 1996 on an employee-by-employee basis and on a grant-by-grant basis to determine whether there is a tax benefit situation or tax deficiency situation for each such award.  The Company then compares the fair value expense to the tax deduction received for each stock option grant and aggregates the benefits and deficiencies, which have the effect of increasing or decreasing, respectively, the APIC Pool.  Should the amount of future tax deficiencies be greater than the available APIC Pool, the Company will record the excess as income tax expense in its Consolidated Statements of Operations.  The excess tax benefit resulting from tax deductions in excess of the cumulative compensation expense recognized for stock options exercised is presented as a financing activity in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.  All other tax benefits related to stock options have been presented as a component of operating activities.

Income Tax, Policy [Policy Text Block]

Income Taxes

Income tax expense includes United States and foreign income taxes, plus the provision for United States taxes on undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries not deemed to be permanently invested.  Deferred income taxes are provided on elements of income that are recognized for financial accounting purposes in periods different from periods recognized for income tax purposes.

The Company accounts for uncertainty in income taxes and evaluates tax positions utilizing a two-step process.  The first step is to determine whether it is more-likely-than-not that a tax position will be sustained upon examination based on the technical merits of the position.  The second step is to measure the benefit to be recorded from tax positions that meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold by determining the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement and recognizing that amount in the financial statements.   The Company’s policy is to recognize interest and penalties related to income tax matters as a component of income tax expense.  Further information regarding income taxes can be found in Note 6, Income Taxes.

Noncontrolling Interests Policy [Text Block]

Redeemable Noncontrolling Interests

As further detailed in Note 12, Redeemable Noncontrolling Interests, the holders of equity interests in certain of the Company’s subsidiaries have rights (“Put Rights”) that require the Company to provide cash consideration for their equity interests (the “Redemption Amount”) at fair value or at a formula that management intended to reasonably approximate fair value based solely on a multiple of future earnings over a measurement period.  The Put Rights are embedded in the shares owned by the noncontrolling interest holders and are not freestanding.  The Company tracks the carrying cost of such redeemable noncontrolling interests at historical cost plus an allocation of subsidiary earnings based on ownership interest, less dividends paid to the noncontrolling interest holders.  Redeemable noncontrolling interests are recorded outside of permanent equity at the higher of their carrying cost or management’s estimate of the Redemption Amount.  The initial adjustment to record redeemable noncontrolling interests at the Redemption Amount results in a corresponding decrease to retained earnings.  Subsequent adjustments to the Redemption Amount of redeemable noncontrolling interests may result in corresponding decreases or increases to retained earnings, provided any increases to retained earnings may only be recorded to the extent of decreases previously recorded.  Adjustments to Redemption Amounts based on fair value will have no effect on net income per share attributable to HEICO shareholders whereas the portion of periodic adjustments to the carrying amount of redeemable noncontrolling interests based solely on a multiple of future earnings that reflect a redemption amount in excess of fair value will effect net income per share attributable to HEICO shareholders under the two-class method.  Acquisitions of redeemable noncontrolling interests are treated as equity transactions.

Earnings Per Share, Policy [Policy Text Block]

Net Income per Share Attributable to HEICO Shareholders

Basic net income per share attributable to HEICO shareholders is computed by dividing net income attributable to HEICO by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period.  Diluted net income per share attributable to HEICO shareholders is computed by dividing net income attributable to HEICO by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period plus potentially dilutive common shares arising from the assumedexercise of stock options, if dilutive.  The dilutive impact of potentially dilutive common shares is determined by applying the treasury stock method.

As further detailed in “Noncontrolling Interests” above, the portion of periodic adjustments to the carrying amount of redeemable noncontrolling interests based solely on a multiple of future earnings that reflect a redemption amount in excess of fair value effect net income attributable to HEICO for purposes of determining net income per share attributable to HEICO shareholders under the two-class method (see Note 13, Net Income per Share Attributable to HEICO Shareholders).

Foreign Currency Translations Policy [Policy Text Block]

Foreign Currency Translation

All assets and liabilities of foreign subsidiaries that do not utilize the United States dollar as its functional currency are translated at period-end exchange rates, while revenue and expenses are translated using average exchange rates for the period.  Unrealized translation gains or losses are reported as foreign currency translation adjustments through other comprehensive income in shareholders’ equity.

Commitments and Contingencies, Policy [Policy Text Block]

Contingencies

Losses for contingencies such as product warranties, litigation and environmental matters are recognized in income when they are probable and can be reasonably estimated.  Gain contingencies are not recognized in income until they have been realized.

New Accounting Pronouncements and changes in Accounting Principles [Text Block]

New Accounting Pronouncements

In January 2010, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2010-06, “Improving Disclosures About Fair Value Measurements,” which requires additional disclosures regarding transfers in and out of Level 1 and Level 2 fair value measurements and more detailed information of activity in Level 3 fair value measurements.  The Company adopted ASU 2010-06 as of the beginning of fiscal 2010, except the additional Level 3 disclosures, which are effective in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2010, or as of fiscal 2012 for HEICO.  The Company will make the additional Level 3 disclosures, if applicable, as of the date of adoption.

In December 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-29, “Disclosure of Supplementary Pro Forma Information for Business Combinations.”  Under ASU 2010-29, supplemental pro forma information disclosures pertaining to acquisitions should be presented as if the business combination(s) occurred as of the beginning of the prior annual period when comparative financial statements are presented.  ASU 2010-29 is effective for business combinations consummated in fiscal periods beginning after December 15, 2010.  Early adoption is permitted and the Company adopted the new guidance on a prospective basis as of December 2010.

In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-05, “Presentation of Comprehensive Income,” which requires the presentation of total comprehensive income, the components of net income and the components of other comprehensive income in either a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate, but consecutive statements.  ASU 2011-05 eliminates the option to present other comprehensive income and its components in the statement of shareholders’ equity and requires reclassification adjustments for items that were reclassified from other comprehensive income and net income to be presented on the face of the financial statements.  ASU 2011-05 must be applied retroactively and is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2011, or in the second quarter of fiscal 2012 for HEICO.  The Company is currently evaluating which presentation option it will elect, but the adoption of these provisions will have no effect on its results of operations, financial position or cash flows.

In September 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-08, “Testing Goodwill for Impairment,” which is intended to reduce complexity and costs by permitting an entity the option to perform a qualitative evaluation about the likelihood of goodwill impairment in order to determine whether it should calculate the fair value of a reporting unit.  The update also improves previous guidance by expanding upon the examples of events and circumstances that an entity should consider between annual impairment tests in determining whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount.  ASU 2011-08 is effective for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011, or in fiscal 2013 for HEICO’s annual impairment test.  The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations, financial position or cash flows.

XML

GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS (Details Textuals) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Oct. 31, 2011	Oct. 31, 2010	Oct. 31, 2009
Acquired Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Amortization expense related to intangible assets	$ 7,561,000	$ 6,795,000	$ 4,499,000
Estimated Amortization expense related to intangible assets, year one	9,167,000
Estimated Amortization expense related to intangible assets, year two	8,432,000
Estimated Amortization expense related to intangible assets, year three	7,902,000
Estimated Amortization expense related to intangible assets, year four	6,517,000
Estimated Amortization expense related to intangible assets, year five	5,280,000
Estimated Amortization expense related to intangible assets, year, there after	15,623,000
Goodwill recognized expected tax deductible amount	57,000,000	19,000,000
Impairment of intangible assets	4,987,000	1,438,000	300,000
Customer Relationships [Member]
Acquired Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Weighted average amortization period (in years)	8
Impairment of intangible assets	4,300,000	1,100,000
Licensing Agreements [Member]
Acquired Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Weighted average amortization period (in years)	10
Noncompete Agreements [Member]
Acquired Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Weighted average amortization period (in years)	2
Intellectual Property [Member]
Acquired Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Weighted average amortization period (in years)	10
Impairment of intangible assets	500,000
Research and Development in Process	518,000
Trade Names [Member]
Acquired Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Impairment of intangible assets	$ 200,000	$ 300,000

XML

SELECTED FINANCIAL STATEMENT INFORMATION (Details) (USD $)	Oct. 31, 2011	Oct. 31, 2010
Accounts receivable	$ 109,081,000	$ 94,283,000
Less: Allowance for doubtful accounts	(2,667,000)	(2,468,000)
Accounts receivable, net	$ 106,414,000	$ 91,815,000

XML

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (USD $)	Class A Common Stock [Member]	Redeemable Noncontrolling Interests [Member]	Common Stock [Member]	Capital In Excess Of Par Value [Member]	Deferred Compensation Obligation [Member]	Common Stock Issued To Trust [Member]	Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) [Member]	Retained Earnings [Member]	Noncontrolling Interests [Member]	Total
Balances at Oct. 31, 2008	$ 158,000	$ 48,736,000	$ 106,000	$ 229,443,000	$ 0	$ 0	$ (4,819,000)	$ 156,976,000	$ 71,138,000	$ 453,002,000
Comprehensive income:
Net income	0	8,228,000	0	0	0	0	0	44,626,000	6,991,000	51,617,000
Foreign currency translation	0	0	0	0	0	0	3,276,000	0	0	3,276,000
Total comprehensive income	0	8,228,000	0	0	0	0	3,276,000	44,626,000	6,991,000	54,893,000
Repurchases of common stock (Note 8)	(2,000)	0	(2,000)	(8,094,000)	0	0	0	0	0	(8,098,000)
Cash dividends	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	(3,150,000)	0	(3,150,000)
Tax benefit from stock option exercises	0	0	0	1,890,000	0	0	0	0	0	1,890,000
Proceeds from stock option exercises	1,000	0	0	1,206,000	0	0	0	0	0	1,207,000
Stock option compensation expense	0	0	0	181,000	0	0	0	0	0	181,000
Distributions to noncontrolling interests	0	(9,130,000)	0	0	0	0	0	0	(461,000)	(461,000)
Acquisitions of noncontrolling interests	0	(10,015,000)	0	0	0	0	0	6,845,000	0	6,845,000
Noncontrolling interests assumed related to acquisition	0	7,505,000	0	0	0	0	0	(4,200,000)	0	(4,200,000)
Adjustments to redemption amount of redeemable noncontrolling interests	0	11,613,000	0	0	0	0	0	(11,613,000)	0	(11,613,000)
Other	0	0	0	(1,000)	0	0	162,000	1,000	0	162,000
Balances at Oct. 31, 2009	157,000	56,937,000	104,000	224,625,000	0	0	(1,381,000)	189,485,000	77,668,000	490,658,000
Comprehensive income:
Net income	0	9,370,000	0	0	0	0	0	54,938,000	8,047,000	62,985,000
Foreign currency translation	0	0	0	0	0	0	1,271,000	0	0	1,271,000
Total comprehensive income	0	9,370,000	0	0	0	0	1,271,000	54,938,000	8,047,000	64,256,000
Repurchases of common stock (Note 8)	(100,000)									(600,000)
Cash dividends	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	(3,546,000)	0	(3,546,000)
Five-for-four common stock split	40,000	0	26,000	(66,000)	0	0	0	(68,000)	0	(68,000)
Tax benefit from stock option exercises	0	0	0	951,000	0	0	0	0	0	951,000
Proceeds from stock option exercises	2,000	0	1,000	1,812,000	0	0	0	0	0	1,815,000
Stock option compensation expense	0	0	0	1,353,000	0	0	0	0	0	1,353,000
Redemptions of common stock related to stock option exercises	0	0	0	(681,000)	0	0	0	0	0	(681,000)
Distributions to noncontrolling interests	0	(10,360,000)	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0
Acquisitions of noncontrolling interests	0	(795,000)	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0
Adjustments to redemption amount of redeemable noncontrolling interests	0	(104,000)	0	0	0	0	0	104,000	0	104,000
Other	0	0	0	(1,000)	0	0	(14,000)	0	(1,000)	(16,000)
Balances at Oct. 31, 2010	199,000	55,048,000	131,000	227,993,000	0	0	(124,000)	240,913,000	85,714,000	554,826,000
Comprehensive income:
Net income	0	11,264,000	0	0	0	0	0	72,820,000	11,369,000	84,189,000
Foreign currency translation	0	0	0	0	0	0	3,012,000	0	0	3,012,000
Total comprehensive income	0	11,264,000	0	0	0	0	3,012,000	72,820,000	11,369,000	87,201,000
Repurchases of common stock (Note 8)	(700,000)									(13,600,000)
Cash dividends	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	(4,494,000)	0	(4,494,000)
Five-for-four common stock split	50,000	0	33,000	(83,000)	0	0	0	(102,000)	0	(102,000)
Tax benefit from stock option exercises	0	0	0	7,703,000	0	0	0	0	0	7,703,000
Proceeds from stock option exercises	2,000	0	9,000	2,156,000	0	0	0	0	0	2,167,000
Stock option compensation expense	0	0	0	2,647,000	0	0	0	0	0	2,647,000
Redemptions of common stock related to stock option exercises	0	0	(3,000)	(14,295,000)	0	0	0	0	0	(14,298,000)
Deferred Compensation Obligation	0	0	0	0	522,000	(522,000)	0	0	0	0
Distributions to noncontrolling interests	0	(8,893,000)	0	0	0	0	0	0	(6,000,000)	(6,000,000)
Acquisitions of noncontrolling interests	0	(7,241,000)	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0
Noncontrolling interests assumed related to acquisition	0	5,612,000	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0
Adjustments to redemption amount of redeemable noncontrolling interests	0	9,640,000	0	0	0	0	0	(9,640,000)	0	(9,640,000)
Other	(1,000)	0	1,000	(1,000)	0	0	145,000	0	0	144,000
Balances at Oct. 31, 2011	$ 250,000	$ 65,430,000	$ 171,000	$ 226,120,000	$ 522,000	$ (522,000)	$ 3,033,000	$ 299,497,000	$ 91,083,000	$ 620,154,000

XML

SELECTED FINANCIAL STATEMENT INFORMATION

12 Months Ended

Oct. 31, 2011

Selected Financial Statement Information [Abstract]

Selected Financial Statement Information [Text Block]

3.  SELECTED FINANCIAL STATEMENT INFORMATION

Accounts Receivable

	As of October 31,
	2011			2010
Accounts receivable	$	109,081,000		$	94,283,000
Less:  Allowance for doubtful accounts		(2,667,000	)		(2,468,000	)
Accounts receivable, net	$	106,414,000		$	91,815,000

Costs and Estimated Earnings on Uncompleted Percentage-of-Completion Contracts

	As of October 31,
	2011			2010
Costs incurred on uncompleted contracts	$	4,443,000		$	6,323,000
Estimated earnings		4,206,000			7,603,000
		8,649,000			13,926,000
Less:  Billings to date		(4,876,000	)		(8,967,000	)
	$	3,773,000		$	4,959,000
Included in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets under the following captions:
Accounts receivable, net (costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings)	$	3,773,000		$	5,135,000
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities (billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings)		—			(176,000	)
	$	3,773,000		$	4,959,000

The percentage of the Company’s net sales recognized under the percentage-of-completion method was not material in fiscal years 2011, 2010 and 2009.  Changes in estimates pertaining to percentage-of-completion contracts did not have a material effect on net income from consolidated operations in fiscal 2011, 2010 or 2009.

Inventories

	As of October 31,
	2011			2010
Finished products	$	86,487,000		$	72,263,000
Work in process		19,708,000			13,739,000
Materials, parts, assemblies and supplies		52,173,000			46,918,000
Contracts in process		8,291,000			5,295,000
Less: Billings to date		(1,692,000	)		—
Inventories, net of valuation reserves	$	164,967,000		$	138,215,000

Contracts in process represents accumulated capitalized costs associated with fixed price contracts for which revenue is recognized on the completed-contract method.  Related progress billings and customer advances (“billings to date”) are classified as a reduction to contracts in process, if any, and any excess is included in accrued expenses and other liabilities.

Property, Plant and Equipment

	As of October 31,
	2011			2010
Land	$	3,825,000		$	3,656,000
Buildings and improvements		46,892,000			38,772,000
Machinery, equipment and tooling		94,297,000			85,095,000
Construction in progress		3,671,000			6,319,000
		148,685,000			133,842,000
Less:  Accumulated depreciation and amortization		(81,611,000	)		(74,839,000	)
Property, plant and equipment, net	$	67,074,000		$	59,003,000

The amounts set forth above also include tooling costs having a net book value of $3,875,000 and $4,479,000 as of October 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.  Amortization expense on capitalized tooling was $2,066,000, $1,857,000 and $1,825,000 for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.  Expenditures for capitalized tooling costs were $1,948,000, $1,750,000 and $2,193,000 in fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.  Additionally, the amounts set forth above include $4,092,000 in buildings and improvements and $170,000 in land as of October 31, 2011 that are under a capital lease.  Accumulated depreciation associated with the assets under the capital lease was $13,000 as of October 31, 2011.  See Note 5, Long-Term Debt, for additional information pertaining to this capital lease obligation.

Depreciation and amortization expense, exclusive of tooling, on property, plant and equipment was $8,640,000, $8,668,000 and $8,365,000 for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities

	As of October 31,
	2011		2010
Accrued employee compensation and related payroll taxes	$	39,330,000	$	26,556,000
Accrued customer rebates and credits		9,595,000		9,230,000
Accrued additional purchase consideration		11,016,000		4,104,000
Other		16,435,000		12,211,000
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities	$	76,376,000	$	52,101,000

The increase in accrued employee compensation and related payroll taxes as of October 31, 2011 compared to October 31, 2010 reflects a higher level of accrued performance awards based on the improved consolidated operating results and such accrued expenses related to the fiscal 2011 acquisitions.

The total customer rebates and credits deducted within net sales for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $8,696,000, $8,866,000 and $8,315,000, respectively.

Other Long-Term Assets and Liabilities

The Company provides eligible employees, officers and directors of the Company the opportunity to voluntarily defer base salary, bonus payments, commissions, long-term incentive awards and directors fees, as applicable, on a pre-tax basis through the HEICO Corporation Leadership Compensation Plan (“LCP”), a nonqualified deferred compensation plan that conforms to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code.  The Company matches 50% of the first 6% of base salary deferred by each participant.  Director fees that would otherwise be payable in Company common stock may be deferred into the Plan, and, when distributable, are distributed in actual shares of Company common stock.  The Plan does not provide for diversification of a director’s assets allocated to Company common stock.  The deferred compensation obligation associated with Company common stock is recorded as a component of shareholders’ equity at cost and subsequent changes in fair value are not reflected in operations or shareholders’ equity of the Company.  Further, while the Company has no obligation to do so, the LCP also provides the Company the opportunity to make discretionary contributions.  The Company’s matching contributions and any discretionary contributions are subject to vesting and forfeiture provisions set forth in the LCP.  Company contributions to the Plan charged to income in fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009 totaled $3,612,000, $2,862,000 and $2,195,000, respectively.  The aggregate liabilities of the LCP were $26,678,000 and $22,223,000 as of October 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, and are classified within other long-term liabilities in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets.  The assets of the LCP, totaling $26,992,000 and $22,604,000 as of October 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, are classified within other assets and principally represent cash surrender values of life insurance policies that are held within an irrevocable trust that may be used to satisfy the obligations under the LCP.

Other long-term liabilities also includes deferred compensation of $4,095,000 and $4,283,000 as of October 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, principally related to elective deferrals of salary and bonuses under a Company sponsored non-qualified deferred compensation plan available to selected employees.  The Company makes no contributions to this plan.  The assets of this plan, which equaled the deferred compensation liability as of October 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, are held within an irrevocable trust and classified within other assets in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets.  Additional information regarding the assets of this deferred compensation plan and the LCP may be found in Note 7, Fair Value Measurements.

XML

INCOME TAXES (Details Textuals) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Oct. 31, 2011	Oct. 31, 2010	Oct. 31, 2009
Net deferred tax liability	$ (34,239,000)	$ (26,401,000)
Balances as of beginning of year	1,834,000	2,306,000	3,328,000
Unrecognized tax benefits that would impact effective tax rate	1,491,000	1,927,000
Unrecognized Tax Benefits Net	1,784,000
Unrecognized tax benefits, income tax penalties accrued	152,000
Liability impact from research and development and state tax returns	419,000
Unrecognized Tax Benefits, Interest on Income Taxes Expense	21,000
Unrecognized Tax Benefits, Income Tax Penalties Expense	18,000
Tax credit, net of expenses	2,800,000
Liability impact from research and development activities		1,022,000
Income tax examination, increase (decrease) in liability from prior year		932,000
Income tax credit for qualified research and development activities	800,000
Income tax credit from tax related item	2,000,000
Income tax credit from tax related item, state income apportionment updates	900,000
Income tax credit from tax related item, higher research and development tax credits	900,000
Income tax credit from tax related item, other prior year tax returns	$ 200,000

XML

SUBSEQUENT EVENTS(Details Textuals) (USD $)	3 Months Ended		1 Months Ended		12 Months Ended	0 Months Ended	2 Months Ended	12 Months Ended	0 Months Ended			12 Months Ended
	Jan. 31, 2012	Oct. 31, 2011	Nov. 30, 2011 Switchcraft [Member]	Oct. 31, 2011 New Credit Facility Sublimit [Member] Foreign Currency [Member]	Oct. 31, 2011 Old Credit Facility [Member]	Dec. 14, 2011 New Credit Facility [Member]	Dec. 31, 2011 New Credit Facility [Member]	Oct. 31, 2011 New Credit Facility [Member]	Dec. 14, 2011 New Credit Facility Libor Rate [Member]	Dec. 14, 2011 New Credit Facility Base Rate [Member]	Dec. 14, 2011 New Credit Facility Commitment Fee [Member]	Oct. 31, 2011 Credit Facility [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Business Acquisition, Effective Date of Acquisition			22-Nov-11
Business Acquisition, Name of Acquired Entity			Switchcraft, Inc.
Business Acquisition, Cost of Acquired Entity, Purchase Price			$ 143,000,000
Maximum amount of borrowing capacity and limit availability under the revolving credit facility		500,000,000		50,000,000	300,000,000	670,000,000						300,000,000
Revolving credit facility description of variable rate basis					Base Rate or LIBOR plus applicable margins
Line of credit facility, interest rate description					Base Rate or LIBOR. The Base Rate is the higher of (i) the Prime Rate or (ii) the Federal Funds rate plus .50	The Base Rate is the highest of (i) the Prime Rate; (ii) the Federal Funds rate plus .50% per annum; and (iii)the Adjusted LIBO Rate determined on a daily basis for an Interest Period of one month plus 1.0% per annum.
Line of credit facility interest rate range minimum									0.75%	0.00%
Line of credit facility interest rate range maximum									2.25%	1.25%
Commitment fee description								A fee is charged on the amount of the unused commitment ranging from .125% to .35% (depending on the Company's leverage ratio).
Line of credit facility, unused capacity, commitment fee percentage minimum											0.125%
Line of credit facility, unused capacity, commitment fee percentage maximum											0.35%
Line of Credit Facility, Expiration Date	In December 2011, the Company entered into a $670 million Revolving Credit Agreement with a bank syndicate, which matures in December 2016 and replaces the current Credit Facility.						2016, December					2013, May
Extension To Maximum Borrowing Capacity						130,000,000
Maximum Borrowing Capacity Option						$ 800,000,000						$ 500,000,000

XML

STOCK OPTIONS (Details Textuals) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Oct. 31, 2011	Oct. 31, 2010	Oct. 31, 2009	Oct. 31, 2008
Excess tax benefit from stock option exercises	$ 6,346,000	$ 669,000	$ 1,573,000
Stock reserved for issuance to employees, directors, officers and consultants under option (in shares)	1,851,194	2,671,810	2,911,035	2,537,097
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Equity Instruments Other than Options, Grants in Period (in shares)	1,333,215	1,806,340	2,071,965	2,599,309
Incentive stock options exercisable in percentages specified, Time Period	10
Income tax benefit related to Stock Options	1,003,000	516,000	64,000
Stock option compensation expense	2,647,000	1,353,000	181,000
Pre-tax unrecognized compensation expense related to nonvested stock options	15,017,000
Pre-tax unrecognized compensation expense related to nonvested stock options, expected to be recognized over a weighted average period (in years)	4.2
Fair value of stock options, Vested	$ 2,130,000	$ 1,212,000	$ 14,000
Common Stock [Member]
Stock reserved for issuance to employees, directors, officers and consultants under option (in shares)	954,975
Class A Common Stock [Member]
Stock reserved for issuance to employees, directors, officers and consultants under option (in shares)	896,219
Stock Option and Future Grants [Member]
Stock reserved for issuance to employees, directors, officers and consultants (in shares)	3,184,409
Stock reserved for issuance to employees, directors, officers and consultants under option (in shares)	1,851,194
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Equity Instruments Other than Options, Grants in Period (in shares)	1,333,215

XML

ACQUISITIONS (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Oct. 31, 2011

Acquisitions (Tables) [Abstract]

Schedule of Purchase Price Allocation [Table Text Block]

Business Acquisition, Pro Forma Information

	Year ended October 31,
	2011			2010			2009
Fair value of assets acquired:
Liabilities assumed	$	32,263,000		$	3,952,000		$	3,881,000
Noncontrolling interests in consolidated subsidiaries		5,612,000			—			3,305,000
Less:
Goodwill		51,448,000			15,372,000			30,389,000
Identifiable intangible assets		40,187,000			15,400,000			21,562,000
Inventories		16,964,000			3,184,000			4,249,000
Accounts receivable		9,072,000			6,685,000			4,720,000
Property, plant and equipment		9,115,000			573,000			553,000
Accrued additional purchase consideration		4,104,000			1,775,000			2,212,000
Other assets		1,640,000			24,000			3,299,000
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired	$	(94,655,000	)	$	(39,061,000	)	$	(59,798,000	)

XML

QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED) (Details) (USD $)	3 Months Ended								12 Months Ended
	Oct. 31, 2011	Jul. 31, 2011	Apr. 30, 2011	Jan. 31, 2011	Oct. 31, 2010	Jul. 31, 2010	Apr. 30, 2010	Jan. 31, 2010	Oct. 31, 2011	Oct. 31, 2010	Oct. 31, 2009
Net sales:
Net sales	$ 208,919,000	$ 197,267,000	$ 184,486,000	$ 174,219,000	$ 169,370,000	$ 158,270,000	$ 153,845,000	$ 135,535,000	$ 764,891,000	$ 617,020,000	$ 538,296,000
Gross profit:
Gross profit	74,319,000	69,825,000	66,371,000	63,926,000	61,048,000	57,553,000	53,626,000	50,120,000
Net income from consolidated operations:
Net income from consolidated operations	24,412,000	26,392,000	22,126,000	22,523,000	19,891,000	19,526,000	16,908,000	16,030,000	95,453,000	72,355,000	59,845,000
Net income attributable to HEICO:
Net income attributable to HEICO	$ 18,514,000	$ 20,402,000	$ 16,830,000	$ 17,074,000	$ 15,642,000	$ 14,930,000	$ 12,573,000	$ 11,793,000	$ 72,820,000	$ 54,938,000	$ 44,626,000
Basic:
Basic (in dollars per share)	$ 0.44	$ 0.49	$ 0.40	$ 0.41	$ 0.38	$ 0.36	$ 0.31	$ 0.29	$ 1.75	$ 1.34	$ 1.09
Diluted:
Diluted (in dollars per share)	$ 0.44	$ 0.48	$ 0.40	$ 0.40	$ 0.37	$ 0.35	$ 0.30	$ 0.28	$ 1.71	$ 1.30	$ 1.06

XML

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Details Textuals)	9 Months Ended	12 Months Ended						12 Months Ended
	Jul. 31, 2011	Oct. 31, 2011	Oct. 31, 2010	Oct. 31, 2009	Apr. 30, 2011	Apr. 26, 2011	Apr. 27, 2010	Oct. 31, 2011 Customer Relationships [Member]	Oct. 31, 2011 Intellectual Property [Member]	Oct. 31, 2011 Licensing Agreements [Member]	Oct. 31, 2011 Noncompete Agreements [Member]	Oct. 31, 2011 Patents [Member]	Oct. 31, 2011 Trade Names [Member]	Oct. 31, 2011 Building and Building Improvements [Member]	Oct. 31, 2011 Leasehold Improvements [Member]	Oct. 31, 2011 Other Machinery and Equipment [Member]	Oct. 31, 2011 Tools, Dies and Molds [Member]	Oct. 31, 2011 Amr Corporation [Member]	Oct. 31, 2011 Lufthansa Technik Ag [Member]	Oct. 31, 2011 Aerospace Holdings Corp. [Member] Subsidiary Two [Member]	Oct. 31, 2011 Aerospace Holdings Corp. [Member] Subsidiary Three [Member]	Oct. 31, 2011 Aerospace Holdings Corp. [Member] Subsidiary Four [Member]	Oct. 31, 2005 Electronic Technologies Group [Member]	Oct. 31, 2011 Electronic Technologies Group [Member] Subsidiary One [Member]	Oct. 31, 2011 Electronic Technologies Group [Member] Subsidiary Two [Member]	Oct. 31, 2011 Electronic Technologies Group [Member] Subsidiary Three [Member]	Oct. 31, 2011 Vpt [Member]	Oct. 31, 2009 Vpt [Member]	Oct. 31, 2011 Blue Aerospace [Member]	Oct. 31, 2010 Blue Aerospace [Member]
Acquisition of interest in the subsidiary		80.10%	80.10%	82.50%	95.90%															80.10%	80.10%	82.30%	85.00%	80.10%	82.50%	95.90%		82.50%		80.10%
Percentage of interest owned by noncontrolling shareholders																		16.00%	20.00%								17.50%		19.90%
Stockholders' Equity Note, Stock Split	In March of 2011 and 2010, the Company's Board of Directors declared a 5-for-4 stock split on both classes of the Company's common stock. The stock splits were effected as of April 26, 2011 and April 27, 2010, respectively, in the form of a 25% stock dividend distributed to shareholders of record as of April 15, 2011 and April 16, 2010, respectively. All applicable share and per share information has been adjusted retrospectively to give effect to the 5-for-4 stock splits.
Stock dividend rate percentage						25.00%	25.00%
Property, Plant and Equipment, Useful Life, Minimum														15	2	3	2
Property, Plant and Equipment, Useful Life, Maximum														40	20	10	5
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets, Useful Life, Minimum								5	6	10	2	5	5
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets, Useful Life, Maximum								10	15	17	7	19	10
Net Sales Recognized Percentage Of Completion Method		1.00%	2.00%	1.00%

XML

NET INCOME PER SHARE ATTRIBUTABLE TO HEICO SHAREHOLDERS

12 Months Ended

Oct. 31, 2011

Earnings Per Share [Abstract]

Earnings Per Share [Text Block]

13.      NET INCOME PER SHARE ATTRIBUTABLE TO HEICO SHAREHOLDERS

The computation of basic and diluted net income per share attributable to HEICO shareholders is as follows:

	Year ended October 31,
	2011		2010			2009
Numerator:
Net income attributable to HEICO	$	72,820,000	$	54,938,000		$	44,626,000
Adjustments to redemption amount of redeemable noncontrolling interests (see Note 12)		19,000		(102,000	)		—
Net income attributable to HEICO, as adjusted	$	72,839,000	$	54,836,000		$	44,626,000
Denominator:
Weighted average common shares outstanding - basic		41,632,074		41,040,635			40,944,999
Effect of dilutive stock options		869,178		1,172,903			1,280,050
Weighted average common shares outstanding - diluted		42,501,252		42,213,538			42,225,049
Net income per share attributable to HEICO shareholders:
Basic	$	1.75	$	1.34		$	1.09
Diluted	$	1.71	$	1.30		$	1.06
Anti-dilutive stock options excluded		384,844		519,531			134,830